Based on user/ft/stm32-dev-bridge, without the project-specific build

directories (and duplicated code).

64 files changed, 84208 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2649228
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   HAL module driver.
+  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
+    [..]
+    The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
+         (+) Common HAL APIs
+         (+) Services HAL APIs
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+  * @brief HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief STM32F4xx HAL Driver version number V1.3.2
+  */
+#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x03) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x02) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */
+#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION         ((__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
+                                        |(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
+                                        |(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
+                                        |(__STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK    ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
+
+/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define SYSCFG_OFFSET             (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+/* ---  MEMRMP Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of UFB_MODE bit */
+#define MEMRMP_OFFSET             SYSCFG_OFFSET
+#define UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER       POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_MEMRMP_UFB_MODE)
+#define UFB_MODE_BB               (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32) + (UFB_MODE_BIT_NUMBER * 4))
+
+/* ---  CMPCR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */
+#define CMPCR_OFFSET              (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20)
+#define CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER         POSITION_VAL(SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD)
+#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB           (uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CMP_PD_BIT_NUMBER * 4))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+static __IO uint32_t uwTick;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock
+          configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
+          and the backup domain when enabled.
+      (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL
+      (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+          Tick interrupt priority.
+        (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
+             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
+             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
+             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
+             handled in milliseconds basis.
+        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
+             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
+             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular
+             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
+             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
+            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
+            ISR process will be blocked.
+       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
+             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
+  *         instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
+  *         HAL function), it performs the following:
+  *           Configure the Flash prefetch, instruction and Data caches.
+  *           Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
+  *           which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
+  *           configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
+  *           Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
+  *           Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
+  *           "stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
+  *
+  * @note   SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
+  *         need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
+  *         to have correct HAL operation.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+  /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
+#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE != 0)
+   __HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE();
+#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE != 0)
+   __HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_ENABLE();
+#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
+
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+  __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+  /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
+
+  /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
+  HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
+  *         This function is optional.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Reset of all peripherals */
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspDeInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
+  *        The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+  *        Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *       reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
+  *       Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
+  *       The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
+  *       than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+  *       The function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *       implementation  in user file.
+  * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000);
+
+  /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
+ *  @brief    HAL Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+      (+) Get the device identifier
+      (+) Get the device revision identifier
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function is called to increment  a global variable "uwTick"
+  *        used as application time base.
+  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+  *       in Systick ISR.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *      implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+  uwTick++;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval tick value
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+  return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
+  *        on variable incremented.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+  *       is incremented.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is suspended.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is resumed.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->CTRL  |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the HAL revision
+  * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+ return __STM32F4xx_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device revision identifier.
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the device identifier.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
+  * @note   The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
+  *         voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
+  * @note   The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
+  *         voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
+  *
+  * @note   Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
+  *         and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
+  *
+  * @note   The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000)
+  *         and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
+{
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)UFB_MODE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00900e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1412 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + State and errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### ADC Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  (#) 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution.
+  (#) Interrupt generation at the end of conversion, end of injected conversion,
+      and in case of analog watchdog or overrun events
+  (#) Single and continuous conversion modes.
+  (#) Scan mode for automatic conversion of channel 0 to channel x.
+  (#) Data alignment with in-built data coherency.
+  (#) Channel-wise programmable sampling time.
+  (#) External trigger option with configurable polarity for both regular and
+      injected conversion.
+  (#) Dual/Triple mode (on devices with 2 ADCs or more).
+  (#) Configurable DMA data storage in Dual/Triple ADC mode.
+  (#) Configurable delay between conversions in Dual/Triple interleaved mode.
+  (#) ADC conversion type (refer to the datasheets).
+  (#) ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at
+      slower speed.
+  (#) ADC input range: VREF(minus) = VIN = VREF(plus).
+  (#) DMA request generation during regular channel conversion.
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
+       (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
+       (##) ADC pins configuration
+             (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
+                   __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
+             (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
+       (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())
+             (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+             (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+             (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
+       (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())
+             (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
+             (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data
+                 transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
+             (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle
+                 using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
+             (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
+                 interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
+                 priority than the input stream.
+
+    *** Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters ***
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...)
+      and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...)
+      using function HAL_ADC_Init().
+
+  (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number,
+      channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group)
+      using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel().
+
+  (#) Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger,
+      sequencer, ..., of injected group)
+      and the channels for injected group parameters (channel number,
+      channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected group)
+      using function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel().
+
+  (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels
+      monitored, thresholds, ...) using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig().
+
+  (#) Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the
+      multimode parameters using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel().
+
+                       *** Execution of ADC conversions ***
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption,
+      transfer by DMA.
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start()
+       (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage
+           user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application
+       (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADC_GetValue() function.
+       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop()
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
+       (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+       (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
+       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
+
+     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+     ==============================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
+           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
+       (+) At The end of data transfer by HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
+       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
+
+     *** ADC HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in ADC HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE : Enable the ADC peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE : Disable the ADC peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
+      (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
+      (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified ADC interrupt source is enabled or disabled
+      (+) __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the ADC's pending flags
+      (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected ADC's flag status
+      (+) ADC_GET_RESOLUTION: Return resolution bits in CR1 register
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the ADC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+                      *** Deinitialization of ADC ***
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  (#) Disable the ADC interface
+     (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level.
+     (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals
+          using macro __HAL_RCC_ADC_FORCE_RESET(), __HAL_RCC_ADC_RELEASE_RESET().
+     (++) ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step.
+               (+++) Example:
+                   Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with
+                   other device clock parameters configuration:
+               (+++) HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
+               (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI;
+               (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; (if not used for system clock)
+               (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
+
+  (#) ADC pins configuration
+     (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE()
+
+  (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:
+     (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
+
+  (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:
+        (++) Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_DeInit().
+        (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
+
+    @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC ADC
+  * @brief ADC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup ADC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
+static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the ADC.
+      (+) De-initialize the ADC.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the ADC_InitStruct and initializes the ADC MSP.
+  *
+  * @note   This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC (
+  *         ClockPrescaler, Resolution, Data Alignment and number of conversion), however,
+  *         the rest of the configuration parameters are specific to the regular
+  *         channels group (scan mode activation, continuous mode activation,
+  *         External trigger source and edge, DMA continuous request after the
+  *         last transfer and End of conversion selection).
+  *
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Check ADC handle */
+  if(hadc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER(hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(hadc->Init.Resolution));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode));
+
+  if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
+  }
+
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set ADC parameters */
+  ADC_Init(hadc);
+
+  /* Set ADC error code to none */
+  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Check ADC handle */
+  if(hadc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc);
+
+  /* Set ADC error code to none */
+  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the ADC MSP.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_ADC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the ADC MSP.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_ADC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion of regular channel.
+      (+) Stop conversion of regular channel.
+      (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable interrupt.
+      (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable interrupt.
+      (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Handle ADC interrupt request.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables ADC and starts conversion of the regular channels.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
+  Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
+
+    /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */
+    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
+    while(counter != 0)
+    {
+      counter--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
+  {
+    /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
+    if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
+      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and  no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
+    if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET))
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
+        hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables ADC and stop conversion of regular channels.
+  *
+  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
+  *
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Poll for regular conversion complete
+  * @note   ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end of
+  *         conversion) are cleared by this function.
+  * @note   This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC configured
+  *         in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion (ADC init
+  *         parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV).
+  *         In this case, DMA resets the flag EOC and polling cannot be
+  *         performed on each conversion. Nevertheless, polling can still
+  *         be performed on the complete sequence.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for      */
+  /* each conversion:                                                       */
+  /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode and ADC sequencer with   */
+  /* several ranks and polling for end of each conversion.                  */
+  /* For code simplicity sake, this particular case is generalized to       */
+  /* ADC configured in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion.     */
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EOCS) &&
+      HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA)    )
+  {
+    /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check End of conversion flag */
+  while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC)))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        /* Process unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
+  }
+
+  /* Return ADC state */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Poll for conversion event
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  EventType: the ADC event type.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watch Dog event.
+  *            @arg ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType));
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check selected event flag */
+  while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc,EventType)))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        /* Process unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check analog watchdog flag */
+  if(EventType == ADC_AWD_EVENT)
+  {
+     /* Change ADC state */
+     hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD;
+
+     /* Clear the ADCx's analog watchdog flag */
+     __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     /* Change ADC state */
+     hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+     /* Clear the ADCx's Overrun flag */
+     __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR);
+  }
+
+  /* Return ADC state */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of regular channels.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
+  }
+
+  /* Set ADC error code to none */
+  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
+     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
+
+    /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */
+    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
+    while(counter != 0)
+    {
+      counter--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */
+  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+  /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
+  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
+  {
+    /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
+    if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
+      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and  no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
+    if((hadc->Instance == (ADC_TypeDef*)0x40012000) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET))
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
+        hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of regular channels.
+  *
+  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
+  *
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
+
+  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles ADC interrupt request
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection));
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
+  /* Check End of conversion flag for regular channels */
+  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
+  {
+    /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
+    if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
+    {
+      /* Change ADC state */
+      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Change ADC state */
+      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
+    }
+
+    if((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET))
+    {
+      if(hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV)
+      {
+        /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
+        __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
+
+        /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */
+        __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0)
+        {
+          hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank = hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion;
+        }
+
+        /* Decrement the number of conversion when an interrupt occurs */
+        hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank--;
+
+        /* Check if all conversions are finished */
+        if(hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0)
+        {
+          /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
+          __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
+
+          /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */
+          __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Conversion complete callback */
+    HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+
+   /* Clear the ADCx flag for regular end of conversion */
+    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_EOC);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC);
+  /* Check End of conversion flag for injected channels */
+  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
+  {
+    /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */
+    if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG)
+    {
+      /* Change ADC state */
+      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Change ADC state */
+      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ;
+    }
+
+    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
+    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
+    if(((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) || tmp1) && tmp2)
+    {
+      /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
+      __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC);
+    }
+
+    /* Conversion complete callback */
+    HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+
+   /* Clear the ADCx flag for injected end of conversion */
+    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
+  /* Check Analog watchdog flag */
+  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD;
+
+    /* Clear the ADCx's Analog watchdog flag */
+    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_AWD);
+
+    /* Level out of window callback */
+    HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+  /* Check Overrun flag */
+  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state to overrun state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Set ADC error code to overrun */
+    hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR;
+
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag */
+    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_OVR);
+
+    /* Error callback */
+    HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  pData: The destination Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */
+  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+  /* Enable ADC DMA mode */
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMA;
+
+  /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */
+  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError ;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
+     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
+
+    /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */
+    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
+    while(counter != 0)
+    {
+      counter--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables ADC DMA (Single-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
+
+  /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+  /* Disable the selected ADC DMA mode */
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~ADC_CR2_DMA;
+
+  /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the converted value from data register of regular channel.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval Converted value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Return the selected ADC converted value */
+  return hadc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Regular conversion complete callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Regular conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_ADC_LevelOoutOfWindowCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error ADC callback.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure regular channels.
+      (+) Configure injected channels.
+      (+) Configure multimode.
+      (+) Configure the analog watch dog.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding
+  *         rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  sConfig: ADC configuration structure.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(sConfig->Rank));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */
+  if (sConfig->Channel > ADC_CHANNEL_9)
+  {
+    /* Clear the old sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfig->Channel);
+
+    /* Set the new sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel);
+  }
+  else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
+  {
+    /* Clear the old sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfig->Channel);
+
+    /* Set the new sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel);
+  }
+
+  /* For Rank 1 to 6 */
+  if (sConfig->Rank < 7)
+  {
+    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    hadc->Instance->SQR3 &= ~ADC_SQR3_RK(ADC_SQR3_SQ1, sConfig->Rank);
+
+    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    hadc->Instance->SQR3 |= ADC_SQR3_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank);
+  }
+  /* For Rank 7 to 12 */
+  else if (sConfig->Rank < 13)
+  {
+    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    hadc->Instance->SQR2 &= ~ADC_SQR2_RK(ADC_SQR2_SQ7, sConfig->Rank);
+
+    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    hadc->Instance->SQR2 |= ADC_SQR2_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank);
+  }
+  /* For Rank 13 to 16 */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~ADC_SQR1_RK(ADC_SQR1_SQ13, sConfig->Rank);
+
+    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+    hadc->Instance->SQR1 |= ADC_SQR1_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank);
+  }
+
+  /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */
+  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT))
+  {
+    /* Enable the VBAT channel*/
+    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE;
+  }
+
+  /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */
+  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT)))
+  {
+    /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/
+    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE;
+
+    if((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR))
+    {
+      /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
+      /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+      counter = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
+      while(counter != 0)
+      {
+        counter--;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the analog watchdog.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  AnalogWDGConfig : pointer to an ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information of ADC analog watchdog.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef* AnalogWDGConfig)
+{
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode));
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc);
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold));
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  if(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */
+    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */
+    __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 &=  ~(ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_AWDEN);
+
+  /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode;
+
+  /* Set the high threshold */
+  hadc->Instance->HTR = AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold;
+
+  /* Set the low threshold */
+  hadc->Instance->LTR = AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold;
+
+  /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~ADC_CR1_AWDCH;
+
+  /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint16_t)(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel));
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 ADC Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   ADC Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the ADC state
+      (+) Check the ADC Error
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the ADC state
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_ADC_StateTypeDef HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Return ADC state */
+  return hadc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the ADC error code
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval ADC Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
+{
+  return hadc->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the ADC_InitStruct without initializing the ADC MSP.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Set ADC parameters */
+  /* Set the ADC clock prescaler */
+  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_ADCPRE);
+  ADC->CCR |=  hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler;
+
+  /* Set ADC scan mode */
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_SCAN);
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 |=  ADC_CR1_SCANCONV(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode);
+
+  /* Set ADC resolution */
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_RES);
+  hadc->Instance->CR1 |=  hadc->Init.Resolution;
+
+  /* Set ADC data alignment */
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_ALIGN);
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.DataAlign;
+
+  /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software  */
+  /* start.                                                                 */
+  /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter       */
+  /*       ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to           */
+  /*       software start.                                                  */
+  if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START)
+  {
+    /* Select external trigger to start conversion */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL);
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv;
+
+    /* Select external trigger polarity */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN);
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the external trigger */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL);
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable or disable ADC continuous conversion mode */
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_CONT);
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_CONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode);
+
+  if(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion));
+
+    /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN;
+
+    /* Set the number of channels to be converted in discontinuous mode */
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCNUM);
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 |=  ADC_CR1_DISCONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCEN);
+  }
+
+  /* Set ADC number of conversion */
+  hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~(ADC_SQR1_L);
+  hadc->Instance->SQR1 |=  ADC_SQR1(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion);
+
+  /* Enable or disable ADC DMA continuous request */
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_DDS);
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMAContReq(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests);
+
+  /* Enable or disable ADC end of conversion selection */
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EOCS);
+  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
+  }
+
+  HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* Conversion complete callback */
+  HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
+  /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */
+  hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA;
+  HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37a9c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,872 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the ADC extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
+       (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
+       (##) ADC pins configuration
+             (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
+                   __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
+             (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
+       (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())
+             (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+             (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+             (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
+      (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())
+             (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
+             (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data
+                 transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
+             (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the ADC DMA handle
+                 using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
+             (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
+                 interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
+                 priority than the input stream.
+     (#) Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data alignment
+         using the HAL_ADC_Init() function.
+
+     (#) Configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use HAL_ADC_Init()
+         and HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() functions.
+
+     (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
+       (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage
+           user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application
+       (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() function.
+       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
+       (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+       (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
+       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
+
+
+     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+     ==============================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
+           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
+       (+) At The end of data transfer ba HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
+        (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_DMA()
+
+     *** Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration ***
+     ======================================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or triple mode)
+          and configure the DMA mode using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() functions.
+       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
+           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
+       (+) Read the ADCs converted values using the HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue() function.
+
+
+    @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
+  * @brief ADC Extended driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup ADCEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1  Extended features functions
+  *  @brief    Extended features functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion of injected channel.
+      (+) Stop conversion of injected channel.
+      (+) Start multimode and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Get result of injected channel conversion.
+      (+) Get result of multimode conversion.
+      (+) Configure injected channels.
+      (+) Configure multimode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
+     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
+
+    /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
+    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
+    while(counter != 0)
+    {
+      counter--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
+  {
+    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
+    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
+    if(tmp1 && tmp2)
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
+      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
+    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
+    if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2)
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
+      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of injected channels.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 =0;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ;
+  }
+
+  /* Set ADC error code to none */
+  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
+     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
+
+    /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
+    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
+    while(counter != 0)
+    {
+      counter--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
+  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC);
+
+  /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */
+  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
+  {
+    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
+    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
+    if(tmp1 && tmp2)
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
+      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
+    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
+    if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2)
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
+      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables ADC and stop conversion of injected channels.
+  *
+  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
+  *
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Poll for injected conversion complete
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check End of conversion flag */
+  while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC)))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        /* Process unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ;
+  }
+
+  /* Return ADC state */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of injected channels.
+  *
+  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
+  *
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
+
+  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the converted value from data register of injected channel.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  InjectedRank: the ADC injected rank.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: Injected Channel2 selected
+  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: Injected Channel3 selected
+  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: Injected Channel4 selected
+  * @retval None
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(InjectedRank));
+
+   /* Clear the ADCx's flag for injected end of conversion */
+   __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC);
+
+  /* Return the selected ADC converted value */
+  switch(InjectedRank)
+  {
+    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4:
+    {
+      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR4;
+    }
+    break;
+    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3:
+    {
+      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR3;
+    }
+    break;
+    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2:
+    {
+      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR2;
+    }
+    break;
+    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1:
+    {
+      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR1;
+    }
+    break;
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Multi-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral
+  *
+  * @note   Caution: This function must be used only with the ADC master.
+  *
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  pData:   Pointer to buffer in which transferred from ADC peripheral to memory will be stored.
+  * @param  Length:  The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */
+  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+  if (hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
+    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_DDS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */
+    ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */
+  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAError ;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&ADC->CDR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
+
+  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
+     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
+  {
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
+
+    /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
+    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
+    while(counter != 0)
+    {
+      counter--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
+  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables ADC DMA (multi-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
+
+  /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */
+  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+  /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
+  ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS;
+
+  /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle);
+
+  /* Change ADC state */
+  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results
+  *         data in the selected multi mode.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval The converted data value.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* Return the multi mode conversion value */
+  return ADC->CDR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_ADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding
+  *         rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
+  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  sConfigInjected: ADC configuration structure for injected channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef* sConfigInjected)
+{
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode));
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+  tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc);
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset));
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
+
+  if(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge));
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */
+  if (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel > ADC_CHANNEL_9)
+  {
+    /* Clear the old sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
+
+    /* Set the new sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
+  }
+  else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
+  {
+    /* Clear the old sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
+
+    /* Set the new sample time */
+    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- ADCx JSQR Configuration -----------------*/
+  hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~(ADC_JSQR_JL);
+  hadc->Instance->JSQR |=  ADC_SQR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
+
+  /* Rank configuration */
+
+  /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
+  hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~ADC_JSQR(ADC_JSQR_JSQ1, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
+
+  /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
+  hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_JSQR(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
+
+  /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software  */
+  /* start.                                                                 */
+  /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter       */
+  /*       ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to           */
+  /*       software start.                                                  */
+  if(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv != ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START)
+  {
+    /* Select external trigger to start conversion */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL);
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 |=  sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv;
+
+    /* Select external trigger polarity */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset the external trigger */
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL);
+    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
+  }
+
+  if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JAUTO;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
+  }
+
+  if (sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JDISCEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
+    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JDISCEN);
+  }
+
+  switch(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank)
+  {
+    case 1:
+      /* Set injected channel 1 offset */
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR1 &= ~(ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1);
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR1 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      /* Set injected channel 2 offset */
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR2 &= ~(ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2);
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR2 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      /* Set injected channel 3 offset */
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR3 &= ~(ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3);
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR3 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* Set injected channel 4 offset */
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR4 &= ~(ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4);
+      hadc->Instance->JOFR4 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */
+  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT))
+  {
+    /* Enable the VBAT channel*/
+    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE;
+  }
+
+  /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */
+  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT)))
+  {
+    /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/
+    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the ADC multi-mode
+  * @param  hadc      : pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+  * @param  multimode : pointer to an ADC_MultiModeTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for  multimode.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef* multimode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(multimode->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(multimode->DMAAccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(multimode->TwoSamplingDelay));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Set ADC mode */
+  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_MULTI);
+  ADC->CCR |= multimode->Mode;
+
+  /* Set the ADC DMA access mode */
+  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DMA);
+  ADC->CCR |= multimode->DMAAccessMode;
+
+  /* Set delay between two sampling phases */
+  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DELAY);
+  ADC->CCR |= multimode->TwoSamplingDelay;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+    ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
+  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change ADC state */
+    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
+  }
+
+    HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+    ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    /* Conversion complete callback */
+    HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+    ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
+    /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */
+    hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA;
+    HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bea728a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1438 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_can.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Controller Area Network (CAN) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Error functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using
+          __HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN1 and __HAL_RCC_CAN2_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN2
+      -@- In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock.
+
+      (#) CAN pins configuration
+        (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function:
+             __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
+        (++) Connect and configure the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the
+              following function HAL_GPIO_Init()
+
+      (#) Initialize and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() function.
+
+      (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function.
+
+      (#) Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function.
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation
+           using HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout
+           according to his end application
+       (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation
+           using HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout
+           according to his end application
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT()
+       (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT()
+       (+) Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine
+       (+) At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
+
+     *** CAN HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is enabled or disabled
+      (+) __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags
+      (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status
+
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN CAN
+  * @brief CAN driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE  10
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions CAN Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the CAN.
+      (+) De-initialize the CAN.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  uint32_t InitStatus = 3;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check CAN handle */
+  if(hcan == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TTCM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.ABOM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AWUM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.NART));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.RFLM));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TXFP));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(hcan->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(hcan->Init.SJW));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(hcan->Init.BS1));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(hcan->Init.BS2));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(hcan->Init.Prescaler));
+
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcan->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_CAN_MspInit(hcan);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the CAN state*/
+  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Exit from sleep mode */
+  hcan->Instance->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+  /* Request initialisation */
+  hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait the acknowledge */
+  while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check acknowledge */
+  if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK)
+  {
+    InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the time triggered communication mode */
+    if (hcan->Init.TTCM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the automatic bus-off management */
+    if (hcan->Init.ABOM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */
+    if (hcan->Init.AWUM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the no automatic retransmission */
+    if (hcan->Init.NART == ENABLE)
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */
+    if (hcan->Init.RFLM == ENABLE)
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */
+    if (hcan->Init.TXFP == ENABLE)
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the bit timing register */
+    hcan->Instance->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Mode) | \
+                ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.SJW) | \
+                ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS1) | \
+                ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS2) | \
+               ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Prescaler - 1);
+
+    /* Request leave initialisation */
+    hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+   /* Wait the acknowledge */
+   while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK)
+   {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+     {
+       hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+       /* Process unlocked */
+       __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+       return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+     }
+   }
+
+    /* Check acknowledged */
+    if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK)
+    {
+      InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(InitStatus == CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS)
+  {
+    /* Set CAN error code to none */
+    hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Initialize the CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Initialize the CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @param  sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the filter configuration information.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef* sFilterConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t filternbrbitpos = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(sFilterConfig->FilterNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(sFilterConfig->FilterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(sFilterConfig->FilterScale));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment));
+  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sFilterConfig->FilterActivation));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(sFilterConfig->BankNumber));
+
+  filternbrbitpos = ((uint32_t)1) << sFilterConfig->FilterNumber;
+
+  /* Initialisation mode for the filter */
+  CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT;
+
+  /* Select the start slave bank */
+  CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_CAN2SB);
+  CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(sFilterConfig->BankNumber << 8);
+
+  /* Filter Deactivation */
+  CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
+
+  /* Filter Scale */
+  if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT)
+  {
+    /* 16-bit scale for the filter */
+    CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
+
+    /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */
+    /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 =
+       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow);
+
+    /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */
+    /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 =
+       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh);
+  }
+
+  if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT)
+  {
+    /* 32-bit scale for the filter */
+    CAN1->FS1R |= filternbrbitpos;
+    /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 =
+       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow);
+    /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */
+    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 =
+       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) |
+        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow);
+  }
+
+  /* Filter Mode */
+  if (sFilterConfig->FilterMode == CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK)
+  {
+    /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/
+    CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
+  }
+  else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */
+  {
+    /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/
+    CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
+  }
+
+  /* Filter FIFO assignment */
+  if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO0)
+  {
+    /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */
+    CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
+  }
+
+  if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO1)
+  {
+    /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */
+    CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
+  }
+
+  /* Filter activation */
+  if (sFilterConfig->FilterActivation == ENABLE)
+  {
+    CAN1->FA1R |= filternbrbitpos;
+  }
+
+  /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */
+  CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  /* Check CAN handle */
+  if(hcan == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance));
+
+  /* Change CAN state */
+  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(hcan);
+
+  /* Change CAN state */
+  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CAN MSP.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_MspInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CAN_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the CAN MSP.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CAN_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Transmit a CAN frame message.
+      (+) Receive a CAN frame message.
+      (+) Enter CAN peripheral in sleep mode.
+      (+) Wake up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t  transmitmailbox = 5;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+  }
+
+  /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */
+  if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0)
+  {
+    transmitmailbox = 0;
+  }
+  else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1)
+  {
+    transmitmailbox = 1;
+  }
+  else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)
+  {
+    transmitmailbox = 2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX;
+  }
+
+  if (transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX)
+  {
+    /* Set up the Id */
+    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
+    if (hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId));
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \
+                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId));
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \
+                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \
+                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
+    }
+
+    /* Set up the DLC */
+    hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F;
+    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0;
+    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC;
+
+    /* Set up the data field */
+    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0]));
+    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4]));
+    /* Request transmission */
+    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Check End of transmission flag */
+    while(!(__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, transmitmailbox)))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+       if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+       {
+         hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+         /* Process unlocked */
+         __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+         return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      /* Change CAN state */
+      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Change CAN state */
+      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+    }
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  uint32_t  transmitmailbox = 5;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR));
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC));
+
+  tmp = hcan->State;
+  if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
+
+    /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */
+    if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0)
+    {
+      transmitmailbox = 0;
+    }
+    else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1)
+    {
+      transmitmailbox = 1;
+    }
+    else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)
+    {
+      transmitmailbox = 2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX;
+    }
+
+    if(transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX)
+    {
+      /* Set up the Id */
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
+      if(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId));
+        hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \
+                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId));
+        hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \
+                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \
+                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
+      }
+
+      /* Set up the DLC */
+      hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F;
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0;
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC;
+
+      /* Set up the data field */
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0]));
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) |
+                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4]));
+
+      if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+      {
+        /* Change CAN state */
+        hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Change CAN state */
+        hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+      }
+
+      /* Set CAN error code to none */
+      hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+      /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
+
+      /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
+
+      /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
+
+      /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
+
+      /* Enable Error Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+
+      /* Enable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME);
+
+      /* Request transmission */
+      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives a correct CAN frame.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @param  FIFONumber: FIFO Number value
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check pending message */
+  while(__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, FIFONumber) == 0)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        /* Process unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the Id */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
+  if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
+  {
+    hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3);
+  }
+
+  hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
+  /* Get the DLC */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR;
+  /* Get the FMI */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8);
+  /* Get the data field */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR;
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR;
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24);
+
+  /* Release the FIFO */
+  if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
+  {
+    /* Release FIFO0 */
+    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
+  }
+  else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */
+  {
+    /* Release FIFO1 */
+    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
+  }
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives a correct CAN frame.
+  * @param  hcan:       Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @param  FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber));
+
+  tmp = hcan->State;
+  if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    /* Process locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
+
+    if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      /* Change CAN state */
+      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Change CAN state */
+      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Set CAN error code to none */
+    hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
+
+    /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
+
+    /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
+
+    /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
+
+    /* Enable Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+    if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
+    {
+      /* Enable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */
+      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1);
+    }
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the Sleep (low power) mode.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
+
+  /* Change CAN state */
+  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Request Sleep mode */
+   hcan->Instance->MCR = (((hcan->Instance->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+  /* Sleep mode status */
+  if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK)
+  {
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait the acknowledge */
+  while((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick()  - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Change CAN state */
+  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN peripheral
+  *         is in the normal mode.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval HAL status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
+
+  /* Change CAN state */
+  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Wake up request */
+  hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Sleep mode status */
+  while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick()  - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  if((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)
+  {
+    /* Process unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Change CAN state */
+  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles CAN interrupt request
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0;
+
+  /* Check End of transmission flag */
+  if(__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_TME))
+  {
+    tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_0);
+    tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_1);
+    tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_2);
+    if(tmp1 || tmp2 || tmp3)
+    {
+      /* Call transmit function */
+      CAN_Transmit_IT(hcan);
+    }
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0);
+  /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO0 */
+  if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2)
+  {
+    /* Call receive function */
+    CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1);
+  /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO1 */
+  if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2)
+  {
+    /* Call receive function */
+    CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
+  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+  /* Check Error Warning Flag */
+  if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3)
+  {
+    /* Set CAN error code to EWG error */
+    hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG;
+    /* Clear Error Warning Flag */
+    __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
+  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+  /* Check Error Passive Flag */
+  if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3)
+  {
+    /* Set CAN error code to EPV error */
+    hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV;
+    /* Clear Error Passive Flag */
+    __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
+  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+  /* Check Bus-Off Flag */
+  if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3)
+  {
+    /* Set CAN error code to BOF error */
+    hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF;
+    /* Clear Bus-Off Flag */
+    __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
+  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+  /* Check Last error code Flag */
+  if((!tmp1) && tmp2 && tmp3)
+  {
+    tmp1 = (hcan->Instance->ESR) & CAN_ESR_LEC;
+    switch(tmp1)
+    {
+      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
+          /* Set CAN error code to STF error */
+          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF;
+          break;
+      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1):
+          /* Set CAN error code to FOR error */
+          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR;
+          break;
+      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
+          /* Set CAN error code to ACK error */
+          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK;
+          break;
+      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2):
+          /* Set CAN error code to BR error */
+          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR;
+          break;
+      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
+          /* Set CAN error code to BD error */
+          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD;
+          break;
+      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_1):
+          /* Set CAN error code to CRC error */
+          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC;
+          break;
+      default:
+          break;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear Last error code Flag */
+    hcan->Instance->ESR &= ~(CAN_ESR_LEC);
+  }
+
+  /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
+  if(hcan->ErrorCode != HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Set the CAN state ready to be able to start again the process */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+    /* Call Error callback function */
+    HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(hcan);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmission  complete callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmission  complete callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error CAN callback.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions
+ *  @brief   CAN Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to :
+      (+) Check the CAN state.
+      (+) Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the CAN state
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  /* Return CAN state */
+  return hcan->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the CAN error code
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval CAN Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+  return hcan->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
+  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
+{
+  /* Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */
+  __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME);
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
+
+    /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
+
+    /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
+
+    /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
+
+    /* Disable Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+  }
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Transmission complete callback */
+  HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(hcan);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives a correct CAN frame.
+  * @param  hcan:       Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+  * @param  FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber)
+{
+  /* Get the Id */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
+  if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
+  {
+    hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3);
+  }
+
+  hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
+  /* Get the DLC */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR;
+  /* Get the FMI */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8);
+  /* Get the data field */
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR;
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR;
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16);
+  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24);
+  /* Release the FIFO */
+  /* Release FIFO0 */
+  if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
+  {
+    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
+
+    /* Disable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0);
+  }
+  /* Release FIFO1 */
+  else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */
+  {
+    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
+
+    /* Disable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1);
+  }
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
+
+    /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
+
+    /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
+
+    /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
+
+    /* Disable Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
+  }
+
+  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change CAN state */
+    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Receive complete callback */
+  HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(hcan);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..005cd00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1112 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_cec.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   CEC HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
+  *          Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
+
+    (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
+        (##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
+        (##) CEC pins configuration:
+            (+) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
+            (+) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
+            (+) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
+            (@) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+                RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+                __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
+                and receive process.
+
+    (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
+        in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
+        address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
+
+    (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+        by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC CEC
+  * @brief HAL CEC module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define CEC_CFGR_FIELDS     (CEC_CFGR_SFT | CEC_CFGR_RXTOL | CEC_CFGR_BRESTP \
+                           | CEC_CFGR_BREGEN | CEC_CFGR_LBPEGEN | CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT \
+                           | CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN | CEC_CFGR_OAR | CEC_CFGR_LSTN)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
+      (+) The following parameters need to be configured:
+        (++) SignalFreeTime
+        (++) Tolerance
+        (++) BRERxStop                 (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
+        (++) BREErrorBitGen            (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
+        (++) LBPEErrorBitGen           (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
+        (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
+        (++) SignalFreeTimeOption      (SFT Timer start definition)
+        (++) OwnAddress                (CEC device address)
+        (++) ListenMode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x0;
+
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if(hcec == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_OAR_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress));
+
+
+  if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
+  }
+
+  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+  tmpreg = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime;
+  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.Tolerance;
+  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BRERxStop;
+  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen;
+  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen;
+  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen;
+  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption;
+  tmpreg |= (hcec->Init.OwnAddress << CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS);
+  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.ListenMode;
+
+  /* Write to CEC Control Register */
+  MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+  if(hcec == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+
+  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Process Unlock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP Init
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC MSP DeInit
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+  *  @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### I/O operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
+
+    (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
+        logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
+
+    (#) There are two mode of transfer:
+       (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (+) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts.
+           These API's return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+           dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
+           The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+           will be executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication
+           error is detected
+
+    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
+        (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit()
+        (+) HAL_CEC_Receive()
+
+    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
+        (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+        (+) HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
+        (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
+        (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+        (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send data in blocking mode
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
+  * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+  *              0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+  *              Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t  temp = 0;
+  uint32_t tempisr = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  if((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET))
+  {
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0))
+    {
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* case no data to be sent, sender is only pinging the system */
+    if (Size == 0)
+    {
+      /* Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
+      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+    }
+
+    /* send header block */
+    temp = ((uint32_t)hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress;
+    hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp;
+    /* Set TX Start of Message  (TXSOM) bit */
+    __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+
+    while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      hcec->TxXferCount--;
+
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_TXBR))
+      {
+      	if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+          {
+            hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* check whether error occured while waiting for TXBR to be set:
+         * has Tx underrun occurred ?
+         * has Tx error occurred ?
+         * has Tx Missing Acknowledge error occurred ?
+         * has Arbitration Loss error occurred ? */
+        tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+        if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)) != 0)
+        {
+          /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+          hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
+         /* clear all error flags by default */
+         __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST));
+         hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+         __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+         return  HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      /* TXBR to clear BEFORE writing TXDR register */
+      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
+      if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
+      {
+        /* if last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+        __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+      }
+      hcec->Instance->TXDR = *pData++;
+
+      /* error check after TX byte write up */
+      tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+      if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)) != 0)
+      {
+        /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+        hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
+        /* clear all error flags by default */
+        __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST));
+        hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+        return  HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    } /* end while (while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0)) */
+
+
+    /* if no error up to this point, check that transmission is
+     * complete, that is wait until TXEOM is reset */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcec->Instance->CR, CEC_CR_TXEOM))
+    {
+    	if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+        {
+          hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Final error check once all bytes have been transmitted */
+    tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+    if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+      hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
+      /* clear all error flags by default */
+      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE));
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive data in blocking mode. Must be invoked when RXBR has been set.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer.
+  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
+  *       Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known
+  *       when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
+  *       hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max).
+  *       If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  if (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    if (pData == NULL )
+    {
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+
+    /* Rx loop until CEC_ISR_RXEND  is set */
+    while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_RXEND))
+    {
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+      /* Wait for next byte to be received */
+      while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_RXBR))
+      {
+    	  if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)
+          {
+            hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+        /* any error so far ?
+         * has Rx Missing Acknowledge occurred ?
+         * has Rx Long Bit Period error occurred ?
+         * has Rx Short Bit Period error occurred ?
+         * has Rx Bit Rising error occurred ?
+         * has Rx Overrun error occurred ? */
+        temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
+        if ((temp & (CEC_FLAG_RXACKE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|CEC_FLAG_BRE|CEC_FLAG_RXOVR)) != 0)
+        {
+          /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
+          hcec->ErrorCode = temp;
+          /* clear all error flags by default */
+          __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,(CEC_FLAG_RXACKE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|CEC_FLAG_BRE|CEC_FLAG_RXOVR));
+          hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+          return  HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXBR)) */
+
+
+      /* read received data */
+      *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+      temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
+      /* end of message ? */
+      if ((temp &  CEC_ISR_RXEND) != 0)
+      {
+         assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(hcec->RxXferSize));
+         __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
+          hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+         __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+         return HAL_OK;
+      }
+
+      /* clear Rx-Byte Received flag */
+      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
+      /* increment payload byte counter */
+       hcec->RxXferSize++;
+    } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND)) */
+
+    /* if the instructions below are executed, it means RXEND was set when RXBR was
+     * set for the first time:
+     * the code within the "while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND))"
+     * loop has not been executed and this means a single byte has been sent */
+    *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+     /* only one header is received: RxXferSize is set to 0 (no operand, no opcode) */
+     hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
+     __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
+
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
+  * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+  *              0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+  *              Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint8_t  temp = 0;
+  /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
+     already pending due to arbitration lost */
+  if (((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX))
+  &&   (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) && (Size > 0))
+    {
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
+    assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+    hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+    __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+    /* Enable the following two CEC Transmission interrupts as
+     * well as the following CEC Transmission Errors interrupts:
+     * Tx Byte Request IT
+     * End of Transmission IT
+     * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+     * Tx-Error IT
+     * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
+     * Tx arbitration lost     */
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+    /* initialize the number of bytes to send,
+     * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
+    hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+    /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
+     * Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
+    if (Size == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+    }
+
+    /* send header block */
+    temp = (uint8_t)((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress) << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress;
+    hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp;
+    /* Set TX Start of Message  (TXSOM) bit */
+    __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+    /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission
+     already pending due to arbitration loss */
+  else if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+        || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+    /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case
+     * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */
+    if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    /* if all data have been sent */
+    if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */
+      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND);
+      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */
+      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
+
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
+      start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+      HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1)
+      {
+        /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+        __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+      }
+      /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
+       __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
+       hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+      hcec->TxXferCount--;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer.
+  * Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known
+  * when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
+  * hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max).
+  * If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+  if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(pData == NULL)
+    {
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+    hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
+    hcec->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* the IP is moving to a ready to receive state */
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX;
+
+    /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+    __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+    /* Enable the following CEC Reception Error Interrupts:
+     * Rx overrun
+     * Rx bit rising error
+     * Rx short bit period error
+     * Rx long bit period error
+     * Rx missing acknowledge  */
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+    /* Enable the following two CEC Reception interrupts:
+     * Rx Byte Received IT
+     * End of Reception IT */
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND);
+
+    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Get size of the received frame.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval Frame size
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->RxXferSize;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
+  hcec->ErrorCode = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+  /* CEC TX missing acknowledge error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXACKE) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXACKE);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC transmit error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXERR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXERR) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXERR);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC TX underrun error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXUDR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXUDR) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXUDR);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_ARBLST) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX overrun error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXOVR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXOVR) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXOVR);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX bit rising error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_BRE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_BRE) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_BRE);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX short bit period error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_SBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_SBPE) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_SBPE);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX long bit period error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_LBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_LBPE) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_LBPE);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX missing acknowledge error interrupt occured --------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXACKE) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXACKE);
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if ((hcec->ErrorCode & CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR) != 0)
+  {
+    HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX byte received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+    CEC_Receive_IT(hcec);
+  }
+
+  /* CEC RX end received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXEND) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+    CEC_Receive_IT(hcec);
+  }
+
+
+  /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* TXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+    CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec);
+  }
+
+  /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXEND) != RESET))
+  {
+   /* TXEND IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
+    CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief CEC error callbacks
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function
+  *  @brief   CEC control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
+     (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief return the CEC state
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the CEC error code
+* @param  hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC.
+* @retval CEC Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  return hcec->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle.
+  *         Function called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission
+     already pending due to arbitration loss */
+  if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+        || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+    /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case
+     * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */
+    if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    /* if all data have been sent */
+    if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
+      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */
+      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND);
+      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */
+      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+       __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
+
+      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
+      start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+      HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1)
+      {
+        /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+        __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+      }
+      /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
+       __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
+       hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+      hcec->TxXferCount--;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode.
+  * @param hcec: CEC handle.
+  *         Function called under interruption only, once
+  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+  uint32_t tempisr;
+
+  /* Three different conditions are tested to carry out the RX IT processing:
+   * - the IP is in reception stand-by (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX) and
+   *   the reception of the first byte is starting
+   * - a message reception is already on-going (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+   *   and a new byte is being received
+   * - a transmission has just been started (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+   *   but has been interrupted by a new message reception or discarded due to
+   *   arbitration loss: the reception of the first or higher priority message
+   *   (the arbitration winner) is starting */
+  if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX)
+  ||  (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  ||  (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    /* reception is starting */
+    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    tempisr =  (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
+    if ((tempisr & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+      /* read received byte */
+      *hcec->pRxBuffPtr++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+      /* if last byte has been received */
+      if ((tempisr & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != 0)
+      {
+        /* clear IT */
+        __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
+        /* RX interrupts are not disabled at this point.
+         * Indeed, to disable the IT, the IP must be disabled first
+         * which resets the TXSOM flag. In case of arbitration loss,
+         * this leads to a transmission abort.
+         * Therefore, RX interruptions disabling if so required,
+         * is done in HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback */
+
+        /* IP state is moved to READY.
+         * If the IP must remain in standby mode to listen
+         * any new message, it is up to HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback
+         * to move it again to HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX */
+        hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Rx call back API */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+        HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec);
+
+        return HAL_OK;
+      }
+      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
+
+      hcec->RxXferSize++;
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b796be8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ===========================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+    The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+
+    (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
+        function according to the following table.
+    (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
+    (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+    (#) please refer to programing manual for details in how to configure priority.
+
+     -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
+         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
+
+     -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
+        (+@) Lowest preemption priority
+        (+@) Lowest sub priority
+        (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
+
+    [..]
+    *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+    ========================================================
+    [..]
+    Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
+
+   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+       is a CMSIS function that:
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
+        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+       __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+       inside the stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
+       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
+  * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+      Systick functionalities
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
+  *         using the required unlock sequence.
+  * @param  PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    4 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    3 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    2 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    1 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                    0 bits for subpriority
+  * @note   When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
+  *         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+
+  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
+  NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @param  PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+  * @param  SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+
+  prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+
+  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+  *         function should be called before.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Enable interrupt */
+  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Disable interrupt */
+  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  /* System Reset */
+  NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  * @param  TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
+  *                  - 1  Function failed.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+      (NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+  * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+  /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
+  return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @param   PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      4 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      3 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      2 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      1 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
+  *                                      0 bits for subpriority
+  * @param  pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  * @param  pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+  NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Set interrupt pending */
+  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
+  *         and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *          This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Clear pending interrupt */
+  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
+  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f4xxxx.h))
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+  /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1a65c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   CRC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The CRC HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+      (#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of
+          a 32-bit data buffer using combination of the previous CRC value
+          and the new one.
+
+      (#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC Value of
+          a new 32-bit data buffer. This function resets the CRC computation
+          unit before starting the computation to avoid getting wrong CRC values.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
+          in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the CRC MSP
+      (+) DeInitialize CRC MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if(hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+  if(hcrc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer,
+          using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+      (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer,
+          independently of the previous CRC value.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer using combination
+  *         of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
+  * @param  BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed
+  * @retval 32-bit CRC
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+  for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer independently
+  *         of the previous CRC value.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @param  pBuffer: Pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
+  * @param  BufferLength: Length of the buffer to be computed
+  * @retval 32-bit CRC
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+  uint32_t index = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit */
+  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+  /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+  for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
+  {
+    hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+  }
+
+  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+  /* Return the CRC computed value */
+  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the CRC state.
+  * @param  hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRC
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+  return hcrc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7458dfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3813 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   CRYP HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Cryptography (CRYP) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + AES processing functions
+  *           + DES processing functions
+  *           + TDES processing functions
+  *           + DMA callback functions
+  *           + CRYP IRQ handler management
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The CRYP HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#)Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit():
+         (##) Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE()
+         (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT())
+             (+++) Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+             (+++) Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+             (+++) In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
+         (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA())
+             (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
+             (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer from
+                 memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing data
+                 transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
+             (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle
+                 using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
+             (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
+                 interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
+                 priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+
+      (#)Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly:
+         (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit
+         (##) The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES
+         (##) The encryption/decryption key. It's size depends on the algorithm
+              used for encryption/decryption
+         (##) The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode.
+
+      (#)Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available:
+         (##) Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions
+              i.e. they process the data and wait till the processing is finished,
+              e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt()
+         (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
+              i.e. they process the data under interrupt,
+              e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT()
+         (##) DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
+              i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA,
+              e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA()
+
+      (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init()
+         the CRYP peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
+         At second call, the processing function performs an append of the already
+         processed buffer.
+         When a new data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the
+         processing function.
+
+       (#)Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP CRYP
+  * @brief CRYP HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_define
+  * @{
+  */
+#define CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_Functions_prototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector, uint32_t IVSize);
+static void CRYP_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData2Words(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout);
+static void CRYP_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void CRYP_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void CRYP_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void CRYP_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr);
+static void CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
+static void CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
+static void CRYP_SetDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
+static void CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA CRYP Input Data process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable the DMA transfer for input FIFO request by resetting the DIEN bit
+     in the DMACR register */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DIEN);
+
+  /* Call input data transfer complete callback */
+  HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA CRYP Output Data process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable the DMA transfer for output FIFO request by resetting the DOEN bit
+     in the DMACR register */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DOEN);
+
+  /* Disable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state to ready */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call output data transfer complete callback */
+  HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA CRYP communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+  hcryp->State= HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+  HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(hcryp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes the Key in Key registers.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Key: Pointer to Key buffer
+  * @param  KeySize: Size of Key
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize)
+{
+  uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+
+  switch(KeySize)
+  {
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B:
+    /* Key Initialisation */
+    hcryp->Instance->K0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    break;
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B:
+    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    break;
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B:
+    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes the InitVector/InitCounter in IV registers.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  InitVector: Pointer to InitVector/InitCounter buffer
+  * @param  IVSize: Size of the InitVector/InitCounter
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector, uint32_t IVSize)
+{
+  uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVector;
+
+  switch(IVSize)
+  {
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B:
+    hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    ivaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    ivaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->IV1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    ivaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->IV1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    break;
+    /* Whatever key size 192 or 256, Init vector is written in IV0LR and IV0RR */
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B:
+    hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    ivaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    break;
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B:
+    hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    ivaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Process Data: Writes Input data in polling mode and read the output data
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer
+  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  Output: Pointer to the returned buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  *     * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)Input;
+  uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+
+  for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=16)
+  {
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Process Data: Write Input data in polling mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer
+  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  Output: Pointer to the returned buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData2Words(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)Input;
+  uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+
+  for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=8)
+  {
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the DMA configuration and start the DMA transfer
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  inputaddr: address of the Input buffer
+  * @param  Size: Size of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  outputaddr: address of the Output buffer
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr)
+{
+  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hcryp->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = CRYP_DMAInCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hcryp->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = CRYP_DMAError;
+
+  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hcryp->hdmaout->XferCpltCallback = CRYP_DMAOutCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hcryp->hdmaout->XferErrorCallback = CRYP_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DR, Size/4);
+
+  /* Enable In DMA request */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR = (CRYP_DMACR_DIEN);
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Out DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmaout, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DOUT, outputaddr, Size/4);
+
+  /* Enable Out DMA request */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR |= CRYP_DMACR_DOEN;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
+{
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB | Direction);
+
+    /* Set the key */
+    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey));
+    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey+4));
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
+{
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC | Direction);
+
+    /* Set the key */
+    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey));
+    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey+4));
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
+{
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB | Direction);
+
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC mode
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
+{
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC | Direction);
+
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+ /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRYP_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the CRYP according to the specified parameters
+          in the CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the CRYP peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the CRYP MSP
+      (+) DeInitialize CRYP MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Init(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  /* Check the CRYP handle allocation */
+  if(hcryp == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(hcryp->Init.KeySize));
+  assert_param(IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(hcryp->Init.DataType));
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hcryp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_CRYP_MspInit(hcryp);
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the key size and data type*/
+  CRYP->CR = (uint32_t) (hcryp->Init.KeySize | hcryp->Init.DataType);
+
+  /* Reset CrypInCount and CrypOutCount */
+  hcryp->CrypInCount = 0;
+  hcryp->CrypOutCount = 0;
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Set the default CRYP phase */
+  hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRYP peripheral.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DeInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  /* Check the CRYP handle allocation */
+  if(hcryp == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the default CRYP phase */
+  hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY;
+
+  /* Reset CrypInCount and CrypOutCount */
+  hcryp->CrypInCount = 0;
+  hcryp->CrypOutCount = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the CRYP Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/
+  HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP MSP.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRYP_MspInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRYP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes CRYP MSP.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group2 AES processing functions
+ *  @brief   processing functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### AES processing functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes
+      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes
+    [..]  Three processing functions are available:
+      (+) Polling mode
+      (+) Interrupt mode
+      (+) DMA mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode
+  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
+  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp,pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode
+  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode
+  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+   uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Disable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
+    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode
+  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
+    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode
+  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using Interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+     /* Set the phase */
+     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using Interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+     /* Set the phase */
+     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using Interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+     /* Set the phase */
+     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using Interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
+    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+     /* Set the phase */
+     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode using IT.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+      /* Enable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+      /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
+      CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Enable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using Interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+     /* Set the phase */
+     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+       /* Set the phase */
+       hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+     }
+     /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+     CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+     /* Process Unlocked */
+     __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+     /* Return function status */
+     return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+       /* Set the phase */
+       hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
+    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+     /* Set the phase */
+     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+     /* Process Unlocked */
+     __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+      /* Enable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
+      CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group3 DES processing functions
+ *  @brief   processing functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### DES processing functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Encrypt plaintext using DES using ECB or CBC chaining modes
+      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using ECB or CBC chaining modes
+    [..]  Three processing functions are available:
+      (+) Polling mode
+      (+) Interrupt mode
+      (+) DMA mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode using IT.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable IT */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode using interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable IT */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using IT.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable IT */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable IT */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group4 TDES processing functions
+ *  @brief   processing functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### TDES processing functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Encrypt plaintext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes
+      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes
+    [..]  Three processing functions are available:
+      (+) Polling mode
+      (+) Interrupt mode
+      (+) DMA mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode
+  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode
+  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Cypher Data and Get Plain Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode
+  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode
+  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */
+  CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+  /* Enable CRYP */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Write Cypher Data and Get Plain Data */
+  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode using interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable IT */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call the Output data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable CRYP */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Disable CRYP */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */
+    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group5 DMA callback functions
+ *  @brief   DMA callback functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### DMA callback functions  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides DMA callback functions:
+      (+) DMA Input data transfer complete
+      (+) DMA Output data transfer complete
+      (+) DMA error
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Input FIFO transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Output FIFO transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  CRYP error callbacks.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group6 CRYP IRQ handler management
+ *  @brief   CRYP IRQ handler.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### CRYP IRQ handler management #####
+  ==============================================================================
+[..]  This section provides CRYP IRQ handler function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles CRYP interrupt request.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  switch(CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION)
+  {
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group7 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the CRYP state.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef HAL_CRYP_GetState(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  return hcryp->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e957e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3043 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   Extended CRYP HAL module driver
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of CRYP extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended AES processing functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The CRYP Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
+    (#)Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit():
+        (##) Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE()
+        (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT())
+            (+++) Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+            (+++) Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+            (+) In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
+        (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_AES_ECB_Encrypt_DMA())
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
+            (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer from
+                memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing data
+                transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle
+                using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
+                interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
+                priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+    (#)Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly:
+        (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit
+        (##) The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES
+        (##) The encryption/decryption key. Its size depends on the algorithm
+                used for encryption/decryption
+        (##) The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode.
+    (#)Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available:
+        (##) Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions
+             i.e. they process the data and wait till the processing is finished
+             e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt()
+        (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
+                i.e. they process the data under interrupt
+                e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT()
+        (##) DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
+                i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA
+                e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA()
+    (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init()
+       the CRYP peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
+       At second call, the processing function performs an append of the already
+       processed buffer.
+       When a new data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the
+       processing function.
+    (#)In AES-GCM and AES-CCM modes are an authenticated encryption algorithms
+       which provide authentication messages.
+       HAL_AES_GCM_Finish() and HAL_AES_CCM_Finish() are used to provide those
+       authentication messages.
+       Call those functions after the processing ones (polling, interrupt or DMA).
+       e.g. in AES-CCM mode call HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt() to encrypt the plain data
+            then call HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish() to get the authentication message
+    @note: For CCM Encrypt/Decrypt API's, only DataType = 8-bit is supported by this version.
+    @note: The HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_xxxx() implementation is limited to 32bits inputs data length
+           (Plain/Cyphertext, Header) compared with GCM standards specifications (800-38D).
+    (#)Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYPEx CRYPEx
+  * @brief CRYP Extension HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_define
+  * @{
+  */
+#define CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Private_Functions_prototypes  CRYP Private Functions Prototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector);
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint32_t Timeout);
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA CRYP Input Data process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable the DMA transfer for input Fifo request by resetting the DIEN bit
+     in the DMACR register */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DIEN);
+
+  /* Call input data transfer complete callback */
+  HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA CRYP Output Data process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable the DMA transfer for output Fifo request by resetting the DOEN bit
+     in the DMACR register */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DOEN);
+
+  /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+  __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Call output data transfer complete callback */
+  HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA CRYP communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hcryp->State= HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+  HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(hcryp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes the Key in Key registers.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Key: Pointer to Key buffer
+  * @param  KeySize: Size of Key
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize)
+{
+  uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
+
+  switch(KeySize)
+  {
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B:
+    /* Key Initialisation */
+    hcryp->Instance->K0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    break;
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B:
+    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    break;
+  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B:
+    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    keyaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes the InitVector/InitCounter in IV registers.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  InitVector: Pointer to InitVector/InitCounter buffer
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector)
+{
+  uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVector;
+
+  hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+  ivaddr+=4;
+  hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+  ivaddr+=4;
+  hcryp->Instance->IV1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+  ivaddr+=4;
+  hcryp->Instance->IV1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Process Data: Writes Input data in polling mode and read the Output data.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer.
+  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  Output: Pointer to the returned buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)Input;
+  uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
+
+  for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=16)
+  {
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Read the Output block from the OUT FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the header phase
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer.
+  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
+  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)Input;
+
+  /***************************** Header phase *********************************/
+  if(hcryp->Init.HeaderSize != 0)
+  {
+    /* Select header phase */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < hcryp->Init.HeaderSize); loopcounter+=16)
+    {
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+          {
+            /* Change state */
+            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+      headeraddr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+      headeraddr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+      headeraddr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+      headeraddr+=4;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the DMA configuration and start the DMA transfer.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  inputaddr: Address of the Input buffer
+  * @param  Size: Size of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  outputaddr: Address of the Output buffer
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr)
+{
+  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hcryp->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hcryp->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError;
+
+  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hcryp->hdmaout->XferCpltCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hcryp->hdmaout->XferErrorCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DR, Size/4);
+
+  /* Enable In DMA request */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR = CRYP_DMACR_DIEN;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Out DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmaout, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DOUT, outputaddr, Size/4);
+
+  /* Enable Out DMA request */
+  hcryp->Instance->DMACR |= CRYP_DMACR_DOEN;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended AES processing functions
+ *  @brief   Extended processing functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Extended AES processing functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes
+      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes
+      (+) Finish the processing. This function is available only for GCM and CCM
+    [..]  Three processing methods are available:
+      (+) Polling mode
+      (+) Interrupt mode
+      (+) DMA mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode then
+  *         encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
+  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
+  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
+  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
+  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
+  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
+  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /************************ Formatting the header block *********************/
+    if(headersize != 0)
+    {
+      /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
+      if(headersize < 65280)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
+        headersize += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
+        headersize += 6;
+      }
+      /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
+      for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
+      if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
+      {
+        /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
+        for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
+        }
+        /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
+        headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
+      }
+      /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
+      headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
+    }
+    /*********************** Formatting the block B0 **************************/
+    if(headersize != 0)
+    {
+      blockb0[0] = 0x40;
+    }
+    /* Flags byte */
+    /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
+    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
+    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
+
+    for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
+    {
+      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
+    }
+    for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
+    {
+      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
+    blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
+
+    /************************* Formatting the initial counter *****************/
+    /* Byte 0:
+       Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
+       Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter blocks
+       are distinct from B0
+       Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
+    */
+    ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
+    /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
+    for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
+    {
+      ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
+    }
+    /* Set the LSB to 1 */
+    ctr[15] |= 0x01;
+
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
+
+    /* Select init phase */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
+
+    b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+    /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+    b0addr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+    b0addr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+    b0addr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /***************************** Header phase *******************************/
+    if(headersize != 0)
+    {
+      /* Select header phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
+
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
+        {
+          {
+            /* Check for the Timeout */
+            if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+            {
+              if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+              {
+                /* Change state */
+                hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+                /* Process Unlocked */
+                __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+                return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+      }
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+          {
+            /* Change state */
+            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
+    for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
+    {
+      hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
+    }
+    /* Reset bit 0 */
+    hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
+
+    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp,pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode then
+  *         encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the header phase */
+    if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode then
+  *         decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the header phase */
+    if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+    /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the authentication TAG.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  Size: Total length of the plain/cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Finish(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Size, uint8_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint64_t headerlength = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize * 8; /* Header length in bits */
+  uint64_t inputlength = Size * 8; /* input length in bits */
+  uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)
+  {
+    /* Change the CRYP phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_FINAL;
+
+    /* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
+    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Select final phase */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Write the number of bits in header (64 bits) followed by the number of bits
+       in the payload */
+    if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
+    {
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(headerlength >> 32);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(headerlength);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(inputlength >> 32);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(inputlength);
+    }
+    else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
+    {
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(headerlength >> 32);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(headerlength);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(inputlength >> 32);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(inputlength);
+    }
+    else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
+    {
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)(headerlength >> 32), 16);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)headerlength, 16);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)(inputlength >> 32), 16);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)inputlength, 16);
+    }
+    else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_32B)
+    {
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(headerlength >> 32);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(headerlength);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(inputlength >> 32);
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(inputlength);
+    }
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    tagaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    tagaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    tagaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Computes the authentication TAG for AES CCM mode.
+  * @note   This API is called after HAL_AES_CCM_Encrypt()/HAL_AES_CCM_Decrypt()
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
+  uint32_t ctraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
+  uint32_t temptag[4] = {0}; /* Temporary TAG (MAC) */
+  uint32_t loopcounter;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)
+  {
+    /* Change the CRYP phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_FINAL;
+
+    /* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
+    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Select final phase */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
+    ctraddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
+    ctraddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
+    ctraddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */
+    temptag[0] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    temptag[1] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    temptag[2] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    temptag[3] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy temporary authentication TAG in user TAG buffer */
+  for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.TagSize ; loopcounter++)
+  {
+    /* Set the authentication TAG buffer */
+    *((uint8_t*)tagaddr+loopcounter) = *((uint8_t*)temptag+loopcounter);
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode then
+  *         decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
+  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
+  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
+  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
+  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
+  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
+  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /************************ Formatting the header block *********************/
+    if(headersize != 0)
+    {
+      /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
+      if(headersize < 65280)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
+        headersize += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
+        headersize += 6;
+      }
+      /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
+      for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
+      if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
+      {
+        /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
+        for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
+        }
+        /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
+        headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
+      }
+      /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
+      headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
+    }
+    /*********************** Formatting the block B0 **************************/
+    if(headersize != 0)
+    {
+      blockb0[0] = 0x40;
+    }
+    /* Flags byte */
+    /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
+    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
+    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
+
+    for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
+    {
+      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
+    }
+    for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
+    {
+      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
+    }
+
+    blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
+    blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
+
+    /************************* Formatting the initial counter *****************/
+    /* Byte 0:
+       Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
+       Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
+       blocks are distinct from B0
+       Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
+    */
+    ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
+    /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
+    for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
+    {
+      ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
+    }
+    /* Set the LSB to 1 */
+    ctr[15] |= 0x01;
+
+    /* Set the key */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT);
+
+    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
+
+    /* Select init phase */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
+
+    b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+    /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+    b0addr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+    b0addr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+    b0addr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /***************************** Header phase *******************************/
+    if(headersize != 0)
+    {
+      /* Select header phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
+
+      /* Enable Crypto processor */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
+        {
+          /* Check for the Timeout */
+          if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+          {
+            if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+            {
+              /* Change state */
+              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+              /* Process Unlocked */
+              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+        headeraddr+=4;
+      }
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
+      {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+          {
+            /* Change state */
+            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
+    for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
+    {
+      hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
+    }
+    /* Reset bit 0 */
+    hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
+    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+  }
+
+  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
+  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode using IT.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+     /* Get tick */
+     tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Set the header phase */
+      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    if(Size != 0)
+    {
+      /* Enable Interrupts */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state and phase */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode using interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
+  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
+  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
+  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
+  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
+  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
+  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
+        if(headersize < 65280)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
+          headersize += 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
+          headersize += 6;
+        }
+        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
+        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
+        }
+        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
+        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
+          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
+          {
+            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
+          }
+          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
+          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
+        }
+        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
+        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
+      }
+      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
+      }
+      /* Flags byte */
+      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
+
+      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
+      }
+      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
+      }
+
+      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
+      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
+
+      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
+      /* Byte 0:
+         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
+         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
+         blocks are distinct from B0
+         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
+      */
+      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
+      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
+      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
+      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
+
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
+
+      /* Select init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
+
+      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+     /* Get tick */
+     tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Select header phase */
+        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
+
+        /* Enable Crypto processor */
+        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
+        {
+         /* Get tick */
+         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
+          {
+            /* Check for the Timeout */
+            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+            {
+              /* Change state */
+              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+              /* Process Unlocked */
+              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+        }
+
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
+        {
+          /* Check for the Timeout */
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            /* Change state */
+            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
+      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Reset bit 0 */
+      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
+
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    if(Size != 0)
+    {
+      /* Enable Interrupts */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Change the CRYP state and phase */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode using IT.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Set the header phase */
+      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    if(Size != 0)
+    {
+      /* Enable Interrupts */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Locked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP state and phase */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode using interrupt
+  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
+  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
+  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
+  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
+  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
+  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
+  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+
+  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
+        if(headersize < 65280)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
+          headersize += 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
+          headersize += 6;
+        }
+        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
+        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
+        }
+        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
+        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
+          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
+          {
+            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
+          }
+          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
+          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
+        }
+        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
+        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
+      }
+      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
+      }
+      /* Flags byte */
+      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
+
+      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
+      }
+      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
+      }
+
+      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
+      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
+
+      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
+      /* Byte 0:
+         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
+         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
+         blocks are distinct from B0
+         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
+      */
+      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
+      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
+      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
+      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
+
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
+
+      /* Select init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
+
+      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Select header phase */
+        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
+
+        /* Enable Crypto processor */
+        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
+        {
+         /* Get tick */
+         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
+          {
+            /* Check for the Timeout */
+            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+            {
+              /* Change state */
+              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+              /* Process Unlocked */
+              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+        }
+
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
+        {
+          /* Check for the Timeout */
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            /* Change state */
+            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
+      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Reset bit 0 */
+      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+
+    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
+  {
+    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
+    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    inputaddr+=4;
+    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
+      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
+    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the header phase */
+      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Unlock process */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode using interrupt.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+  uint32_t headersize;
+  uint32_t headeraddr;
+  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
+  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
+  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
+  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
+  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+
+    headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
+    headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
+        if(headersize < 65280)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
+          headersize += 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
+          headersize += 6;
+        }
+        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
+        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
+        }
+        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
+        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
+          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
+          {
+            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
+          }
+          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
+          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
+        }
+        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
+        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
+      }
+      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
+      }
+      /* Flags byte */
+      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
+
+      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
+      }
+      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
+      }
+
+      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
+      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
+
+      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
+      /* Byte 0:
+         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
+         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
+         blocks are distinct from B0
+         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
+      */
+      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
+      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
+      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
+      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
+
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
+
+      /* Select init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
+
+      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Select header phase */
+        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
+
+        /* Enable Crypto processor */
+        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
+        {
+         /* Get tick */
+         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
+          {
+            /* Check for the Timeout */
+            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+            {
+              /* Change state */
+              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+              /* Process Unlocked */
+              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+        }
+
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
+        {
+          /* Check for the Timeout */
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            /* Change state */
+            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
+      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Reset bit 0 */
+      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
+
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Unlock process */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode using DMA.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer.
+  * @param  Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
+
+      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Set the header phase */
+      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Unlock process */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode using DMA
+  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
+  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
+  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+  uint32_t headersize;
+  uint32_t headeraddr;
+  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
+  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
+  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
+  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
+  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+
+  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
+
+    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
+
+    headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
+    headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
+
+    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
+    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
+    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
+    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
+
+    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
+    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
+        if(headersize < 65280)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
+          headersize += 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
+          headersize += 6;
+        }
+        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
+        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
+        {
+          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
+        }
+        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
+        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
+          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
+          {
+            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
+          }
+          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
+          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
+        }
+        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
+        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
+      }
+      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
+      }
+      /* Flags byte */
+      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
+      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
+
+      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
+      }
+      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
+      }
+
+      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
+      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
+
+      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
+      /* Byte 0:
+         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
+         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
+         blocks are distinct from B0
+         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
+      */
+      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
+      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
+      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
+      {
+        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
+      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
+
+      /* Set the key */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
+
+      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT);
+
+      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
+      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
+
+      /* Select init phase */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
+
+      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
+      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+      b0addr+=4;
+      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
+
+      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
+      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
+      {
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+
+        }
+      }
+      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
+      if(headersize != 0)
+      {
+        /* Select header phase */
+        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
+
+        /* Enable Crypto processor */
+        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
+
+        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
+        {
+         /* Get tick */
+         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
+          {
+            /* Check for the Timeout */
+            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+            {
+              /* Change state */
+              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+              /* Process Unlocked */
+              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
+          headeraddr+=4;
+        }
+
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
+        {
+          /* Check for the Timeout */
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            /* Change state */
+            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
+      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
+      {
+        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
+      }
+      /* Reset bit 0 */
+      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
+      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
+      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
+
+      /* Flush FIFO */
+      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
+
+      /* Set the phase */
+      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
+    }
+    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
+    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
+
+    /* Unlock process */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 CRYPEx IRQ handler management
+ *  @brief   CRYPEx IRQ handler.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### CRYPEx IRQ handler management #####
+  ==============================================================================
+[..]  This section provides CRYPEx IRQ handler function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles CRYPEx interrupt request.
+  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYPEx_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+void HAL_CRYPEx_GCMCCM_IRQHandler(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
+{
+  switch(CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION)
+  {
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT:
+    HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..552ca85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   DAC HAL module driver.
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *         functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### DAC Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      *** DAC Channels ***
+      ====================
+    [..]
+    The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can
+    be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
+      (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
+      (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
+
+      *** DAC Triggers ***
+      ====================
+    [..]
+    Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
+    and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
+    [..]
+    Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
+      (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
+          The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
+
+      (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8
+          (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
+
+      (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
+
+      *** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
+      ===============================
+      [..]
+      Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
+      reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
+      without having to add an external operational amplifier.
+      To enable, the output buffer use
+      sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
+      [..]
+      (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output
+          impedance value with and without output buffer.
+
+       *** DAC wave generation feature ***
+       ===================================
+       [..]
+       Both DAC channels can be used to generate
+         (#) Noise wave
+         (#) Triangle wave
+
+       *** DAC data format ***
+       =======================
+       [..]
+       The DAC data format can be:
+         (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
+         (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
+         (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
+
+       *** DAC data value to voltage correspondence ***
+       ================================================
+       [..]
+       The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
+       by the following equation:
+       DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
+       with  DOR is the Data Output Register
+          VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
+        e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
+          Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
+
+       *** DMA requests  ***
+       =====================
+       [..]
+       A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
+       a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
+       HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
+       [..]
+       DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
+         (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be
+             already configured
+         (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be
+             already configured
+
+    -@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
+        refer to Extension Features Driver description
+
+
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
+          registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
+      (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
+      (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
+      (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
+       (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
+       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
+
+     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+     ==============================
+     [..]
+       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
+           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
+       (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
+           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
+           HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
+       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
+
+     *** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
+      (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
+
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC DAC
+  * @brief DAC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+	  defined(STM32F446xx)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the DAC.
+      (+) De-initialize the DAC.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the DAC_InitStruct.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Check DAC handle */
+  if(hdac == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+  if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set DAC error code to none */
+  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Check DAC handle */
+  if(hdac == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
+
+  /* Set DAC error code to none */
+  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DAC MSP.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+             ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion.
+      (+) Stop conversion.
+      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Get result of conversion.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1;
+    tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1;
+    /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+    if((tmp1 ==  DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 ==  DAC_CR_TSEL1))
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
+      hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN2;
+    tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL2;
+    /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+    if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN2) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL2))
+    {
+      /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
+      hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
+
+    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
+
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+    hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+    /* Case of use of channel 1 */
+    switch(Alignment)
+    {
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+        /* Get DHR12R1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+        /* Get DHR12L1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+        /* Get DHR8R1 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
+
+    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
+    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
+
+    /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
+    hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
+
+    /* Case of use of channel 2 */
+    switch(Alignment)
+    {
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+        /* Get DHR12R2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+        /* Get DHR12L2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
+        break;
+      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+        /* Get DHR8R2 address */
+        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+    __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+   hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+  /* Disable the DMA Channel */
+  /* Channel1 is used */
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
+  }
+  else /* Channel2 is used for */
+  {
+    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
+  if(status != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Update DAC state machine to error */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Change DAC state */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return hdac->Instance->DOR2;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DAC interrupt request
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Check underrun channel 1 flag */
+  if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
+  {
+    /* Change DAC state to error state */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */
+    hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
+
+    /* Clear the underrun flag */
+    __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
+
+    /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+    hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+    /* Error callback */
+    HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
+  }
+  /* Check underrun channel 2 flag */
+  if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
+  {
+    /* Change DAC state to error state */
+    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */
+    hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2;
+
+    /* Clear the underrun flag */
+    __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2);
+
+    /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+    hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
+
+    /* Error callback */
+    HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel1.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure channels.
+      (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the DAC parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the DAC CR value */
+  tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR;
+  /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
+  /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
+  /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+  /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
+  tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
+  /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+  tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
+  /* Write to DAC CR */
+  hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1;
+  /* Disable wave generation */
+  hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DAC state.
+      (+) Check the DAC Errors.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the DAC state
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* Return DAC state */
+  return hdac->State;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DAC error code
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval DAC Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  return hdac->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
+
+  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+    DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    /* Conversion complete callback */
+    HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+  hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+
+  HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac);
+
+  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\
+          STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\
+          STM32F446xx
+        */
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7797a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   DAC HAL module driver.
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *         functionalities of DAC extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
+          Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
+          HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
+      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
+      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
+
+ @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
+  * @brief DAC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+	  defined(STM32F446xx)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+ *  @brief    Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start conversion.
+      (+) Stop conversion.
+      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+      (+) Get result of conversion.
+      (+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+
+  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16;
+
+  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+  return tmp;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+  * @param  Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
+  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+  * @param  Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
+  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel);
+
+  /* Change DAC state */
+  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+  * @param  Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+  * @param  Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data  holding register.
+  * @note   In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
+  *          DAC channels at the same time.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
+{
+  uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
+  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
+
+  /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
+  if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
+  }
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+  tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+
+  /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel2.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
+  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+
+  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+    DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    /* Conversion complete callback */
+    HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+  hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+
+  HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
+
+  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\
+          STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\
+          STM32F446xx
+        */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7de37e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,830 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   DCMI HAL module driver
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Digital Camera Interface (DCMI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Error functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+      The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image
+      from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface.
+      This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the
+      camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable
+      the DCMI to capture images.
+
+    (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
+        horizontal and vertical polarity, pixel clock polarity, Capture Rate,
+        Synchronization Mode, code of the frame delimiter and data width
+        using HAL_DCMI_Init() function.
+
+    (#) Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR
+        register to the destination memory buffer.
+
+    (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
+        DCMI mode, destination memory Buffer address and the data length
+        and enable capture using HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function.
+
+    (#) Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular
+        window from the received image using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop()
+        and HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP() functions
+
+    (#) The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function.
+
+    (#) To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState().
+
+     *** DCMI HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral.
+      (+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral.
+      (+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not.
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI
+  * @brief DCMI HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void       DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void       DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions DCMI Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
+      (+) De-initialize the DCMI
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
+  if(hdcmi == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check function parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
+
+  if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hdcmi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
+  }
+
+  /* Change the DCMI state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
+  /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
+  hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL  | DCMI_CR_VSPOL  | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |
+                           DCMI_CR_EDM_1  | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG  |
+                           DCMI_CR_ESS);
+  hdcmi->Instance->CR |=  (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate | \
+                                     hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity  | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity  | \
+                                     hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode | \
+                                     hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode);
+
+  if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
+  {
+    DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode)    |
+                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)|
+                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) |
+                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24));
+
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Line interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE);
+
+  /* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
+
+  /* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
+
+  /* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Enable the Overflow interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
+
+  /* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Update error code */
+  hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
+  hdcmi->State  = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset
+  *         values.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Update error code */
+  hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DCMI MSP.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DCMI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the DCMI MSP.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure destination address and data length and
+          Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
+      (+) Stop the DCMI capture.
+      (+) Handles DCMI interrupt request.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
+  * @param  hdcmi:     pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @param  DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous grab.
+  * @param  pData:     The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame buffer).
+  * @param  Length:    The length of capture to be transferred.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode, uint32_t pData, uint32_t Length)
+{
+  /* Initialize the second memory address */
+  uint32_t SecondMemAddress = 0;
+
+  /* Check function parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
+
+  /* Configure the DCMI Mode */
+  hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CM);
+  hdcmi->Instance->CR |=  (uint32_t)(DCMI_Mode);
+
+  /* Set the DMA memory0 conversion complete callback */
+  hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
+
+  if(Length <= 0xFFFF)
+  {
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+  }
+  else /* DCMI_DOUBLE_BUFFER Mode */
+  {
+    /* Set the DMA memory1 conversion complete callback */
+    hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferM1CpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt;
+
+    /* Initialize transfer parameters */
+    hdcmi->XferCount = 1;
+    hdcmi->XferSize = Length;
+    hdcmi->pBuffPtr = pData;
+
+    /* Get the number of buffer */
+    while(hdcmi->XferSize > 0xFFFF)
+    {
+      hdcmi->XferSize = (hdcmi->XferSize/2);
+      hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferCount*2;
+    }
+
+    /* Update DCMI counter  and transfer number*/
+    hdcmi->XferCount = (hdcmi->XferCount - 2);
+    hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = hdcmi->XferCount;
+
+    /* Update second memory address */
+    SecondMemAddress = (uint32_t)(pData + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
+
+    /* Start DMA multi buffer transfer */
+    HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, SecondMemAddress, hdcmi->XferSize);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable Capture */
+  DCMI->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Disable Capture */
+  DCMI->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */
+  while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP)
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Change DCMI state */
+      hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the DMA */
+  HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
+
+  /* Update error code */
+  hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Change DCMI state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DCMI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the DCMI.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* Synchronization error interrupt management *******************************/
+  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the Synchronization error interrupt */
+      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
+
+      /* Clear the Synchronization error flag */
+      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC;
+
+      /* Change DCMI state */
+      hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+      /* Abort the DMA Transfer */
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
+
+      /* Synchronization error Callback */
+      HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Overflow interrupt management ********************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the Overflow interrupt */
+      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
+
+      /* Clear the Overflow flag */
+      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVF;
+
+      /* Change DCMI state */
+      hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+      /* Abort the DMA Transfer */
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
+
+      /* Overflow Callback */
+      HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Clear the Line interrupt flag */
+      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+      /* Line interrupt Callback */
+      HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(hdcmi);
+    }
+  }
+  /* VSYNC interrupt management ***********************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the VSYNC interrupt */
+      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
+
+      /* Clear the VSYNC flag */
+      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+      /* VSYNC Callback */
+      HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(hdcmi);
+    }
+  }
+  /* End of Frame interrupt management ****************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the End of Frame interrupt */
+      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
+
+      /* Clear the End of Frame flag */
+      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+      /* End of Frame Callback */
+      HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error DCMI callback.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Line Event callback.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  VSYNC Event callback.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Frame Event callback.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+[..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the CROP feature.
+      (+) Enable/Disable the CROP feature.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @param  YSize: DCMI Line number
+  * @param  XSize: DCMI Pixel per line
+  * @param  X0:    DCMI window X offset
+  * @param  Y0:    DCMI window Y offset
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(X0));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(YSize));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(XSize));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT(Y0));
+
+  /* Configure CROP */
+  DCMI->CWSIZER = (XSize | (YSize << 16));
+  DCMI->CWSTRTR = (X0 | (Y0 << 16));
+
+  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
+  hdcmi->State  = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Crop feature.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable DCMI Crop feature */
+  DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
+
+  /* Change the DCMI state*/
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Crop feature.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable DCMI Crop feature */
+  DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
+
+  /* Change the DCMI state*/
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+               ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DCMI state.
+      (+) Get the specific DCMI error flag.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DCMI state
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  return hdcmi->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the DCMI error code
+* @param  hdcmi : pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for DCMI.
+* @retval DCMI Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  return hdcmi->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions DCMI Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+
+  if(hdcmi->XferCount != 0)
+  {
+    /* Update memory 0 address location */
+    tmp = ((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR) & DMA_SxCR_CT);
+    if(((hdcmi->XferCount % 2) == 0) && (tmp != 0))
+    {
+      tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR;
+      HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY0);
+      hdcmi->XferCount--;
+    }
+    /* Update memory 1 address location */
+    else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+    {
+      tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR;
+      HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY1);
+      hdcmi->XferCount--;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Update memory 0 address location */
+  else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
+  {
+    hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
+  }
+  /* Update memory 1 address location */
+  else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+  {
+    tmp = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
+    hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR = (tmp + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
+    hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferTransferNumber;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
+
+    /* FRAME Callback */
+    HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+    DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+    hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx ||\
+          STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f9f23d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   DCMI Extension HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of DCMI extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extension features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### DCMI peripheral extension features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the DCMI interface for STM32F446xx
+       devices contains the following additional features :
+
+       (+) Support of Black and White cameras
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to manage the Black and White feature
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI
+  * @brief DCMI HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)  || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions DCMI Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
+      (+) De-initialize the DCMI
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
+{
+  /* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
+  if(hdcmi == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check function parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart));
+#endif
+  if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
+  }
+
+  /* Change the DCMI state */
+  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
+                          /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
+  hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL  | DCMI_CR_VSPOL  | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |\
+                           DCMI_CR_EDM_1  | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG  |\
+                           DCMI_CR_ESS
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+                           | DCMI_CR_BSM_0 | DCMI_CR_BSM_1 | DCMI_CR_OEBS |\
+                           DCMI_CR_LSM | DCMI_CR_OELS
+#endif
+                           );
+  hdcmi->Instance->CR |=  (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate |\
+                                     hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity  | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity  |\
+                                     hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode |\
+                                     hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+                                     | hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode |\
+                                     hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart | hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode |\
+                                     hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart
+#endif
+                                     );
+  if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
+  {
+    DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode)    |
+                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)|
+                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) |
+                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24));
+
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Line interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE);
+
+  /* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
+
+  /* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
+
+  /* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Enable the Overflow interrupt */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
+
+  /* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
+  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
+
+  /* Update error code */
+  hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
+  hdcmi->State  = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx  || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..420e678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c
@@ -0,0 +1,928 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   DMA HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and errors functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream
+       (except for internal SRAM/FLASH memories: no initialization is
+       necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+       and DMA requests .
+
+   (#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+       Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
+       Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level,
+       Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed),
+       Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+    [..]
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
+              address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
+              case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+    [..]
+          (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+          (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
+              Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this
+              case the DMA interrupt is configured
+          (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+          (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+              add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
+              XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
+    [..]
+     (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
+         detection.
+
+     (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+
+     -@-   In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+
+     -@-   The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is
+           possible to set different Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set
+           Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size
+           for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two half words will be packed and written in
+           a single access to a Word in the Memory).
+
+     -@-   When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source
+           and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source
+           and Destination.
+
+     *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FS: Return the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Stream pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Stream pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt has occurred or not.
+
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+  * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+ #define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source
+    and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
+    circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Stream priority value.
+    [..]
+    The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+    reference manual.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DMA according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+  if(hdma == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(hdma->Init.Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(hdma->Init.FIFOMode));
+  /* Check the memory burst, peripheral burst and FIFO threshold parameters only
+     when FIFO mode is enabled */
+  if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode != DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold));
+    assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(hdma->Init.MemBurst));
+    assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(hdma->Init.PeriphBurst));
+  }
+
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the CR register value */
+  tmp = hdma->Instance->CR;
+
+  /* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR, CT and DBM bits */
+  tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \
+                      DMA_SxCR_PL    | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE  | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE  | \
+                      DMA_SxCR_MINC  | DMA_SxCR_PINC   | DMA_SxCR_CIRC   | \
+                      DMA_SxCR_DIR   | DMA_SxCR_CT     | DMA_SxCR_DBM));
+
+  /* Prepare the DMA Stream configuration */
+  tmp |=  hdma->Init.Channel             | hdma->Init.Direction        |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphInc           | hdma->Init.MemInc           |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+          hdma->Init.Mode                | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+  /* the Memory burst and peripheral burst are not used when the FIFO is disabled */
+  if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Get memory burst and peripheral burst */
+    tmp |=  hdma->Init.MemBurst | hdma->Init.PeriphBurst;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to DMA Stream CR register */
+  hdma->Instance->CR = tmp;
+
+  /* Get the FCR register value */
+  tmp = hdma->Instance->FCR;
+
+  /* Clear Direct mode and FIFO threshold bits */
+  tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH);
+
+  /* Prepare the DMA Stream FIFO configuration */
+  tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOMode;
+
+  /* the FIFO threshold is not used when the FIFO mode is disabled */
+  if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Get the FIFO threshold */
+    tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to DMA Stream FCR */
+  hdma->Instance->FCR = tmp;
+
+  /* Initialize the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the DMA peripheral
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+  if(hdma == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+  if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the selected DMA Streamx */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Reset DMA Streamx control register */
+  hdma->Instance->CR   = 0;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Streamx number of data to transfer register */
+  hdma->Instance->NDTR = 0;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Streamx peripheral address register */
+  hdma->Instance->PAR  = 0;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 0 address register */
+  hdma->Instance->M0AR = 0;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 1 address register */
+  hdma->Instance->M1AR = 0;
+
+  /* Reset DMA Streamx FIFO control register */
+  hdma->Instance->FCR  = (uint32_t)0x00000021;
+
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+  /* Initialize the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+          Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+      (+) Abort DMA transfer
+      (+) Poll for transfer complete
+      (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma      : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+   /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+  DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+   /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+  DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
+
+  /* Enable the FIFO Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
+
+  /* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
+
+   /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Aborts the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma  : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  *
+  * @note  After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA Stream is
+  *        effectively disabled is added. If a Stream is disabled
+  *        while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred
+  *        and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of
+  *        this single data is finished.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the stream */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check if the DMA Stream is effectively disabled */
+  while((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT)
+    {
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  /* Change the DMA state*/
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete.
+  * @param  hdma:          pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                        the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
+  * @param  Timeout:       Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t temp, tmp, tmp1, tmp2;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+  if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
+  {
+    /* Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET)
+  {
+    tmp  = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+    tmp1 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+    tmp2 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+    if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET) || (tmp2 != RESET))
+    {
+      if(tmp != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+        /* Clear the transfer error flag */
+        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+      }
+      if(tmp1 != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
+
+        /* Clear the FIFO error flag */
+        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+      }
+      if(tmp2 != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
+
+        /* Clear the Direct Mode error flag */
+        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+      }
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Change the DMA state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
+  {
+    /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
+    if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+      /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
+      if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+      {
+        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
+      }
+      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
+      else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
+      {
+        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+      /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+      /* The selected Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and all transfers
+         are complete) */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
+    }
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
+    if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
+      if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+      {
+        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
+      }
+      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
+      else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
+      {
+        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+      /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DMA interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the transfer error interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
+
+      /* Clear the transfer error flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer error callback */
+        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* FIFO Error Interrupt management ******************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_FE) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the FIFO Error interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
+
+      /* Clear the FIFO error flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer error callback */
+        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Direct Mode Error Interrupt management ***********************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_DME) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the direct mode Error interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
+
+      /* Clear the direct mode error flag */
+      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer error callback */
+        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
+      if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
+      {
+        /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
+        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+        {
+          /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+          hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
+        }
+        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
+        else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
+        {
+          /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+          hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+        {
+          /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+          __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+        }
+        /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
+      }
+
+      if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Half transfer callback */
+        hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET)
+    {
+      if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
+      {
+        /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
+        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+        {
+          if(hdma->XferM1CpltCallback != NULL)
+          {
+            /* Transfer complete Callback for memory1 */
+            hdma->XferM1CpltCallback(hdma);
+          }
+        }
+        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
+        else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
+        {
+          if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+          {
+            /* Transfer complete Callback for memory0 */
+            hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+      else
+      {
+        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+        {
+          /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
+          __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
+        }
+        /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
+
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+        /* Change the DMA state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+        if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+        {
+          /* Transfer complete callback */
+          hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                    ##### State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DMA state
+      (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the DMA state.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA error code
+  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @retval DMA Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
+  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Clear DBM bit */
+  hdma->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)(~DMA_SxCR_DBM);
+
+  /* Configure DMA Stream data length */
+  hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
+
+  /* Peripheral to Memory */
+  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
+    hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
+  }
+  /* Memory to Peripheral */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
+    hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9d244c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1266 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   DMA2D HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the DMA2D peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
+          the Transfer Mode, the output color mode and the output offset using
+          HAL_DMA2D_Init() function.
+
+      (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
+          the input color mode, the input color, input alpha value, alpha mode
+          and the input offset using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer() function for foreground
+          or/and background layer.
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+    [..]
+       (+) Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable
+           the transfer using HAL_DMA2D_Start()
+       (+) Wait for end of transfer using HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(), at this stage
+           user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application.
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (#) Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable
+           the transfer using HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT()
+       (#) Use HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() called under DMA2D_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+       (#) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+           add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
+           XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA2D handle structure).
+
+         -@-   In Register-to-Memory transfer mode, the pdata parameter is the register
+               color, in Memory-to-memory or memory-to-memory with pixel format
+               conversion the pdata is the source address.
+
+         -@-   Configure the foreground source address, the background source address,
+               the Destination and data length and Enable the transfer using
+               HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() in polling mode and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT()
+               in interrupt mode.
+
+         -@-   HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT() functions
+               are used if the memory to memory with blending transfer mode is selected.
+
+      (#) Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT()
+          HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT() functions.
+
+      (#) Optionally, configure and enable LineInterrupt using the following function:
+          HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent().
+
+      (#) The transfer can be suspended, continued and aborted using the following
+          functions: HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(), HAL_DMA2D_Resume(), HAL_DMA2D_Abort().
+
+      (#) To control DMA2D state you can use the following function: HAL_DMA2D_GetState()
+
+     *** DMA2D HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in DMA2D HAL driver :
+
+      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE: Enable the DMA2D peripheral.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE: Disable the DMA2D peripheral.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA2D pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA2D pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA2D interrupt has occurred or not.
+
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the DMA2D HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D
+  * @brief DMA2D HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_ABORT      ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s  */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_SUSPEND    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Private_Functions_Prototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+static void DMA2D_SetConfig(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the DMA2D
+      (+) De-initialize the DMA2D
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DMA2D according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the DMA2D peripheral state */
+  if(hdma2d == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma2d->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_MODE(hdma2d->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CMODE(hdma2d->Init.ColorMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OFFSET(hdma2d->Init.OutputOffset));
+
+  if(hdma2d->State == HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hdma2d->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_DMA2D_MspInit(hdma2d);
+  }
+
+  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+/* DMA2D CR register configuration -------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Get the CR register value */
+  tmp = hdma2d->Instance->CR;
+
+  /* Clear Mode bits */
+  tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_CR_MODE;
+
+  /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the CR register */
+  tmp |= hdma2d->Init.Mode;
+
+  /* Write to DMA2D CR register */
+  hdma2d->Instance->CR = tmp;
+
+/* DMA2D OPFCCR register configuration ---------------------------------------*/
+  /* Get the OPFCCR register value */
+  tmp = hdma2d->Instance->OPFCCR;
+
+  /* Clear Color Mode bits */
+  tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM;
+
+  /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OPFCCR register */
+  tmp |= hdma2d->Init.ColorMode;
+
+  /* Write to DMA2D OPFCCR register */
+  hdma2d->Instance->OPFCCR = tmp;
+
+/* DMA2D OOR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Get the OOR register value */
+  tmp = hdma2d->Instance->OOR;
+
+  /* Clear Offset bits */
+  tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_OOR_LO;
+
+  /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OOR register */
+  tmp |= hdma2d->Init.OutputOffset;
+
+  /* Write to DMA2D OOR register */
+  hdma2d->Instance->OOR = tmp;
+
+  /* Update error code */
+  hdma2d->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
+  hdma2d->State  = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the DMA2D peripheral registers to their default reset
+  *         values.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DeInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  /* Check the DMA2D peripheral state */
+  if(hdma2d == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Update error code */
+  hdma2d->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
+  hdma2d->State  = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DMA2D MSP.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DMA2D_MspInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef* hdma2d)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DMA2D_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the DMA2D MSP.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef* hdma2d)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and
+          Start DMA2D transfer.
+      (+) Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address
+          and data size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer.
+      (+) Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and
+          Start DMA2D transfer with interrupt.
+      (+) Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address
+          and data size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer with interrupt.
+      (+) Abort DMA2D transfer.
+      (+) Suspend DMA2D transfer.
+      (+) Continue DMA2D transfer.
+      (+) Poll for transfer complete.
+      (+) handle DMA2D interrupt request.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA2D Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  pdata:      Configure the source memory Buffer address if
+  *                     the memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format
+  *                     conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure
+  *                     the color value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected.
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
+  * @param  Width:      The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @param  Height:      The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
+  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, pdata, DstAddress, Width, Height);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  pdata:      Configure the source memory Buffer address if
+  *                     the memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format
+  *                     conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure
+  *                     the color value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected.
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
+  * @param  Width:      The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @param  Height:     The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
+  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, pdata, DstAddress, Width, Height);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Enable the configuration error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d:      pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                      the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the foreground layer.
+  * @param  SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the background layer.
+  * @param  DstAddress:  The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  Width:       The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @param  Height:      The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1, uint32_t  SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Configure DMA2D Stream source2 address */
+  hdma2d->Instance->BGMAR = SrcAddress2;
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
+  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, SrcAddress1, DstAddress, Width, Height);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the foreground layer.
+  * @param  SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the background layer.
+  * @param  DstAddress:  The destination memory Buffer address.
+  * @param  Width:       The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @param  Height:      The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1, uint32_t  SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Configure DMA2D Stream source2 address */
+  hdma2d->Instance->BGMAR = SrcAddress2;
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
+  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, SrcAddress1, DstAddress, Width, Height);
+
+  /* Enable the configuration error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA2D Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                  the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Abort(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the DMA2D */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check if the DMA2D is effectively disabled */
+  while((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_START) != 0)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_ABORT)
+    {
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Change the DMA2D state */
+      hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Change the DMA2D state*/
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend the DMA2D Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Suspend the DMA2D transfer */
+  hdma2d->Instance->CR |= DMA2D_CR_SUSP;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check if the DMA2D is effectively suspended */
+  while((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_SUSP) != DMA2D_CR_SUSP)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_SUSPEND)
+    {
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Change the DMA2D state */
+      hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Change the DMA2D state*/
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_SUSPEND;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume the DMA2D Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Resume(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  /* Resume the DMA2D transfer */
+  hdma2d->Instance->CR &= ~DMA2D_CR_SUSP;
+
+  /* Change the DMA2D state*/
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete or CLUT loading.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp, tmp1;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Polling for DMA2D transfer */
+  if((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_START) != 0)
+  {
+   /* Get tick */
+   tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC) == RESET)
+    {
+      tmp  = __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE);
+      tmp1 = __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE);
+
+      if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET))
+      {
+        /* Clear the transfer and configuration error flags */
+        __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE);
+        __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE);
+
+        /* Change DMA2D state */
+        hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
+
+        /* Process unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Process unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+          /* Update error code */
+          hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Change the DMA2D state */
+          hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Polling for CLUT loading */
+  if((hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR & DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START) != 0)
+  {
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CTC) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CAE) != RESET))
+      {
+        /* Clear the transfer and configuration error flags */
+        __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CAE);
+
+        /* Change DMA2D state */
+        hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Update error code */
+          hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Change the DMA2D state */
+          hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC);
+
+  /* Clear the CLUT loading flag */
+  __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CTC);
+
+  /* Change DMA2D state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles DMA2D interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the transfer Error interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TE;
+
+      /* Clear the transfer error flag */
+      __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE);
+
+      /* Change DMA2D state */
+      hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+      if(hdma2d->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer error Callback */
+        hdma2d->XferErrorCallback(hdma2d);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Configuration Error Interrupt management **********************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the Configuration Error interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE);
+
+      /* Clear the Configuration error flag */
+      __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_CE;
+
+      /* Change DMA2D state */
+      hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+      if(hdma2d->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer error Callback */
+        hdma2d->XferErrorCallback(hdma2d);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ************************************/
+  if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC);
+
+      /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+      __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Change DMA2D state */
+      hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+      if(hdma2d->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Transfer complete Callback */
+        hdma2d->XferCpltCallback(hdma2d);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the DMA2D foreground or/and background parameters.
+      (+) Configure the DMA2D CLUT transfer.
+      (+) Enable DMA2D CLUT.
+      (+) Disable DMA2D CLUT.
+      (+) Configure the line watermark
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA2D Layer according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg = &hdma2d->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
+
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OFFSET(pLayerCfg->InputOffset));
+  if(hdma2d->Init.Mode != DMA2D_R2M)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_DMA2D_INPUT_COLOR_MODE(pLayerCfg->InputColorMode));
+    if(hdma2d->Init.Mode != DMA2D_M2M)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE(pLayerCfg->AlphaMode));
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the background DMA2D layer */
+  if(LayerIdx == 0)
+  {
+    /* DMA2D BGPFCR register configuration -----------------------------------*/
+    /* Get the BGPFCCR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR;
+
+    /* Clear Input color mode, alpha value and alpha mode bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA);
+
+    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
+    {
+      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */
+      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0xFF000000));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */
+      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | (pLayerCfg->InputAlpha << 24));
+    }
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D BGPFCCR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR = tmp;
+
+    /* DMA2D BGOR register configuration -------------------------------------*/
+    /* Get the BGOR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGOR;
+
+    /* Clear colors bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGOR_LO;
+
+    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGOR register */
+    tmp |= pLayerCfg->InputOffset;
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D BGOR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->BGOR = tmp;
+
+    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
+    {
+      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGCOLR register */
+      tmp = ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0x00FFFFFF);
+
+      /* Write to DMA2D BGCOLR register */
+      hdma2d->Instance->BGCOLR = tmp;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Configure the foreground DMA2D layer */
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMA2D FGPFCR register configuration -----------------------------------*/
+    /* Get the FGPFCCR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR;
+
+    /* Clear Input color mode, alpha value and alpha mode bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA);
+
+    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
+    {
+      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */
+      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0xFF000000));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */
+      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | (pLayerCfg->InputAlpha << 24));
+    }
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D FGPFCCR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR = tmp;
+
+    /* DMA2D FGOR register configuration -------------------------------------*/
+    /* Get the FGOR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGOR;
+
+    /* Clear colors bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGOR_LO;
+
+    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGOR register */
+    tmp |= pLayerCfg->InputOffset;
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D FGOR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->FGOR = tmp;
+
+    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
+    {
+      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGCOLR register */
+      tmp = ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0x00FFFFFF);
+
+      /* Write to DMA2D FGCOLR register */
+      hdma2d->Instance->FGCOLR = tmp;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
+  hdma2d->State  = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d:   pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  CLUTCfg:  pointer to a DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the color look up table.
+  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef CLUTCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CLUT_CM(CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CLUT_SIZE(CLUTCfg.Size));
+
+  /* Configure the CLUT of the background DMA2D layer */
+  if(LayerIdx == 0)
+  {
+    /* Get the BGCMAR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGCMAR;
+
+    /* Clear CLUT address bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGCMAR_MA;
+
+    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGCMAR register */
+    tmp |= (uint32_t)CLUTCfg.pCLUT;
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D BGCMAR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->BGCMAR = tmp;
+
+    /* Get the BGPFCCR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR;
+
+    /* Clear CLUT size and CLUT address bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM);
+
+    /* Get the CLUT size */
+    tmp1 = CLUTCfg.Size << 16;
+
+    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */
+    tmp |= (CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode | tmp1);
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D BGPFCCR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR = tmp;
+  }
+  /* Configure the CLUT of the foreground DMA2D layer */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the FGCMAR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGCMAR;
+
+    /* Clear CLUT address bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGCMAR_MA;
+
+    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGCMAR register */
+    tmp |= (uint32_t)CLUTCfg.pCLUT;
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D FGCMAR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->FGCMAR = tmp;
+
+    /* Get the FGPFCCR register value */
+    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR;
+
+    /* Clear CLUT size and CLUT address bits */
+    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM);
+
+    /* Get the CLUT size */
+    tmp1 = CLUTCfg.Size << 8;
+
+    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */
+    tmp |= (CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode | tmp1);
+
+    /* Write to DMA2D FGPFCCR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR = tmp;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d:   pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  if(LayerIdx == 0)
+  {
+    /* Enable the CLUT loading for the background */
+    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR |= DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable the CLUT loading for the foreground */
+    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR |= DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma2d:   pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  if(LayerIdx == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable the CLUT loading for the background */
+    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR &= ~DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the CLUT loading for the foreground */
+    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR &= ~DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Define the configuration of the line watermark .
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @param  Line:   Line Watermark configuration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t Line)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark(Line));
+
+  /* Sets the Line watermark configuration */
+  DMA2D->LWR = (uint32_t)Line;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
+  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to :
+      (+) Check the DMA2D state
+      (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA2D state
+  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_GetState(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  return hdma2d->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA2D error code
+  * @param  hdma2d : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for DMA2D.
+  * @retval DMA2D Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA2D_GetError(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
+{
+  return hdma2d->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the DMA2D Transfer parameter.
+  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA2D.
+  * @param  pdata:      The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  Width:      The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @param  Height:     The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA2D_SetConfig(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp2 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp3 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp4 = 0;
+
+  tmp = Width << 16;
+
+  /* Configure DMA2D data size */
+  hdma2d->Instance->NLR = (Height | tmp);
+
+  /* Configure DMA2D destination address */
+  hdma2d->Instance->OMAR = DstAddress;
+
+  /* Register to memory DMA2D mode selected */
+  if (hdma2d->Init.Mode == DMA2D_R2M)
+  {
+    tmp1 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_ALPHA_1;
+    tmp2 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_RED_1;
+    tmp3 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_GREEN_1;
+    tmp4 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_BLUE_1;
+
+    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OCOLR register according to the color mode */
+    if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_ARGB8888)
+    {
+      tmp = (tmp3 | tmp2 | tmp1| tmp4);
+    }
+    else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_RGB888)
+    {
+      tmp = (tmp3 | tmp2 | tmp4);
+    }
+    else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_RGB565)
+    {
+      tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 19);
+      tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 10);
+      tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 3 );
+      tmp  = ((tmp3 << 5) | (tmp2 << 11) | tmp4);
+    }
+    else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_ARGB1555)
+    {
+      tmp1 = (tmp1 >> 31);
+      tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 19);
+      tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 11);
+      tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 3 );
+      tmp  = ((tmp3 << 5) | (tmp2 << 10) | (tmp1 << 15) | tmp4);
+    }
+    else /* DMA2D_CMode = DMA2D_ARGB4444 */
+    {
+      tmp1 = (tmp1 >> 28);
+      tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 20);
+      tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 12);
+      tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 4 );
+      tmp  = ((tmp3 << 4) | (tmp2 << 8) | (tmp1 << 12) | tmp4);
+    }
+    /* Write to DMA2D OCOLR register */
+    hdma2d->Instance->OCOLR = tmp;
+  }
+  else /* M2M, M2M_PFC or M2M_Blending DMA2D Mode */
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA2D source address */
+    hdma2d->Instance->FGMAR = pdata;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923883e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   DMA Extension HAL module driver
+  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *         functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
+   (#) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function
+       for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
+
+     -@-  In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
+     -@-  When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled the, transfer is circular by default.
+     -@-  In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
+          the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
+  * @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                #####  Extended features functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+          Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+          Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
+      (+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma      : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+  {
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
+  }
+  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
+  else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
+  {
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
+  }
+
+   /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Enable the double buffer mode */
+  hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
+
+  /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
+  hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+  DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
+  {
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
+  }
+  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
+  else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
+  {
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+  /* Enable the Double buffer mode */
+  hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
+
+  /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
+  hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
+
+  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+  DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Enable the Half transfer interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
+
+  /* Enable the fifo Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
+
+  /* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
+  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  Address:    The new address
+  * @param  memory:     the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of
+  *                     the following values:
+  *                      MEMORY0 /
+  *                      MEMORY1
+  * @note   The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
+  *         MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current
+  *         transfer use MEMORY0.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
+{
+  if(memory == MEMORY0)
+  {
+    /* change the memory0 address */
+    hdma->Instance->M0AR = Address;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* change the memory1 address */
+    hdma->Instance->M1AR = Address;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the DMA Transfer parameter.
+  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Configure DMA Stream data length */
+  hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
+
+  /* Peripheral to Memory */
+  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
+    hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
+  }
+  /* Memory to Peripheral */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
+    hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..686e3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2017 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   ETH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Ethernet (ETH) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (#)Declare a ETH_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+         ETH_HandleTypeDef  heth;
+
+      (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in heth handle
+
+      (#)Call HAL_ETH_Init() API to initialize the Ethernet peripheral (MAC, DMA, ...)
+
+      (#)Initialize the ETH low level resources through the HAL_ETH_MspInit() API:
+          (##) Enable the Ethernet interface clock using
+               (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_ENABLE();
+               (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_ENABLE();
+               (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+          (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
+          (##) Configure Ethernet pin-out
+          (##) Configure Ethernet NVIC interrupt (IT mode)
+
+      (#)Initialize Ethernet DMA Descriptors in chain mode and point to allocated buffers:
+          (##) HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(); for Transmission process
+          (##) HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(); for Reception process
+
+      (#)Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception:
+          (##) HAL_ETH_Start();
+
+      (#)Prepare ETH DMA TX Descriptors and give the hand to ETH DMA to transfer
+         the frame to MAC TX FIFO:
+         (##) HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
+
+      (#)Poll for a received frame in ETH RX DMA Descriptors and get received
+         frame parameters
+         (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); (should be called into an infinite loop)
+
+      (#) Get a received frame when an ETH RX interrupt occurs:
+         (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); (called in IT mode only)
+
+      (#) Communicate with external PHY device:
+         (##) Read a specific register from the PHY
+              HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
+         (##) Write data to a specific RHY register:
+              HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
+
+      (#) Configure the Ethernet MAC after ETH peripheral initialization
+          HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); all MAC parameters should be filled.
+
+      (#) Configure the Ethernet DMA after ETH peripheral initialization
+          HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); all DMA parameters should be filled.
+
+      -@- The PTP protocol and the DMA descriptors ring mode are not supported
+          in this driver
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ETH ETH
+  * @brief ETH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Constants ETH Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define LINKED_STATE_TIMEOUT_VALUE          ((uint32_t)2000)  /* 2000 ms */
+#define AUTONEGO_COMPLETED_TIMEOUT_VALUE    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1000 ms */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Functions ETH Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err);
+static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr);
+static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions ETH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ===============================================================================
+  [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the Ethernet peripheral
+      (+) De-initialize the Ethernet peripheral
+
+  @endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the Ethernet MAC and DMA according to default
+  *         parameters.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Init(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, phyreg = 0;
+  uint32_t hclk = 60000000;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t err = ETH_SUCCESS;
+
+  /* Check the ETH peripheral state */
+  if(heth == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION(heth->Init.AutoNegotiation));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_RX_MODE(heth->Init.RxMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_MODE(heth->Init.ChecksumMode));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(heth->Init.MediaInterface));
+
+  if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    heth->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */
+    HAL_ETH_MspInit(heth);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Select MII or RMII Mode*/
+  SYSCFG->PMC &= ~(SYSCFG_PMC_MII_RMII_SEL);
+  SYSCFG->PMC |= (uint32_t)heth->Init.MediaInterface;
+
+  /* Ethernet Software reset */
+  /* Set the SWR bit: resets all MAC subsystem internal registers and logic */
+  /* After reset all the registers holds their respective reset values */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMABMR |= ETH_DMABMR_SR;
+
+  /* Wait for software reset */
+  while (((heth->Instance)->DMABMR & ETH_DMABMR_SR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------------- MAC Initialization ----------------------*/
+  /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR;
+  /* Clear CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK;
+
+  /* Get hclk frequency value */
+  hclk = HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq();
+
+  /* Set CR bits depending on hclk value */
+  if((hclk >= 20000000)&&(hclk < 35000000))
+  {
+    /* CSR Clock Range between 20-35 MHz */
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div16;
+  }
+  else if((hclk >= 35000000)&&(hclk < 60000000))
+  {
+    /* CSR Clock Range between 35-60 MHz */
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div26;
+  }
+  else if((hclk >= 60000000)&&(hclk < 100000000))
+  {
+    /* CSR Clock Range between 60-100 MHz */
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div42;
+  }
+  else if((hclk >= 100000000)&&(hclk < 150000000))
+  {
+    /* CSR Clock Range between 100-150 MHz */
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div62;
+  }
+  else /* ((hclk >= 150000000)&&(hclk <= 168000000)) */
+  {
+    /* CSR Clock Range between 150-168 MHz */
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div102;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to ETHERNET MAC MIIAR: Configure the ETHERNET CSR Clock Range */
+  (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+  /*-------------------- PHY initialization and configuration ----------------*/
+  /* Put the PHY in reset mode */
+  if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_RESET)) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* In case of write timeout */
+    err = ETH_ERROR;
+
+    /* Config MAC and DMA */
+    ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
+
+    /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
+    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Return HAL_ERROR */
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Delay to assure PHY reset */
+  HAL_Delay(PHY_RESET_DELAY);
+
+  if((heth->Init).AutoNegotiation != ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_DISABLE)
+  {
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* We wait for linked status */
+    do
+    {
+      HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg);
+
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LINKED_STATE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* In case of write timeout */
+        err = ETH_ERROR;
+
+        /* Config MAC and DMA */
+        ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
+
+        heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    } while (((phyreg & PHY_LINKED_STATUS) != PHY_LINKED_STATUS));
+
+
+    /* Enable Auto-Negotiation */
+    if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION)) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* In case of write timeout */
+      err = ETH_ERROR;
+
+      /* Config MAC and DMA */
+      ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
+
+      /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
+      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Return HAL_ERROR */
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait until the auto-negotiation will be completed */
+    do
+    {
+      HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg);
+
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > AUTONEGO_COMPLETED_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* In case of write timeout */
+        err = ETH_ERROR;
+
+        /* Config MAC and DMA */
+        ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
+
+        heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+    } while (((phyreg & PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE) != PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE));
+
+    /* Read the result of the auto-negotiation */
+    if((HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_SR, &phyreg)) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* In case of write timeout */
+      err = ETH_ERROR;
+
+      /* Config MAC and DMA */
+      ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
+
+      /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
+      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Return HAL_ERROR */
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the MAC with the Duplex Mode fixed by the auto-negotiation process */
+    if((phyreg & PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex following the auto-negotiation */
+      (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Half-duplex following the auto-negotiation */
+      (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_HALFDUPLEX;
+    }
+    /* Configure the MAC with the speed fixed by the auto-negotiation process */
+    if((phyreg & PHY_SPEED_STATUS) == PHY_SPEED_STATUS)
+    {
+      /* Set Ethernet speed to 10M following the auto-negotiation */
+      (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_10M;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M following the auto-negotiation */
+      (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M;
+    }
+  }
+  else /* AutoNegotiation Disable */
+  {
+    /* Check parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode));
+
+    /* Set MAC Speed and Duplex Mode */
+    if(HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, ((uint16_t)((heth->Init).DuplexMode >> 3) |
+                                                (uint16_t)((heth->Init).Speed >> 1))) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* In case of write timeout */
+      err = ETH_ERROR;
+
+      /* Config MAC and DMA */
+      ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
+
+      /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
+      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Return HAL_ERROR */
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Delay to assure PHY configuration */
+    HAL_Delay(PHY_CONFIG_DELAY);
+  }
+
+  /* Config MAC and DMA */
+  ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes the ETH peripheral.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */
+  HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(heth);
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL state to Disabled */
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DMA Tx descriptors in chain mode.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  DMATxDescTab: Pointer to the first Tx desc list
+  * @param  TxBuff: Pointer to the first TxBuffer list
+  * @param  TxBuffCount: Number of the used Tx desc in the list
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMATxDescTab, uint8_t *TxBuff, uint32_t TxBuffCount)
+{
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+  ETH_DMADescTypeDef *dmatxdesc;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the DMATxDescToSet pointer with the first one of the DMATxDescTab list */
+  heth->TxDesc = DMATxDescTab;
+
+  /* Fill each DMATxDesc descriptor with the right values */
+  for(i=0; i < TxBuffCount; i++)
+  {
+    /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Tx Desc list */
+    dmatxdesc = DMATxDescTab + i;
+
+    /* Set Second Address Chained bit */
+    dmatxdesc->Status = ETH_DMATXDESC_TCH;
+
+    /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */
+    dmatxdesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&TxBuff[i*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE]);
+
+    if ((heth->Init).ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE)
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Tx descriptors checksum insertion */
+      dmatxdesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPFULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */
+    if(i < (TxBuffCount-1))
+    {
+      /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */
+      dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMATxDescTab+i+1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */
+      dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set Transmit Descriptor List Address Register */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMATDLAR = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab;
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the DMA Rx descriptors in chain mode.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  DMARxDescTab: Pointer to the first Rx desc list
+  * @param  RxBuff: Pointer to the first RxBuffer list
+  * @param  RxBuffCount: Number of the used Rx desc in the list
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDescTab, uint8_t *RxBuff, uint32_t RxBuffCount)
+{
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+  ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDesc;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the Ethernet RxDesc pointer with the first one of the DMARxDescTab list */
+  heth->RxDesc = DMARxDescTab;
+
+  /* Fill each DMARxDesc descriptor with the right values */
+  for(i=0; i < RxBuffCount; i++)
+  {
+    /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Rx Desc list */
+    DMARxDesc = DMARxDescTab+i;
+
+    /* Set Own bit of the Rx descriptor Status */
+    DMARxDesc->Status = ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN;
+
+    /* Set Buffer1 size and Second Address Chained bit */
+    DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize = ETH_DMARXDESC_RCH | ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE;
+
+    /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */
+    DMARxDesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&RxBuff[i*ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE]);
+
+    if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE)
+    {
+      /* Enable Ethernet DMA Rx Descriptor interrupt */
+      DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize &= ~ETH_DMARXDESC_DIC;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */
+    if(i < (RxBuffCount-1))
+    {
+      /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */
+      DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab+i+1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */
+      DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set Receive Descriptor List Address Register */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMARDLAR = (uint32_t) DMARxDescTab;
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the ETH MSP.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ETH_MspInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_ETH_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes ETH MSP.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_ETH_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+        (+) Transmit a frame
+            HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
+        (+) Receive a frame
+            HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame();
+            HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT();
+        (+) Read from an External PHY register
+            HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
+        (+) Write to an External PHY register
+            HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
+
+  @endverbatim
+
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an Ethernet frame.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  FrameLength: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t FrameLength)
+{
+  uint32_t bufcount = 0, size = 0, i = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if (FrameLength == 0)
+  {
+    /* Set ETH HAL state to READY */
+    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the descriptor is owned by the ETHERNET DMA (when set) or CPU (when reset) */
+  if(((heth->TxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* OWN bit set */
+    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the number of needed Tx buffers for the current frame */
+  if (FrameLength > ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE)
+  {
+    bufcount = FrameLength/ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE;
+    if (FrameLength % ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE)
+    {
+      bufcount++;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bufcount = 1;
+  }
+  if (bufcount == 1)
+  {
+    /* Set LAST and FIRST segment */
+    heth->TxDesc->Status |=ETH_DMATXDESC_FS|ETH_DMATXDESC_LS;
+    /* Set frame size */
+    heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (FrameLength & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1);
+    /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */
+    heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN;
+    /* Point to next descriptor */
+    heth->TxDesc= (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    for (i=0; i< bufcount; i++)
+    {
+      /* Clear FIRST and LAST segment bits */
+      heth->TxDesc->Status &= ~(ETH_DMATXDESC_FS | ETH_DMATXDESC_LS);
+
+      if (i == 0)
+      {
+        /* Setting the first segment bit */
+        heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_FS;
+      }
+
+      /* Program size */
+      heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1);
+
+      if (i == (bufcount-1))
+      {
+        /* Setting the last segment bit */
+        heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_LS;
+        size = FrameLength - (bufcount-1)*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE;
+        heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (size & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1);
+      }
+
+      /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */
+      heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN;
+      /* point to next descriptor */
+      heth->TxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* When Tx Buffer unavailable flag is set: clear it and resume transmission */
+  if (((heth->Instance)->DMASR & ETH_DMASR_TBUS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear TBUS ETHERNET DMA flag */
+    (heth->Instance)->DMASR = ETH_DMASR_TBUS;
+    /* Resume DMA transmission*/
+    (heth->Instance)->DMATPDR = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks for received frames.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  uint32_t framelength = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Check the ETH state to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if segment is not owned by DMA */
+  /* (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET)) */
+  if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET))
+  {
+    /* Check if last segment */
+    if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET))
+    {
+      /* increment segment count */
+      (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++;
+
+      /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */
+      if ((heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount == 1)
+      {
+        (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc =heth->RxDesc;
+      }
+
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
+
+      /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */
+      framelength = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4;
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.length = framelength;
+
+      /* Get the address of the buffer start address */
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer = ((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr;
+      /* point to next descriptor */
+      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) ((heth->RxDesc)->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+
+      /* Set HAL State to Ready */
+      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+      /* Return function status */
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    /* Check if first segment */
+    else if((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
+      (heth->RxFrameInfos).LSRxDesc = NULL;
+      (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount = 1;
+      /* Point to next descriptor */
+      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+    }
+    /* Check if intermediate segment */
+    else
+    {
+      (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++;
+      /* Point to next descriptor */
+      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the Received frame in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  uint32_t descriptorscancounter = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Scan descriptors owned by CPU */
+  while (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && (descriptorscancounter < ETH_RXBUFNB))
+  {
+    /* Just for security */
+    descriptorscancounter++;
+
+    /* Check if first segment in frame */
+    /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */
+    if((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_FS | ETH_DMARXDESC_LS)) == (uint32_t)ETH_DMARXDESC_FS)
+    {
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount = 1;
+      /* Point to next descriptor */
+      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+    }
+    /* Check if intermediate segment */
+    /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)&& ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */
+    else if ((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_LS | ETH_DMARXDESC_FS)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Increment segment count */
+      (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++;
+      /* Point to next descriptor */
+      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*)(heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+    }
+    /* Should be last segment */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Last segment */
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
+
+      /* Increment segment count */
+      (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++;
+
+      /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */
+      if ((heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount) == 1)
+      {
+        heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
+      }
+
+      /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.length = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4;
+
+      /* Get the address of the buffer start address */
+      heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer =((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr;
+
+      /* Point to next descriptor */
+      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
+
+      /* Set HAL State to Ready */
+      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+      /* Return function status */
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set HAL State to Ready */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles ETH interrupt request.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_ETH_IRQHandler(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Frame received */
+  if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_R))
+  {
+    /* Receive complete callback */
+    HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(heth);
+
+     /* Clear the Eth DMA Rx IT pending bits */
+    __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_R);
+
+    /* Set HAL State to Ready */
+    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  }
+  /* Frame transmitted */
+  else if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_T))
+  {
+    /* Transfer complete callback */
+    HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(heth);
+
+    /* Clear the Eth DMA Tx IT pending bits */
+    __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_T);
+
+    /* Set HAL State to Ready */
+    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the interrupt flags */
+  __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_NIS);
+
+  /* ETH DMA Error */
+  if(__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS))
+  {
+    /* Ethernet Error callback */
+    HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(heth);
+
+    /* Clear the interrupt flags */
+    __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS);
+
+    /* Set HAL State to Ready */
+    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Ethernet transfer error callbacks
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads a PHY register
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register.
+  *                This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   PHY_BCR: Transceiver Basic Control Register,
+  *                   PHY_BSR: Transceiver Basic Status Register.
+  *                   More PHY register could be read depending on the used PHY
+  * @param RegValue: PHY register value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t *RegValue)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress));
+
+  /* Check the ETH peripheral state */
+  if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_RD */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD;
+
+  /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */
+  tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
+
+  /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */
+  tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK;
+
+  /* Prepare the MII address register value */
+  tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress << 11) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address   */
+  tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR);                   /* Set the PHY register address */
+  tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_MW;                                           /* Set the read mode            */
+  tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB;                                            /* Set the MII Busy bit         */
+
+  /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */
+  heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg1;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check for the Busy flag */
+  while((tmpreg1 & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_READ_TO)
+    {
+      heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
+  }
+
+  /* Get MACMIIDR value */
+  *RegValue = (uint16_t)(heth->Instance->MACMIIDR);
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes to a PHY register.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             PHY_BCR: Transceiver Control Register.
+  *             More PHY register could be written depending on the used PHY
+  * @param  RegValue: the value to write
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t RegValue)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress));
+
+  /* Check the ETH peripheral state */
+  if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_WR */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR;
+
+  /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */
+  tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
+
+  /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */
+  tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK;
+
+  /* Prepare the MII register address value */
+  tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress<<11) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address */
+  tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR);                 /* Set the PHY register address */
+  tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MW;                                          /* Set the write mode */
+  tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB;                                          /* Set the MII Busy bit */
+
+  /* Give the value to the MII data register */
+  heth->Instance->MACMIIDR = (uint16_t)RegValue;
+
+  /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */
+  heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg1;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Check for the Busy flag */
+  while((tmpreg1 & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_WRITE_TO)
+    {
+      heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
+  }
+
+  /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception.
+          HAL_ETH_Start();
+      (+) Disable MAC and DMA transmission and reception.
+          HAL_ETH_Stop();
+      (+) Set the MAC configuration in runtime mode
+          HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC();
+      (+) Set the DMA configuration in runtime mode
+          HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA();
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+ /**
+  * @brief  Enables Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Start(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */
+  ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(heth);
+
+  /* Enable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */
+  ETH_MACReceptionEnable(heth);
+
+  /* Flush Transmit FIFO */
+  ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth);
+
+  /* Start DMA transmission */
+  ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(heth);
+
+  /* Start DMA reception */
+  ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH state to READY*/
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Stop(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Stop DMA transmission */
+  ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(heth);
+
+  /* Stop DMA reception */
+  ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(heth);
+
+  /* Disable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */
+  ETH_MACReceptionDisable(heth);
+
+  /* Flush Transmit FIFO */
+  ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth);
+
+  /* Disable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */
+  ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH state*/
+  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set ETH MAC Configuration.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  macconf: MAC Configuration structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_MACInitTypeDef *macconf)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode));
+
+  if (macconf != NULL)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_WATCHDOG(macconf->Watchdog));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_JABBER(macconf->Jabber));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_INTER_FRAME_GAP(macconf->InterFrameGap));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_CARRIER_SENSE(macconf->CarrierSense));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_OWN(macconf->ReceiveOwn));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_LOOPBACK_MODE(macconf->LoopbackMode));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_OFFLOAD(macconf->ChecksumOffload));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_RETRY_TRANSMISSION(macconf->RetryTransmission));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTOMATIC_PADCRC_STRIP(macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_BACKOFF_LIMIT(macconf->BackOffLimit));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_DEFERRAL_CHECK(macconf->DeferralCheck));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_ALL(macconf->ReceiveAll));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_SOURCE_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->SourceAddrFilter));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_CONTROL_FRAMES(macconf->PassControlFrames));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_BROADCAST_FRAMES_RECEPTION(macconf->BroadcastFramesReception));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_DESTINATION_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->DestinationAddrFilter));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE(macconf->PromiscuousMode));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_MULTICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->MulticastFramesFilter));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->UnicastFramesFilter));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_TIME(macconf->PauseTime));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_ZEROQUANTA_PAUSE(macconf->ZeroQuantaPause));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_LOW_THRESHOLD(macconf->PauseLowThreshold));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_PAUSE_FRAME_DETECT(macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->ReceiveFlowControl));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->TransmitFlowControl));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_COMPARISON(macconf->VLANTagComparison));
+    assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_IDENTIFIER(macconf->VLANTagIdentifier));
+
+    /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/
+    /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */
+    tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+    /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+    tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(macconf->Watchdog |
+                         macconf->Jabber |
+                         macconf->InterFrameGap |
+                         macconf->CarrierSense |
+                         (heth->Init).Speed |
+                         macconf->ReceiveOwn |
+                         macconf->LoopbackMode |
+                         (heth->Init).DuplexMode |
+                         macconf->ChecksumOffload |
+                         macconf->RetryTransmission |
+                         macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip |
+                         macconf->BackOffLimit |
+                         macconf->DeferralCheck);
+
+    /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */
+    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
+    at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+    tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1;
+
+    /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/
+    /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */
+    (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macconf->ReceiveAll |
+                                          macconf->SourceAddrFilter |
+                                          macconf->PassControlFrames |
+                                          macconf->BroadcastFramesReception |
+                                          macconf->DestinationAddrFilter |
+                                          macconf->PromiscuousMode |
+                                          macconf->MulticastFramesFilter |
+                                          macconf->UnicastFramesFilter);
+
+     /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+     tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR;
+     HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+     (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg1;
+
+     /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration ---------------*/
+     /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */
+     (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableHigh;
+
+     /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */
+     (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableLow;
+     /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration --------------------*/
+
+     /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */
+     tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
+     /* Clear xx bits */
+     tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+     tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((macconf->PauseTime << 16) |
+                          macconf->ZeroQuantaPause |
+                          macconf->PauseLowThreshold |
+                          macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect |
+                          macconf->ReceiveFlowControl |
+                          macconf->TransmitFlowControl);
+
+     /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */
+     (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+     /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+     tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
+     HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+     (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg1;
+
+     /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration -----------------*/
+     (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macconf->VLANTagComparison |
+                                              macconf->VLANTagIdentifier);
+
+      /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
+      at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+      tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR;
+      HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+      (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg1;
+  }
+  else /* macconf == NULL : here we just configure Speed and Duplex mode */
+  {
+    /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/
+    /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */
+    tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+
+    /* Clear FES and DM bits */
+    tmpreg1 &= ~((uint32_t)0x00004800);
+
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(heth->Init.Speed | heth->Init.DuplexMode);
+
+    /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */
+    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+    at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+    tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the ETH state to Ready */
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets ETH DMA Configuration.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  dmaconf: DMA Configuration structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMAInitTypeDef *dmaconf)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
+
+  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
+  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_DROP_TCPIP_CHECKSUM_FRAME(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_FLUSH_RECEIVE_FRAME(dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_ERROR_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_UNDERSIZED_GOOD_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_SECOND_FRAME_OPERATE(dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_ADDRESS_ALIGNED_BEATS(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_FIXED_BURST(dmaconf->FixedBurst));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_RXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_TXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_ENHANCED_DESCRIPTOR_FORMAT(dmaconf->EnhancedDescriptorFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_DESC_SKIP_LENGTH(dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength));
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_ARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX(dmaconf->DMAArbitration));
+
+  /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMAOMR Configuration --------------------*/
+  /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
+  /* Clear xx bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+  tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame |
+                       dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward |
+                       dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame |
+                       dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward |
+                       dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl |
+                       dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames |
+                       dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames |
+                       dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl |
+                       dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate);
+
+  /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+  at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
+  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1;
+
+  /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration --------------------*/
+  (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats |
+                                         dmaconf->FixedBurst |
+                                         dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength | /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */
+                                         dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength |
+                                         dmaconf->EnhancedDescriptorFormat |
+                                         (dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength << 2) |
+                                         dmaconf->DMAArbitration |
+                                         ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */
+
+   /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+      at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+   tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR;
+   HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+   (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg1;
+
+   /* Set the ETH state to Ready */
+   heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+   __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
+
+   /* Return function status */
+   return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ===============================================================================
+                         ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+  This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+  and the data flow.
+       (+) Get the ETH handle state:
+           HAL_ETH_GetState();
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the ETH HAL state
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetState(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Return ETH state */
+  return heth->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup ETH_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures Ethernet MAC and DMA with default parameters.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  err: Ethernet Init error
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err)
+{
+  ETH_MACInitTypeDef macinit;
+  ETH_DMAInitTypeDef dmainit;
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  if (err != ETH_SUCCESS) /* Auto-negotiation failed */
+  {
+    /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex */
+    (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX;
+
+    /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M */
+    (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M;
+  }
+
+  /* Ethernet MAC default initialization **************************************/
+  macinit.Watchdog = ETH_WATCHDOG_ENABLE;
+  macinit.Jabber = ETH_JABBER_ENABLE;
+  macinit.InterFrameGap = ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_96BIT;
+  macinit.CarrierSense = ETH_CARRIERSENCE_ENABLE;
+  macinit.ReceiveOwn = ETH_RECEIVEOWN_ENABLE;
+  macinit.LoopbackMode = ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_DISABLE;
+  if(heth->Init.ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE)
+  {
+    macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_ENABLE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_DISABLE;
+  }
+  macinit.RetryTransmission = ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_DISABLE;
+  macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip = ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_DISABLE;
+  macinit.BackOffLimit = ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_10;
+  macinit.DeferralCheck = ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_DISABLE;
+  macinit.ReceiveAll = ETH_RECEIVEAll_DISABLE;
+  macinit.SourceAddrFilter = ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_DISABLE;
+  macinit.PassControlFrames = ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_BLOCKALL;
+  macinit.BroadcastFramesReception = ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_ENABLE;
+  macinit.DestinationAddrFilter = ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_NORMAL;
+  macinit.PromiscuousMode = ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_DISABLE;
+  macinit.MulticastFramesFilter = ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT;
+  macinit.UnicastFramesFilter = ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT;
+  macinit.HashTableHigh = 0x0;
+  macinit.HashTableLow = 0x0;
+  macinit.PauseTime = 0x0;
+  macinit.ZeroQuantaPause = ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_DISABLE;
+  macinit.PauseLowThreshold = ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS4;
+  macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect = ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_DISABLE;
+  macinit.ReceiveFlowControl = ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE;
+  macinit.TransmitFlowControl = ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE;
+  macinit.VLANTagComparison = ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_16BIT;
+  macinit.VLANTagIdentifier = 0x0;
+
+  /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/
+  /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+  /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK;
+  /* Set the WD bit according to ETH Watchdog value */
+  /* Set the JD: bit according to ETH Jabber value */
+  /* Set the IFG bit according to ETH InterFrameGap value */
+  /* Set the DCRS bit according to ETH CarrierSense value */
+  /* Set the FES bit according to ETH Speed value */
+  /* Set the DO bit according to ETH ReceiveOwn value */
+  /* Set the LM bit according to ETH LoopbackMode value */
+  /* Set the DM bit according to ETH Mode value */
+  /* Set the IPCO bit according to ETH ChecksumOffload value */
+  /* Set the DR bit according to ETH RetryTransmission value */
+  /* Set the ACS bit according to ETH AutomaticPadCRCStrip value */
+  /* Set the BL bit according to ETH BackOffLimit value */
+  /* Set the DC bit according to ETH DeferralCheck value */
+  tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(macinit.Watchdog |
+                       macinit.Jabber |
+                       macinit.InterFrameGap |
+                       macinit.CarrierSense |
+                       (heth->Init).Speed |
+                       macinit.ReceiveOwn |
+                       macinit.LoopbackMode |
+                       (heth->Init).DuplexMode |
+                       macinit.ChecksumOffload |
+                       macinit.RetryTransmission |
+                       macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip |
+                       macinit.BackOffLimit |
+                       macinit.DeferralCheck);
+
+  /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1;
+
+  /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/
+  /* Set the RA bit according to ETH ReceiveAll value */
+  /* Set the SAF and SAIF bits according to ETH SourceAddrFilter value */
+  /* Set the PCF bit according to ETH PassControlFrames value */
+  /* Set the DBF bit according to ETH BroadcastFramesReception value */
+  /* Set the DAIF bit according to ETH DestinationAddrFilter value */
+  /* Set the PR bit according to ETH PromiscuousMode value */
+  /* Set the PM, HMC and HPF bits according to ETH MulticastFramesFilter value */
+  /* Set the HUC and HPF bits according to ETH UnicastFramesFilter value */
+  /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */
+  (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macinit.ReceiveAll |
+                                        macinit.SourceAddrFilter |
+                                        macinit.PassControlFrames |
+                                        macinit.BroadcastFramesReception |
+                                        macinit.DestinationAddrFilter |
+                                        macinit.PromiscuousMode |
+                                        macinit.MulticastFramesFilter |
+                                        macinit.UnicastFramesFilter);
+
+   /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+      at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+   tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR;
+   HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+   (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg1;
+
+   /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration --------------*/
+   /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */
+   (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableHigh;
+
+   /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */
+   (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableLow;
+   /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration -------------------*/
+
+   /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */
+   tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
+   /* Clear xx bits */
+   tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+   /* Set the PT bit according to ETH PauseTime value */
+   /* Set the DZPQ bit according to ETH ZeroQuantaPause value */
+   /* Set the PLT bit according to ETH PauseLowThreshold value */
+   /* Set the UP bit according to ETH UnicastPauseFrameDetect value */
+   /* Set the RFE bit according to ETH ReceiveFlowControl value */
+   /* Set the TFE bit according to ETH TransmitFlowControl value */
+   tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((macinit.PauseTime << 16) |
+                        macinit.ZeroQuantaPause |
+                        macinit.PauseLowThreshold |
+                        macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect |
+                        macinit.ReceiveFlowControl |
+                        macinit.TransmitFlowControl);
+
+   /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */
+   (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+   /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+   at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+   tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
+   HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+   (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg1;
+
+   /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration ----------------*/
+   /* Set the ETV bit according to ETH VLANTagComparison value */
+   /* Set the VL bit according to ETH VLANTagIdentifier value */
+   (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macinit.VLANTagComparison |
+                                            macinit.VLANTagIdentifier);
+
+    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+       at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+    tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR;
+    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+    (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg1;
+
+    /* Ethernet DMA default initialization ************************************/
+    dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame = ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward = ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame = ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.TransmitStoreForward = ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl = ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES;
+    dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames = ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_DISABLE;
+    dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames = ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_DISABLE;
+    dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl = ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES;
+    dmainit.SecondFrameOperate = ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats = ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.FixedBurst = ETH_FIXEDBURST_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.RxDMABurstLength = ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT;
+    dmainit.TxDMABurstLength = ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT;
+    dmainit.EnhancedDescriptorFormat = ETH_DMAENHANCEDDESCRIPTOR_ENABLE;
+    dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength = 0x0;
+    dmainit.DMAArbitration = ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_1_1;
+
+    /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */
+    tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
+    /* Clear xx bits */
+    tmpreg1 &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+    /* Set the DT bit according to ETH DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame value */
+    /* Set the RSF bit according to ETH ReceiveStoreForward value */
+    /* Set the DFF bit according to ETH FlushReceivedFrame value */
+    /* Set the TSF bit according to ETH TransmitStoreForward value */
+    /* Set the TTC bit according to ETH TransmitThresholdControl value */
+    /* Set the FEF bit according to ETH ForwardErrorFrames value */
+    /* Set the FUF bit according to ETH ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames value */
+    /* Set the RTC bit according to ETH ReceiveThresholdControl value */
+    /* Set the OSF bit according to ETH SecondFrameOperate value */
+    tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame |
+                         dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward |
+                         dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame |
+                         dmainit.TransmitStoreForward |
+                         dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl |
+                         dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames |
+                         dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames |
+                         dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl |
+                         dmainit.SecondFrameOperate);
+
+    /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */
+    (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1;
+
+    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+       at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+    tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
+    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+    (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1;
+
+    /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration ------------------*/
+    /* Set the AAL bit according to ETH AddressAlignedBeats value */
+    /* Set the FB bit according to ETH FixedBurst value */
+    /* Set the RPBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH RxDMABurstLength value */
+    /* Set the PBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH TxDMABurstLength value */
+    /* Set the Enhanced DMA descriptors bit according to ETH EnhancedDescriptorFormat value*/
+    /* Set the DSL bit according to ETH DesciptorSkipLength value */
+    /* Set the PR and DA bits according to ETH DMAArbitration value */
+    (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats |
+                                          dmainit.FixedBurst |
+                                          dmainit.RxDMABurstLength |    /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */
+                                          dmainit.TxDMABurstLength |
+                                          dmainit.EnhancedDescriptorFormat |
+                                          (dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength << 2) |
+                                          dmainit.DMAArbitration |
+                                          ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */
+
+     /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+        at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+     tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR;
+     HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+     (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg1;
+
+     if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE)
+     {
+       /* Enable the Ethernet Rx Interrupt */
+       __HAL_ETH_DMA_ENABLE_IT((heth), ETH_DMA_IT_NIS | ETH_DMA_IT_R);
+     }
+
+     /* Initialize MAC address in ethernet MAC */
+     ETH_MACAddressConfig(heth, ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0, heth->Init.MACAddr);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the selected MAC address.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @param  MacAddr: The MAC address to configure
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address0: MAC Address0
+  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address1: MAC Address1
+  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address2: MAC Address2
+  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address3: MAC Address3
+  * @param  Addr: Pointer to MAC address buffer data (6 bytes)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0123(MacAddr));
+
+  /* Calculate the selected MAC address high register */
+  tmpreg1 = ((uint32_t)Addr[5] << 8) | (uint32_t)Addr[4];
+  /* Load the selected MAC address high register */
+  (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_HBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg1;
+  /* Calculate the selected MAC address low register */
+  tmpreg1 = ((uint32_t)Addr[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)Addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Addr[1] << 8) | Addr[0];
+
+  /* Load the selected MAC address low register */
+  (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_LBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the MAC transmission.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Enable the MAC transmission */
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_TE;
+
+  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the MAC transmission.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the MAC transmission */
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_TE;
+
+  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the MAC reception.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Enable the MAC reception */
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_RE;
+
+  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the MAC reception.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the MAC reception */
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_RE;
+
+  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
+  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the DMA transmission.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Enable the DMA transmission */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_ST;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the DMA transmission.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Disable the DMA transmission */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_ST;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the DMA reception.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Enable the DMA reception */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_SR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the DMA reception.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  /* Disable the DMA reception */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_SR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the ETHERNET transmit FIFO.
+  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Set the Flush Transmit FIFO bit */
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_FTF;
+
+  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
+     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
+  tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
+  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
+  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24923df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+  *           + Program operations functions
+  *           + Memory Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral Errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
+       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
+       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+       prefetch and cache lines.
+
+  [..] The FLASH main features are:
+      (+) Flash memory read operations
+      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+      (+) Read / write protections
+      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+      (+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
+      (+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
+      memory of all STM32F4xx devices.
+
+      (#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:
+           (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
+                HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
+           (++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
+           (++) There Two modes of programming :
+            (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
+            (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
+
+      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
+           (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
+           (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
+           (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
+
+    [..]
+      In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+      to handle the following operations:
+       (+) Set the latency
+       (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+       (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+       (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
+       (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
+       (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SECTOR_MASK               ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07)
+#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE       ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Program operations */
+static void   FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+static void   FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+static void   FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+static void   FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+static void   FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
+ *  @brief   Programming operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Programming operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
+    program operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address
+  * @param  TypeProgram:  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address:  specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed
+  *
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
+    {
+      /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
+        FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
+    }
+    else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+    {
+      /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+      FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
+    }
+    else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+    {
+      /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
+      FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
+      FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+    FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address  with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  TypeProgram:  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address:  specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+
+  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
+
+  /* Enable Error source interrupt */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP    | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\
+                         FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR);
+
+  pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
+  pFlash.Address = Address;
+
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE)
+  {
+    /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
+      FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
+  }
+  else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+  {
+    /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+    FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
+  }
+  else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+  {
+    /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
+    FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
+    FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+
+  /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+  FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+  /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */
+  FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER);
+  FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
+
+  /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+  FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT);
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
+    {
+      /*Nb of sector to erased can be decreased*/
+      pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
+
+      /* Check if there are still sectors to erase*/
+      if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0)
+      {
+        temp = pFlash.Sector;
+        /*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
+
+        /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+        __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\
+         FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR);
+
+        /*Increment sector number*/
+        pFlash.Sector++;
+        temp = pFlash.Sector;
+        FLASH_Erase_Sector(temp, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /*No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
+        /*Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure*/
+        pFlash.Sector = temp = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+        pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
+        /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+        __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+      {
+        /*MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
+        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+      }
+      pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+      /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+      __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
+                           FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE)
+    {
+      /*return the faulty sector*/
+      temp = pFlash.Sector;
+      pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    }
+    else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+    {
+      /*return the faulty bank*/
+      temp = pFlash.Bank;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*return the faulty address*/
+      temp = pFlash.Address;
+    }
+
+    /*Save the Error code*/
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+
+    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(temp);
+    /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR  | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR |\
+                           FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR);
+
+    /*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+  }
+
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
+
+    /* Disable Error source interrupt */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+  }
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                  Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+  *                  Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased
+  *                    (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected sectors have been erased)
+  *                  Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
+  *                 Sectors Erase: Sector number which returned an error
+  *                 Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+    memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+    FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
+    FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1;
+    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+  FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT;
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be a combination of:
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
+  *            @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Clear Error Code */
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
+                           FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)) != RESET)
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
+  *         2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present.
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *
+  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
+
+  *(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
+  *         2.7V to 3.6V.
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *
+  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
+  *         2.7V to 3.6V.
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *
+  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
+
+  *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.
+  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
+  *         2.7V to 3.6V.
+  *
+  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+  *
+  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
+  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
+
+  *(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET)
+  {
+   pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET)
+  {
+   pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fadd8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1316 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the FLASH extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended programming operations functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### Flash Extension features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32F427xx/437xx and
+       STM32F429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write
+           capability (RWW)
+       (+) Dual bank memory organization
+       (+) PCROP protection for all banks
+
+                      ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
+       of all STM32F427xx/437xx andSTM32F429xx/439xx devices. It includes
+      (#) FLASH Memory Erase functions:
+           (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
+                HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
+           (++) Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors
+           (++) There are two modes of erase :
+             (+++) Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
+             (+++) Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
+
+      (#) Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to :
+           (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+           (++) Set the Read protection Level
+           (++) Set the BOR level
+           (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+      (#) Advanced Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram() to :
+       (++) Extended space (bank 2) erase function
+       (++) Full FLASH space (2 Mo) erase (bank 1 and bank 2)
+       (++) Dual Boot activation
+       (++) Write protection configuration for bank 2
+       (++) PCROP protection configuration and control for both banks
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx
+  * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SECTOR_MASK               ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07)
+#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE       ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Option bytes control */
+static void               FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange, uint32_t Banks);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t Iwdg, uint8_t Stop, uint8_t Stdby);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level);
+static uint8_t            FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+static uint16_t           FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
+static uint8_t            FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+static uint8_t            FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void);
+
+#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t Sector);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t Sector);
+#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx)
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t BootConfig);
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */
+
+extern HAL_StatusTypeDef         FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   Extended IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended programming operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extension FLASH
+    programming operations Operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors
+  * @param[in]  pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+  *
+  * @param[out]  SectorError: pointer to variable  that
+  *         contains the configuration information on faulty sector in case of error
+  *         (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the sectors have been correctly erased)
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *SectorError)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  uint32_t index = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /*Initialization of SectorError variable*/
+    *SectorError = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+    if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+    {
+      /*Mass erase to be done*/
+      FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange, pEraseInit->Banks);
+
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+      /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+      FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector));
+
+      /* Erase by sector by sector to be done*/
+      for(index = pEraseInit->Sector; index < (pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector); index++)
+      {
+        FLASH_Erase_Sector(index, (uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange);
+
+        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+        /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */
+        FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER);
+        FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
+
+        if(status != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty sector*/
+          *SectorError = index;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors  with interrupt enabled
+  * @param  pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
+
+  /* Enable Error source interrupt */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP    | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\
+                         FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR);
+
+  if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+  {
+    /*Mass erase to be done*/
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE;
+    pFlash.Bank = pEraseInit->Banks;
+    FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange, pEraseInit->Banks);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Erase by sector to be done*/
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector));
+
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE;
+    pFlash.NbSectorsToErase = pEraseInit->NbSectors;
+    pFlash.Sector = pEraseInit->Sector;
+    pFlash.VoltageForErase = (uint8_t)pEraseInit->VoltageRange;
+
+    /*Erase 1st sector and wait for IT*/
+    FLASH_Erase_Sector(pEraseInit->Sector, pEraseInit->VoltageRange);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Program option bytes
+  * @param  pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
+
+  /*Write protection configuration*/
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState));
+    if(pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /*Enable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/
+      status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector, pOBInit->Banks);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Disable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/
+      status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector, pOBInit->Banks);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*Read protection configuration*/
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP)
+  {
+    status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel);
+  }
+
+  /*USER  configuration*/
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER)
+  {
+    status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig&OB_IWDG_SW,
+                                     pOBInit->USERConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST,
+                                     pOBInit->USERConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST);
+  }
+
+  /*BOR Level  configuration*/
+  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOR) == OPTIONBYTE_BOR)
+  {
+    status = FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(pOBInit->BORLevel);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Get the Option byte configuration
+  * @param  pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+  pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER | OPTIONBYTE_BOR;
+
+  /*Get WRP*/
+  pOBInit->WRPSector = (uint32_t)FLASH_OB_GetWRP();
+
+  /*Get RDP Level*/
+  pOBInit->RDPLevel = (uint32_t)FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+  /*Get USER*/
+  pOBInit->USERConfig = (uint8_t)FLASH_OB_GetUser();
+
+  /*Get BOR Level*/
+  pOBInit->BORLevel = (uint32_t)FLASH_OB_GetBOR();
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief   Program option bytes
+  * @param  pAdvOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram (FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OBEX(pAdvOBInit->OptionType));
+
+  /*Program PCROP option byte*/
+  if(((pAdvOBInit->OptionType) & OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) == OPTIONBYTE_PCROP)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_PCROPSTATE(pAdvOBInit->PCROPState));
+    if((pAdvOBInit->PCROPState) == OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /*Enable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/
+#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+      status = FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->Sectors);
+#else  /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */
+      status = FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank1, pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank2, pAdvOBInit->Banks);
+#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Disable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/
+#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+      status = FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->Sectors);
+#else /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */
+      status = FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank1, pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank2, pAdvOBInit->Banks);
+#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+    }
+  }
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx)
+  /*Program BOOT config option byte*/
+  if(((pAdvOBInit->OptionType) & OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG)
+  {
+    status = FLASH_OB_BootConfig(pAdvOBInit->BootConfig);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Get the OBEX byte configuration
+  * @param  pAdvOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit)
+{
+#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+  /*Get Sector*/
+  pAdvOBInit->Sectors = (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS));
+#else  /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx|| STM32F439xx */
+  /*Get Sector for Bank1*/
+  pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank1 = (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS));
+
+  /*Get Sector for Bank2*/
+  pAdvOBInit->SectorsBank2 = (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS));
+
+  /*Get Boot config OB*/
+  pAdvOBInit->BootConfig = *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS;
+#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Select the Protection Mode
+  *
+  * @note   After PCROP activated Option Byte modification NOT POSSIBLE! excepted
+  *         Global Read Out Protection modification (from level1 to level0)
+  * @note   Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not possible
+  * @note   Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void)
+{
+  uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF;
+
+  /* Mask SPRMOD bit */
+  optiontmp =  (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F);
+
+  /* Update Option Byte */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(OB_PCROP_SELECTED | optiontmp);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deselect the Protection Mode
+  *
+  * @note   After PCROP activated Option Byte modification NOT POSSIBLE! excepted
+  *         Global Read Out Protection modification (from level1 to level0)
+  * @note   Once SPRMOD bit is active unprotection of a protected sector is not possible
+  * @note   Read a protected sector will set RDERR Flag and write a protected sector will set WRPERR Flag
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/STM32F43xxx/STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx/STM32F446xx devices.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void)
+{
+  uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF;
+
+  /* Mask SPRMOD bit */
+  optiontmp =  (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x7F);
+
+  /* Update Option Byte */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)(OB_PCROP_DESELECTED | optiontmp);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE */
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value for Bank 2
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F427X and STM32F429X devices.
+  * @retval The FLASH Write Protection  Option Bytes value
+  */
+uint16_t HAL_FLASHEx_OB_GetBank2WRP(void)
+{
+  /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+  return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS));
+}
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx)|| defined(STM32F439xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Full erase of FLASH memory sectors
+  * @param  VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
+  *
+  * @param  Banks: Banks to be erased
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Bank2 to be erased
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp_psize = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */
+  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
+  if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH)
+  {
+    /* bank1 & bank2 will be erased*/
+    FLASH->CR |= FLASH_MER_BIT;
+  }
+  else if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_1)
+  {
+    /*Only bank1 will be erased*/
+    FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /*Only bank2 will be erased*/
+    FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER2;
+  }
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase the specified FLASH memory sector
+  * @param  Sector: FLASH sector to erase
+  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+  * @param  VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_Erase_Sector(uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp_psize = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(Sector));
+  assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
+
+  if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1)
+  {
+     tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
+  }
+  else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2)
+  {
+    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
+  }
+  else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3)
+  {
+    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
+  }
+
+  /* Need to add offset of 4 when sector higher than FLASH_SECTOR_11 */
+  if(Sector > FLASH_SECTOR_11)
+  {
+    Sector += 4;
+  }
+  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */
+  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
+  FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | (Sector << POSITION_VAL(FLASH_CR_SNB));
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors
+  *
+  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
+  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+  * @note   Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1).
+  *
+  * @param  WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_23
+  *            @arg OB_WRP_SECTOR_All
+  * @note   BANK2 starts from OB_WRP_SECTOR_12
+  *
+  * @param  Banks: Enable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_2: WRP on all sectors of bank2
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: WRP on all sectors of bank1 & bank2
+  *
+  * @retval HAL FLASH State
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && ((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))) ||
+         (WRPSector < OB_WRP_SECTOR_12))
+    {
+       if(WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All)
+       {
+          /*Write protection on all sector of BANK1*/
+          *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~(WRPSector>>12));
+       }
+       else
+       {
+          /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/
+          *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~WRPSector);
+       }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~(WRPSector>>12));
+    }
+
+    /*Write protection on all sector of BANK2*/
+    if((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))
+    {
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+      if(status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~(WRPSector>>12));
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors
+  *
+  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
+  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+  * @note   Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1).
+  *
+  * @param  WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_23
+  *            @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All
+  * @note   BANK2 starts from OB_WRP_SECTOR_12
+  *
+  * @param  Banks: Disable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_2: Bank2 to be erased
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && ((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))) ||
+         (WRPSector < OB_WRP_SECTOR_12))
+    {
+       if(WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All)
+       {
+          /*Write protection on all sector of BANK1*/
+          *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)(WRPSector>>12);
+       }
+       else
+       {
+          /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/
+          *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)WRPSector;
+       }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)(WRPSector>>12);
+    }
+
+    /*Write protection on all sector  of BANK2*/
+    if((WRPSector == OB_WRP_SECTOR_All) && (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))
+    {
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+      if(status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)(WRPSector>>12);
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Dual Bank Boot.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
+  *
+  * @param  BootConfig specifies the Dual Bank Boot Option byte.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_Dual_BootEnabled: Dual Bank Boot Enable
+  *            @arg OB_Dual_BootDisabled: Dual Bank Boot Disabled
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootConfig(uint8_t BootConfig)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT(BootConfig));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Set Dual Bank Boot */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BFB2);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= BootConfig;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired
+  *         sectors of Bank 1 and/or Bank 2.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
+  * @param  SectorBank1 Specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank1.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_11
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All
+  * @param  SectorBank2 Specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank2.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_12 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_23
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All
+  * @param  Banks Enable PCROP protection on all the sectors for the specific bank
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_2: WRP on all sectors of bank2
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: WRP on all sectors of bank1 & bank2
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank1));
+      /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)SectorBank1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2));
+      /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)SectorBank2;
+    }
+
+    /*Write protection on all sector  of BANK2*/
+    if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2));
+      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+      if(status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/
+        *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)SectorBank2;
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired
+  *         sectors  of Bank 1 and/or Bank 2.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xxx/43xxx devices.
+  * @param  SectorBank1 specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank1.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_0 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_11
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All
+  * @param  SectorBank2 Specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected for bank2.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_SECTOR_12 and OB_PCROP_SECTOR_23
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP_SECTOR__All
+  * @param  Banks Disable PCROP protection on all the sectors for the specific bank
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_2: WRP on all sectors of bank2
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_BOTH: WRP on all sectors of bank1 & bank2
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t SectorBank1, uint32_t SectorBank2, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if((Banks == FLASH_BANK_1) || (Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH))
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank1));
+      /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK1*/
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~SectorBank1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/
+      assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2));
+      *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~SectorBank2);
+    }
+
+    /*Write protection on all sector  of BANK2*/
+    if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(SectorBank2));
+     /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+      if(status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /*Write protection done on sectors of BANK2*/
+        *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~SectorBank2);
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  return status;
+
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx)|| defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Mass erase of FLASH memory
+  * @param  VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
+  *
+  * @param  Banks: Banks to be erased
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: Bank1 to be erased
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp_psize = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */
+   FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+   FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
+   FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER;
+   FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase the specified FLASH memory sector
+  * @param  Sector: FLASH sector to erase
+  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+  * @param  VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
+  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
+  *                                  the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
+  *
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void FLASH_Erase_Sector(uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp_psize = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(Sector));
+  assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
+
+  if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1)
+  {
+     tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
+  }
+  else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2)
+  {
+    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
+  }
+  else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3)
+  {
+    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
+  }
+
+  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */
+  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
+  FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | (Sector << POSITION_VAL(FLASH_CR_SNB));
+  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors
+  *
+  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
+  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+  * @note   Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1).
+  *
+  * @param  WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected.
+  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+  *
+  * @param  Banks: Enable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~WRPSector);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors
+  *
+  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
+  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+  * @note   Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1).
+  *
+  * @param  WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected.
+  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+  *
+  * @param  Banks: Enable write protection on all the sectors for the specific bank
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg FLASH_BANK_1: WRP on all sectors of bank1
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector, uint32_t Banks)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)WRPSector;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F401xx || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired sectors.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F401xx devices.
+  * @param  Sector specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and OB_PCROP_Sector5
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnablePCROP(uint32_t Sector)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(Sector));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)Sector;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the read/write protection (PCROP) of the desired sectors.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F401xx devices.
+  * @param  Sector specifies the sector(s) to be read/write protected or unprotected.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP: A value between OB_PCROP_Sector0 and OB_PCROP_Sector5
+  *            @arg OB_PCROP_Sector_All
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisablePCROP(uint32_t Sector)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_PCROP(Sector));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~Sector);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+
+}
+#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the read protection level.
+  * @param  Level: specifies the read protection level.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
+  *
+  * @note WARNING: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
+  *
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(Level));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint8_t*)OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS = Level;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
+  * @param  Iwdg: Selects the IWDG mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected
+  *            @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected
+  * @param  Stop: Reset event when entering STOP mode.
+  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_STOP_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STOP
+  *            @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP
+  * @param  Stdby: Reset event when entering Standby mode.
+  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_STDBY_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+  *            @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t Iwdg, uint8_t Stop, uint8_t Stdby)
+{
+  uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(Iwdg));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(Stop));
+  assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(Stdby));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT, BOR_LEV and BFB2 bits */
+    optiontmp =  (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x1F);
+
+    /* Update User Option Byte */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = Iwdg | (uint8_t)(Stdby | (uint8_t)(Stop | ((uint8_t)optiontmp)));
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the BOR Level.
+  * @param  Level: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V
+  *            @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V
+  *            @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V
+  *            @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(Level));
+
+  /* Set the BOR Level */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV);
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= Level;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
+  * @retval uint8_t FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1)
+  *         and RST_STDBY(Bit2).
+  */
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
+{
+  /* Return the User Option Byte */
+  return ((uint8_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0xE0));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+  * @retval uint16_t FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
+  */
+static uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
+{
+  /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+  return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
+  * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status:
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
+  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
+  */
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
+{
+  uint8_t readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
+
+  if((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) == (uint8_t)OB_RDP_LEVEL_2))
+  {
+    readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_2;
+  }
+  else if((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) == (uint8_t)OB_RDP_LEVEL_1))
+  {
+    readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
+  }
+
+  return readstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FLASH BOR level.
+  * @retval uint8_t The FLASH BOR level:
+  *           - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V
+  *           - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V
+  *           - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V
+  *           - OB_BOR_OFF   : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V
+  */
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void)
+{
+  /* Return the FLASH BOR level */
+  return (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0C);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fb67d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   FLASH RAMFUNC module driver.
+  *          This file provides a FLASH firmware functions which should be
+  *          executed from internal SRAM
+  *            + Stop/Start the flash interface while System Run
+  *            + Enable/Disable the flash sleep while System Run
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### APIs executed from Internal RAM #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    *** ARM Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
+         Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate
+         source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
+         the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+         Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
+         Options for Target' dialog.
+
+    *** ICCARM Compiler ***
+    -----------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+
+    *** GNU Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+         "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHRAMFUNC FLASH RAMFUNC
+  * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHRAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH RAMFUNC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHRAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions executed from internal RAM
+  *  @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### ramfunc functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Stop the flash interface while System Run
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @note  This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
+  *        It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StopFlashInterfaceClk(void)
+{
+  /* Enable Power ctrl clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+  /* Stop the flash interface while System Run */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Start the flash interface while System Run
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @note  This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
+  *        It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_StartFlashInterfaceClk(void)
+{
+  /* Enable Power ctrl clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+  /* Start the flash interface while System Run */
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FISSR);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the flash sleep while System Run
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @note  This mode could n't be set while executing with the flash itself.
+  *        It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_EnableFlashSleepMode(void)
+{
+  /* Enable Power ctrl clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+  /* Enable the flash sleep while System Run */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the flash sleep while System Run
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @note  This mode couldn't be set while executing with the flash itself.
+  *        It should be done with specific routine executed from RAM.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_FLASHEx_DisableFlashSleepMode(void)
+{
+  /* Enable Power ctrl clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+  /* Disable the flash sleep while System Run */
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_FMSSR);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41dc90a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4098 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   FMPI2C HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (FMPI2C) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The FMPI2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+        FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef  hfmpi2c;
+
+    (#)Initialize the FMPI2C low level resources by implement the HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit ()API:
+        (##) Enable the FMPI2Cx interface clock
+        (##) FMPI2C pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the FMPI2C GPIOs
+            (+++) Configure FMPI2C pins as alternate function open-drain
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+            (+++) Configure the FMPI2Cx interrupt priority
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC FMPI2C IRQ Channel
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+            (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using
+            (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
+            (+++) Associate the initilalized DMA handle to the hfmpi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
+
+    (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Adressing Mode, Dual Addressing mode,
+        Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hfmpi2c Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the FMPI2C registers by calling the HAL_FMPI2C_Init() API:
+        (+++) These API's configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+            by calling the customed HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit(&hfmpi2c) API.
+
+    (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+    (#) For FMPI2C IO and IO MEM operations, three mode of operations are available within this driver :
+
+    *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive()
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive()
+
+    *** Polling mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write()
+      (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read()
+
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =======================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+      (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+      (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+    ==============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** DMA mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+      (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using
+          HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+      (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback
+
+
+     *** FMPI2C HAL driver macros list ***
+     ==================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in FMPI2C HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE: Enable the FMPI2C peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE: Disable the FMPI2C peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified FMPI2C flag is set or not
+      (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clears the specified FMPI2C pending flag
+      (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT: Enables the specified FMPI2C interrupt
+      (+) __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT: Disables the specified FMPI2C interrupt
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the FMPI2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMPI2C FMPI2C
+  * @brief FMPI2C HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FMPI2C_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK       ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF)  /*<! FMPI2C TIMING clear register Mask */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR    ((uint32_t)10000)  /* 10 s  */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_DIR     ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF   ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TC      ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR     ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+#define FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FMPI2C_Private_Functions
+  * @brief    FMPI2C private  functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void FMPI2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c);
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c);
+
+static void FMPI2C_TransferConfig(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c,  uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions FMPI2C Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+          de-initialiaze the FMPI2Cx peripheral:
+
+      (+) User must Implement HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit() function in which he configures
+          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_FMPI2C_Init() to configure the selected device with
+          the selected configuration:
+        (++) Clock Timing
+        (++) Own Address 1
+        (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
+        (++) Dual Addressing mode
+        (++) Own Address 2
+        (++) Own Address 2 Mask
+        (++) General call mode
+        (++) Nostretch mode
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+          of the selected FMPI2Cx periperal.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMPI2C according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the FMPI2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Init(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the FMPI2C handle allocation */
+  if(hfmpi2c == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hfmpi2c->Init.DualAddressMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_GENERAL_CALL(hfmpi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_NO_STRETCH(hfmpi2c->Init.NoStretchMode));
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hfmpi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+    HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/
+  /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Frequency range */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hfmpi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+  /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN;
+  if(hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1 != 0)
+  {
+    if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+    }
+    else /* FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1EN | FMPI2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/
+  /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Addressing Master mode */
+  if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+  {
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 = (FMPI2C_CR2_ADD10);
+  }
+  /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND | FMPI2C_CR2_NACK);
+
+  /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hfmpi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hfmpi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8));
+
+  /*---------------------------- FMPI2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/
+  /* Configure FMPI2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hfmpi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hfmpi2c->Init.NoStretchMode);
+
+  /* Enable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMPI2C peripheral.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_DeInit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the FMPI2C handle allocation */
+  if(hfmpi2c == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the FMPI2C Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief FMPI2C MSP Init.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief FMPI2C MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 I/O operation functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FMPI2C data
+    transfers.
+
+    (#) There is two mode of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated FMPI2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t sizetmp = 0;
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+      sizetmp = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+      sizetmp = Size;
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Write data to TXDR */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++);
+      sizetmp--;
+      Size--;
+
+      if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        if(Size > 255)
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          sizetmp = 255;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          sizetmp = Size;
+        }
+      }
+
+    }while(Size > 0);
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t sizetmp = 0;
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+      sizetmp = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+      sizetmp = Size;
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Write data to RXDR */
+      (*pData++) =hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+      sizetmp--;
+      Size--;
+
+      if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        if(Size > 255)
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          sizetmp = 255;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          sizetmp = Size;
+        }
+      }
+
+    }while(Size > 0);
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+    /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */
+    if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+    {
+      /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Read data from TXDR */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++);
+      Size--;
+    }while(Size > 0);
+
+    /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+	/* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */
+	/* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */
+	hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+    /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Read data from RXDR */
+      (*pData++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+      Size--;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI );
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI );
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI );
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Master_Receive_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+
+    /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+    /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */
+    if(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode == FMPI2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+    {
+      /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, Size);
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+    /* Wait until DIR flag is set Receiver mode */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_DIR) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t Sizetmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      Sizetmp = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      Sizetmp = Size;
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Write data to DR */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++);
+      Sizetmp--;
+      Size--;
+
+      if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+
+        if(Size > 255)
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          Sizetmp = 255;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          Sizetmp = Size;
+        }
+      }
+
+    }while(Size > 0);
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t Sizetmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+      Sizetmp = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+      Sizetmp = Size;
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Read data from RXDR */
+      (*pData++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+      /* Decrement the Size counter */
+      Sizetmp--;
+      Size--;
+
+      if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
+      {
+        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        if(Size > 255)
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          Sizetmp = 255;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,Size, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+          Sizetmp = Size;
+        }
+      }
+
+    }while(Size > 0);
+
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI );
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_IT(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The FMPI2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of FMPI2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+    /* possible to enable all of these */
+    /* FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE_IT(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI );
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Write_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be read
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_Mem_Read_DMA(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
+
+    hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = Size;
+    if(Size > 255)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the FMPI2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = FMPI2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hfmpi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = FMPI2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(hfmpi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
+    if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks if target device is ready for communication.
+  * @note   This function is used with Memory devices
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  Trials: Number of trials
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_IsDeviceReady(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  __IO uint32_t FMPI2C_Trials = 0;
+
+  if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Generate Start */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 = __HAL_FMPI2C_GENERATE_START(hfmpi2c->Init.AddressingMode,DevAddress);
+
+      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+      /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+      while((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) && (hfmpi2c->State != HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_TIMEOUT))
+      {
+      	if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      	{
+          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+          {
+            /* Device is ready */
+            hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */
+      if (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET)
+      {
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+        /* Device is ready */
+        hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+        return HAL_OK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        /* Clear NACK Flag */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+      }
+
+      /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */
+      if (FMPI2C_Trials++ == Trials)
+      {
+        /* Generate Stop */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP;
+
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+      }
+    }while(FMPI2C_Trials < Trials);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles FMPI2C event interrupt request.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FMPI2C_EV_IRQHandler(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* FMPI2C in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET))
+  {
+    /* Slave mode selected */
+    if (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      FMPI2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI | FMPI2C_IT_STOPI | FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI)) == SET))
+  {
+    /* Master mode selected */
+    if ((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX))
+    {
+      FMPI2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* FMPI2C in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
+  if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET))
+  {
+    /* Slave mode selected */
+    if (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      FMPI2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  if (((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, (FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI)) == SET))
+  {
+    /* Master mode selected */
+    if ((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX))
+    {
+      FMPI2C_MasterReceive_ISR(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles FMPI2C error interrupt request.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FMPI2C_ER_IRQHandler(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* FMPI2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR) == SET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI) == SET))
+  {
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_BERR;
+
+    /* Clear BERR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BERR);
+  }
+
+  /* FMPI2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR) == SET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI) == SET))
+  {
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_OVR;
+
+    /* Clear OVR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_OVR);
+  }
+
+  /* FMPI2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO) == SET) && (__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_IT_ERRI) == SET))
+  {
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_ARLO;
+
+    /* Clear ARLO flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ARLO);
+  }
+
+  /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */
+  if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/** @brief  Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FMPI2C error callbacks.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMPI2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the FMPI2C state.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : FMPI2C handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_FMPI2C_StateTypeDef HAL_FMPI2C_GetState(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  return hfmpi2c->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the FMPI2C error code
+* @param  hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+* @retval FMPI2C Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_FMPI2C_GetError(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  return hfmpi2c->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Master Transmit Mode
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  uint16_t DevAddress;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Write data to TXDR */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++);
+    hfmpi2c->XferSize--;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET)
+  {
+    if((hfmpi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hfmpi2c->XferCount!=0))
+    {
+      DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255)
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferCount, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET)
+  {
+    if(hfmpi2c->XferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Generate Stop */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI );
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Clear NACK Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+    HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Master Receive Mode
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_MasterReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  uint16_t DevAddress;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Read data from RXDR */
+    (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+    hfmpi2c->XferSize--;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET)
+  {
+    if((hfmpi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hfmpi2c->XferCount!=0))
+    {
+      DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255)
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,255, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferCount, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC) == SET)
+  {
+    if(hfmpi2c->XferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Generate Stop */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_SIZE;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI );
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    if(hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Clear NACK Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+    HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Transmit Mode
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check that FMPI2C transfer finished */
+    /* if yes, normal usecase, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
+    /* Mean XferCount == 0*/
+    /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+    if(hfmpi2c->XferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Clear NACK Flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* if no, error usecase, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
+      /* Clear NACK Flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+      /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      /* Call the Error callback to prevent upper layer */
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+  }
+  /* Check first if STOPF is set          */
+  /* to prevent a Write Data in TX buffer */
+  /* which is stuck in TXDR until next    */
+  /* communication with Master            */
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_TXI );
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */
+    /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment      */
+    if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 0)
+    {
+      /* Write data to TXDR */
+      hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++);
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount--;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Receive Mode
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Clear NACK Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+    HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Read data from RXDR */
+    (*hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+    hfmpi2c->XferSize--;
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE_IT(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_IT_ERRI | FMPI2C_IT_TCI| FMPI2C_IT_STOPI| FMPI2C_IT_NACKI | FMPI2C_IT_ADDRI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI | FMPI2C_IT_RXI );
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryWrite(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+  /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+  if(MemAddSize == FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send Memory Address */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+  /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_RequestMemoryRead(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, FMPI2C_SOFTEND_MODE, FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+  /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+  if(MemAddSize == FMPI2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send Memory Address */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+  /* If Mememory address size is 16Bit */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR = __HAL_FMPI2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until TC flag is set */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA FMPI2C master transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint16_t DevAddress;
+  FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
+  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+  if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+  {
+    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Clear STOP Flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+      hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount;
+      }
+
+      DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+      if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+        hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+        hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+        HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+   /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA FMPI2C slave transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      /* Normal Use case, a AF is generated by master */
+      /* to inform slave the end of transfer */
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear STOP flag */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c,FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+  /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+  hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA FMPI2C master receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+  uint16_t DevAddress;
+
+  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
+  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+  if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+  {
+    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Clear STOP Flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+      hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount;
+      }
+
+      DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+      if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+      {
+        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+        hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+        hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+        HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA FMPI2C slave receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear STOPF flag */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+  /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+  if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+  /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+  hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_FMPI2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA FMPI2C Memory Write process complete callback
+  * @param hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint16_t DevAddress;
+  FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = ( FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
+  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+  if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+  {
+    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Clear STOP Flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+      hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount;
+      }
+
+      DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->TXDR, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+      if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+
+      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+        hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+        hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+        HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA FMPI2C Memory Read process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = ( FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  uint16_t DevAddress;
+
+  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
+  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+  if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+  {
+    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Clear STOP Flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+      hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr += hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      hfmpi2c->XferCount -= hfmpi2c->XferSize;
+      if(hfmpi2c->XferCount > 255)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = 255;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->XferSize = hfmpi2c->XferCount;
+      }
+
+      DevAddress = (hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+      /* Enable the DMA channel */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hfmpi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hfmpi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hfmpi2c->pBuffPtr, hfmpi2c->XferSize);
+
+      /* Send Slave Address */
+      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
+      if( (hfmpi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hfmpi2c->XferSize < hfmpi2c->XferCount) )
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        FMPI2C_TransferConfig(hfmpi2c,DevAddress,hfmpi2c->XferSize, FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE, FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+      }
+
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+      {
+        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+        if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Clear STOP Flag */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+        __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+        hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+        hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+        HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Enable DMA Request */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+    if(FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    /* Disable DMA Request */
+    hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~FMPI2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+    hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+    hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hfmpi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_FMPI2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hfmpi2c);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA FMPI2C communication error callback.
+  * @param hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* hfmpi2c = ( FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable Acknowledge */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+  hfmpi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+  HAL_FMPI2C_ErrorCallback(hfmpi2c);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  Flag: specifies the FMPI2C flag to check.
+  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+    if(FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+        hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+    if(FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hfmpi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles FMPI2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if a STOPF is detected */
+    if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+    {
+      /* Clear STOP Flag */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+      __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_NONE;
+      hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+    {
+      hfmpi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+      hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an FMPI2C Communication.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : Pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2C.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FMPI2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  if(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
+  {
+    /* Generate stop if necessary only in case of FMPI2C peripheral in MASTER mode */
+    if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX)
+       || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX))
+    {
+      /* No need to generate the STOP condition if AUTOEND mode is enabled */
+      /* Generate the STOP condition only in case of SOFTEND mode is enabled */
+      if((hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 & FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE) != FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Generate Stop */
+        hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 |= FMPI2C_CR2_STOP;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */
+    /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */
+    while(__HAL_FMPI2C_GET_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear NACKF Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Clear STOP Flag */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hfmpi2c, FMPI2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+    __HAL_FMPI2C_RESET_CR2(hfmpi2c);
+
+    hfmpi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_FMPI2C_ERROR_AF;
+    hfmpi2c->State= HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles FMPI2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set).
+  * @param  hfmpi2c: FMPI2C handle.
+  * @param  DevAddress: specifies the slave address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Size: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed.
+  *   This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255.
+  * @param  Mode: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FMPI2C_RELOAD_MODE: Enable Reload mode .
+  *     @arg FMPI2C_AUTOEND_MODE: Enable Automatic end mode.
+  *     @arg FMPI2C_SOFTEND_MODE: Enable Software end mode.
+  * @param  Request: new state of the FMPI2C START condition generation.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg FMPI2C_NO_STARTSTOP: Don't Generate stop and start condition.
+  *     @arg FMPI2C_GENERATE_STOP: Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0).
+  *     @arg FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_READ: Generate Restart for read request.
+  *     @arg FMPI2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE: Generate Restart for write request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FMPI2C_TransferConfig(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c,  uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request));
+
+  /* Get the CR2 register value */
+  tmpreg = hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* clear tmpreg specific bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(FMPI2C_CR2_SADD | FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES | FMPI2C_CR2_RELOAD | FMPI2C_CR2_AUTOEND | FMPI2C_CR2_RD_WRN | FMPI2C_CR2_START | FMPI2C_CR2_STOP));
+
+  /* update tmpreg */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & FMPI2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << 16 ) & FMPI2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \
+            (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request);
+
+  /* update CR2 register */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..705b115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   Extended FMPI2C HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (FMPI2C) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Control methods
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### FMPI2C peripheral extended features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FMPI2C interface for STM32L4XX
+       devices contains the following additional features
+
+       (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+       (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+       (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx FMPI2CEx
+  * @brief FMPI2C HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx_Exported_Functions FMPI2C Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup FMPI2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control methods
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Extension features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Noise Filters
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures FMPI2C Analog noise filter.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  AnalogFilter : new state of the Analog filter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_AnalogFilter_Config(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+  if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+     || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  /* Reset FMPI2Cx ANOFF bit */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+  /* Set analog filter bit*/
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures FMPI2C Digital noise filter.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  DigitalFilter : Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DigitalFilter_Config(FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+  if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+     || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg = hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1;
+
+  /* Reset FMPI2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
+  tmpreg &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_DFN);
+
+  /* Set FMPI2Cx DNF coefficient */
+  tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8;
+
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableWakeUp (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
+
+  if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+     || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 |= FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables FMPI2C wakeup from stop mode.
+  * @param  hfmpi2c : pointer to a FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified FMPI2Cx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableWakeUp (FMPI2C_HandleTypeDef *hfmpi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hfmpi2c->Instance));
+
+  if((hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+     || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hfmpi2c->State == HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected FMPI2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_DISABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+  hfmpi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(FMPI2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+  __HAL_FMPI2C_ENABLE(hfmpi2c);
+
+  hfmpi2c->State = HAL_FMPI2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hfmpi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref FMPI2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FMPI2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the FMPI2C1 fast mode plus driving capability.
+  * @param ConfigFastModePlus: selects the pin.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the @ref FMPI2CEx_FastModePlus values
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FMPI2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_FMPI2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+  /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7d6899
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
+  port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
+  in several modes:
+  (+) Input mode
+  (+) Analog mode
+  (+) Output mode
+  (+) Alternate function mode
+  (+) External interrupt/event lines
+
+  [..]
+  During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+  lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+
+  [..]
+  All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+  activated or not.
+
+  [..]
+  In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+  type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+  [..]
+  All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+  lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
+  connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+
+  [..]
+  The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
+  (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
+  input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
+  and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
+  also be masked independently.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+    (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+        (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+        (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
+             structure.
+        (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
+             configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
+             is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
+             or DAC output.
+        (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
+             GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
+             the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+
+    (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
+        mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+        HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+    (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+
+    (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+        HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+
+    (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+
+
+    (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+        active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+        pins).
+
+    (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
+        (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
+        priority over the GPIO function.
+
+    (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+        general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+        The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_MODE             ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
+#define EXTI_MODE             ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define GPIO_MODE_IT          ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define GPIO_MODE_EVT         ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define RISING_EDGE           ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define FALLING_EDGE          ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE      ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
+
+#define GPIO_NUMBER           ((uint32_t)16)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
+    to be ready for use.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
+  *                      x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
+  * @param  GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+  uint32_t position;
+  uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
+  uint32_t temp = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
+  {
+    /* Get the IO position */
+    ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
+    /* Get the current IO position */
+    iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
+
+    if(iocurrent == ioposition)
+    {
+      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+      {
+        /* Check the Alternate function parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+        /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
+        temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3];
+        temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
+        temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4));
+        GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+      temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+      temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
+      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2));
+      GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+      /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
+         (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+      {
+        /* Check the Speed parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+        /* Configure the IO Speed */
+        temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
+        temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2));
+        GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+        temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+        temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position);
+        GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+      temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+      temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
+      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2));
+      GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+
+      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+        __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+        temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
+        temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
+        temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp;
+
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->IMR;
+        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->IMR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->EMR;
+        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->EMR = temp;
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->RTSR;
+        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->RTSR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->FTSR;
+        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
+        {
+          temp |= iocurrent;
+        }
+        EXTI->FTSR = temp;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
+  *                      x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *          This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t position;
+  uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
+  {
+    /* Get the IO position */
+    ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
+    /* Get the current IO position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition;
+
+    if(iocurrent == ioposition)
+    {
+      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
+      GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
+
+      /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
+      GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
+
+      /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+      GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
+
+      /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+      GPIOx->OTYPER  &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+
+      /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+      GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
+
+      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
+      tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
+      if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))))
+      {
+        /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+        tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] &= ~tmp;
+
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   GPIO Read and Write
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
+  *                      x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
+  *         This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
+  *
+  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
+  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+  *         the read and the modify access.
+  *
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
+  *                      x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *          This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+  if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
+  * @param  GPIOx: Where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F429X device or
+  *                      x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F40XX and STM32F427X devices.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+  * @note   The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+  *         GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+  * @note   The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+  *         until the next reset.
+  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F4 family
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+  tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK bit*/
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+ if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
+  {
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+  if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI line detection callbacks.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa1ca7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1862 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   HASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the HASH peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + HASH/HMAC Processing functions by algorithm using polling mode
+  *           + HASH/HMAC functions by algorithm using interrupt mode
+  *           + HASH/HMAC functions by algorithm using DMA mode
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows:
+    (#)Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit():
+        (##) Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE()
+        (##) In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g. HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT())
+            (+++) Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+            (+++) Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+            (+++) In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
+        (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA())
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
+            (+++) Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from
+                memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from
+                peripheral to memory can be performed only using CPU
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle
+                using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
+                interrupt on the DMA Stream using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+    (#)Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly:
+        (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit.
+        (##) For HMAC, the encryption key.
+        (##) For HMAC, the key size used for encryption.
+    (#)Three processing functions are available:
+        (##) Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions
+             i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest computation is finished
+             e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start()
+        (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
+                i.e. they process the data under interrupt
+                e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT()
+        (##) DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is
+             not used for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA
+                e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA()
+    (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init()
+       the HASH peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
+       After that, the digest computation is started.
+       When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to write the
+       data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last
+       buffer use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest
+       computation.
+       (##) e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
+       (##) write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
+       (##) HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and start the digest computation
+    (#)In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available.
+    (#)In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA().
+       After that, call the finish function in order to get the digest value
+       e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish()
+    (#)Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASH HASH
+  * @brief HASH HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions HASH Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void HASH_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void HASH_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void HASH_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size);
+static void HASH_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HASH_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA HASH Input Data complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASH_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  uint32_t inputaddr = 0;
+  uint32_t buffersize = 0;
+
+  if((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_MODE) != HASH_CR_MODE)
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer */
+    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+    /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+    HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Increment Interrupt counter */
+    hhash->HashInCount++;
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer before starting the next transfer */
+    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+    if(hhash->HashInCount <= 2)
+    {
+      /* In case HashInCount = 1, set the DMA to transfer data to HASH DIN register */
+      if(hhash->HashInCount == 1)
+      {
+        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+        buffersize = hhash->HashBuffSize;
+      }
+      /* In case HashInCount = 2, set the DMA to transfer key to HASH DIN register */
+      else if(hhash->HashInCount == 2)
+      {
+        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->Init.pKey;
+        buffersize = hhash->Init.KeySize;
+      }
+      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+      MODIFY_REG(HASH->STR, HASH_STR_NBLW, 8 * (buffersize % 4));
+
+      /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete */
+      hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (buffersize%4 ? (buffersize+3)/4:buffersize/4));
+
+      /* Enable DMA requests */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the DMA transfer */
+      HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+      /* Reset the InCount */
+      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+      /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA HASH communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASH_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hhash->State= HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+  HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(hhash);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes the input buffer in data register.
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to input buffer
+  * @param  Size: The size of input buffer
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASH_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t buffercounter;
+  uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t) pInBuffer;
+
+  for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < Size; buffercounter+=4)
+  {
+    HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+    inputaddr+=4;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Provides the message digest result.
+  * @param  pMsgDigest: Pointer to the message digest
+  * @param  Size: The size of the message digest in bytes
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASH_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t msgdigest = (uint32_t)pMsgDigest;
+
+  switch(Size)
+  {
+  case 16:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    break;
+  case 20:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
+    break;
+  case 28:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
+    break;
+  case 32:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]);
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HASH_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the HASH according to the specified parameters
+          in the HASH_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+      (+) DeInitialize the HASH peripheral.
+      (+) Initialize the HASH MSP.
+      (+) DeInitialize HASH MSP.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH according to the specified parameters in the
+            HASH_HandleTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_Init(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  /* Check the hash handle allocation */
+  if(hhash == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_HASH_DATATYPE(hhash->Init.DataType));
+
+  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hhash->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_HASH_MspInit(hhash);
+  }
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset HashInCount, HashBuffSize and HashITCounter */
+  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+  hhash->HashBuffSize = 0;
+  hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
+
+  /* Set the data type */
+  HASH->CR |= (uint32_t) (hhash->Init.DataType);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Set the default HASH phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the HASH peripheral.
+  * @note   This API must be called before starting a new processing.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_DeInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  /* Check the HASH handle allocation */
+  if(hhash == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the default HASH phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY;
+
+  /* Reset HashInCount, HashBuffSize and HashITCounter */
+  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+  hhash->HashBuffSize = 0;
+  hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_HASH_MspDeInit(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH MSP.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_HASH_MspInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_HASH_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes HASH MSP.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_HASH_MspDeInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_HASH_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Input data transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Data transfer Error callback.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Digest computation complete callback. It is used only with interrupt.
+  * @note   This callback is not relevant with DMA.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 HASH processing functions using polling mode
+ *  @brief   processing functions using polling mode
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### HASH processing using polling mode functions#####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
+          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) MD5
+      (+) SHA1
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is multiple of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware
+  *          and appending the input buffer is no more possible.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then writes the pInBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is multiple of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware
+  *          and appending the input buffer is no more possible.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Change state */
+          hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @note  Input buffer size in bytes must be a multiple of 4 otherwise the digest computation is corrupted.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_HASH_SHA1_BUFFER_SIZE(Size));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 HASH processing functions using interrupt mode
+ *  @brief   processing functions using interrupt mode.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### HASH processing using interrupt mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode
+          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) MD5
+      (+) SHA1
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+  uint32_t buffercounter;
+  uint32_t inputcounter;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change the HASH state */
+    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
+    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Select the SHA1 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5;
+      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+         the message digest of a new message */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
+    }
+    /* Reset interrupt counter */
+    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+
+    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR = 0;
+      /* Change the HASH state */
+      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+      /* Return function status */
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
+  {
+    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+    {
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+
+        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+        {
+          /* Decrement buffer counter */
+          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
+        }
+        /* Set Interrupt counter */
+        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Decrement buffer counter */
+        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
+        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get the buffer address */
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Get the buffer counter */
+      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
+      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
+
+      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
+      {
+        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
+      }
+      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
+      {
+        inputcounter = 4;
+      }
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      /* Start the digest calculation */
+      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+      /* Reset buffer counter */
+      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t outputaddr;
+  uint32_t buffercounter;
+  uint32_t inputcounter;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change the HASH state */
+    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
+    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Select the SHA1 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1;
+      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+         the message digest of a new message */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
+    }
+
+    /* Reset interrupt counter */
+    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr;
+    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    outputaddr+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
+    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR = 0;
+      /* Change the HASH state */
+      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+      /* Return function status */
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
+  {
+    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+    {
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+        {
+          /* Decrement buffer counter */
+          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
+        }
+        /* Set Interrupt counter */
+        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Decrement buffer counter */
+        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
+        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get the buffer address */
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Get the buffer counter */
+      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
+      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
+
+      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
+      {
+        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
+      }
+      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
+      {
+        inputcounter = 4;
+      }
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      /* Start the digest calculation */
+      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+      /* Reset buffer counter */
+      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles HASH interrupt request.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_HASH_IRQHandler(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  switch(HASH->CR & HASH_CR_ALGO)
+  {
+    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5:
+       HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1:
+      HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group4 HASH processing functions using DMA mode
+ *  @brief   processing functions using DMA mode.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### HASH processing using DMA mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
+          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) MD5
+      (+) SHA1
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then enables DMA to
+            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish() to get the digest.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
+
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in MD5 mode
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then enables DMA to
+            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish() to get the digest.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1;
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
+
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in SHA1 mode.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+   /* Process UnLock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group5 HASH-MAC (HMAC) processing functions using polling mode
+ *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using polling mode .
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### HMAC processing using polling mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
+          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) MD5
+      (+) SHA1
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode
+  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode
+  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param   Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group6 HASH-MAC (HMAC) processing functions using DMA mode
+ *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using DMA mode .
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### HMAC processing using DMA mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
+          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) MD5
+      (+) SHA1
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode
+  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = 0;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
+  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
+  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Get the key address */
+  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode
+  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
+  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
+  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Get the key address */
+  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group7 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief return the HASH state
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_HASH_STATETypeDef HAL_HASH_GetState(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  return hhash->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F415xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */
+#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e05c88a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1642 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   HASH HAL Extension module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of HASH peripheral:
+  *           + Extended HASH processing functions based on SHA224 Algorithm
+  *           + Extended HASH processing functions based on SHA256 Algorithm
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows:
+    (#)Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit():
+        (##) Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE()
+        (##) In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g. HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start())
+            (+++) Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+            (+++) Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+            (+++) In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
+        (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_HMACEx_SH224_Start_DMA())
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
+            (+++) Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from
+                memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from
+                peripheral to memory can be performed only using CPU
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle
+                using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
+                interrupt on the DMA Stream: HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+    (#)Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly:
+        (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit.
+        (##) For HMAC, the encryption key.
+        (##) For HMAC, the key size used for encryption.
+    (#)Three processing functions are available:
+        (##) Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions
+             i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest computation is finished
+             e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start()
+        (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
+                i.e. they process the data under interrupt
+                e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
+        (##) DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is
+             not used for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA
+                e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
+    (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init()
+       the HASH peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
+       After that, the digest computation is started.
+       When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to write the
+       data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last
+       buffer use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest
+       computation.
+       (##) e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
+       (##)  write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
+       (##)  HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and start the digest computation
+    (#)In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available.
+    (#)In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA().
+       After that, call the finish function in order to get the digest value
+       e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish()
+    (#)Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASHEx HASHEx
+  * @brief HASH Extension HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void HASHEx_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void HASHEx_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size);
+static void HASHEx_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size);
+static void HASHEx_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes the input buffer in data register.
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to input buffer
+  * @param  Size: The size of input buffer
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASHEx_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t buffercounter;
+  uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t) pInBuffer;
+
+  for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < Size; buffercounter+=4)
+  {
+    HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+    inputaddr+=4;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Provides the message digest result.
+  * @param  pMsgDigest: Pointer to the message digest
+  * @param  Size: The size of the message digest in bytes
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASHEx_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t msgdigest = (uint32_t)pMsgDigest;
+
+  switch(Size)
+  {
+  case 16:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    break;
+  case 20:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
+    break;
+  case 28:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
+    break;
+  case 32:
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
+    msgdigest+=4;
+    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]);
+    break;
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA HASH Input Data complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASHEx_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  uint32_t inputaddr = 0;
+  uint32_t buffersize = 0;
+
+  if((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_MODE) != HASH_CR_MODE)
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer */
+    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+    /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+    HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Increment Interrupt counter */
+    hhash->HashInCount++;
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer before starting the next transfer */
+    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+    if(hhash->HashInCount <= 2)
+    {
+      /* In case HashInCount = 1, set the DMA to transfer data to HASH DIN register */
+      if(hhash->HashInCount == 1)
+      {
+        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+        buffersize = hhash->HashBuffSize;
+      }
+      /* In case HashInCount = 2, set the DMA to transfer key to HASH DIN register */
+      else if(hhash->HashInCount == 2)
+      {
+        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->Init.pKey;
+        buffersize = hhash->Init.KeySize;
+      }
+      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+      MODIFY_REG(HASH->STR, HASH_STR_NBLW, 8 * (buffersize % 4));
+
+      /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete */
+      hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (buffersize%4 ? (buffersize+3)/4:buffersize/4));
+
+      /* Enable DMA requests */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the DMA transfer */
+      HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+      /* Reset the InCount */
+      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+      /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA HASH communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HASHEx_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hhash->State= HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+  HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(hhash);
+}
+
+ /**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup  HASHEx_Group1 HASH processing functions
+ *  @brief   processing functions using polling mode
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### HASH processing using polling mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
+          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) SHA224
+      (+) SHA256
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode
+  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 28 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 32 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode
+  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group2 HMAC processing functions using polling mode
+ *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using polling mode .
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### HMAC processing using polling mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
+          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) SHA224
+      (+) SHA256
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode
+  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode
+  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC);
+    }
+    /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Write input buffer in data register */
+  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Start the digest calculation */
+  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group3 HASH processing functions using interrupt mode
+ *  @brief   processing functions using interrupt mode.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### HASH processing using interrupt functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode
+          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) SHA224
+      (+) SHA256
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t buffercounter;
+  uint32_t inputcounter;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change the HASH state */
+    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
+    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Select the SHA224 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224;
+      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+         the message digest of a new message */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
+    }
+
+    /* Reset interrupt counter */
+    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    HASHEx_GetDigest(hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr, 28);
+    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR = 0;
+      /* Change the HASH state */
+      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+      /* Return function status */
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
+  {
+    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+    {
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+
+        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+        {
+          /* Decrement buffer counter */
+          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
+        }
+        /* Set Interrupt counter */
+        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Decrement buffer counter */
+        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
+        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get the buffer address */
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Get the buffer counter */
+      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
+      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
+
+      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
+      {
+        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
+      }
+      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
+      {
+        inputcounter = 4;
+      }
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      /* Start the digest calculation */
+      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+      /* Reset buffer counter */
+      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+     /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+     HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer.
+  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+  uint32_t buffercounter;
+  uint32_t inputcounter;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change the HASH state */
+    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
+    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
+
+    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+    {
+      /* Select the SHA256 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256;
+      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+         the message digest of a new message */
+      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
+    }
+
+    /* Reset interrupt counter */
+    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
+
+    /* Set the phase */
+    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+    /* Enable Interrupts */
+    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
+
+    /* Return function status */
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    /* Read the message digest */
+    HASHEx_GetDigest(hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr, 32);
+    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR = 0;
+      /* Change the HASH state */
+      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
+      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+      /* Return function status */
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
+  {
+    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+    {
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+
+        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
+        {
+          /* Decrement buffer counter */
+          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
+        }
+        /* Set Interrupt counter */
+        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Decrement buffer counter */
+        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
+        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get the buffer address */
+      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
+      /* Get the buffer counter */
+      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
+      /* Disable Interrupts */
+      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
+      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
+
+      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
+      {
+        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
+      }
+      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
+      {
+        inputcounter = 4;
+      }
+      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
+      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
+      {
+        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
+        inputaddr+=4;
+      }
+      /* Start the digest calculation */
+      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
+      /* Reset buffer counter */
+      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+     /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
+     HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles HASH interrupt request.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
+{
+  switch(HASH->CR & HASH_CR_ALGO)
+  {
+
+    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224:
+       HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256:
+      HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group4 HASH processing functions using DMA mode
+ *  @brief   processing functions using DMA mode.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### HASH processing using DMA functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
+          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) SHA224
+      (+) SHA256
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then enables DMA to
+            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA224_Finish() to get the digest.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
+
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in SHA224
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 28 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then enables DMA to
+            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA256_Finish() to get the digest.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
+
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+   /* Process UnLock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in SHA256.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 32 bytes.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+   /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        /* Change state */
+        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the message digest */
+  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32);
+
+  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group5 HMAC processing functions using DMA mode
+ *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using DMA mode .
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### HMAC processing using DMA functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
+          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
+      (+) SHA224
+      (+) SHA256
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode
+  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
+  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
+  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Get the key address */
+  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode
+  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
+  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for HASH module
+  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
+  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
+  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t inputaddr;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Change the HASH state */
+  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
+  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
+  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
+  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
+
+  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
+  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
+    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
+      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC);
+    }
+    /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
+       the message digest of a new message */
+    HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the phase */
+  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
+
+  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
+  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
+
+  /* Get the key address */
+  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
+
+  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
+  /* Enable DMA requests */
+  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c441ec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1215 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   HCD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (#)Declare a HCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+       HCD_HandleTypeDef  hhcd;
+
+    (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
+
+    (#)Call HAL_HCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Host core, ...)
+
+    (#)Initialize the HCD low level resources through the HAL_HCD_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the HCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macros
+             (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE();
+             (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
+             (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
+
+        (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
+        (##) Configure HCD pin-out
+        (##) Configure HCD NVIC interrupt
+
+    (#)Associate the Upper USB Host stack to the HAL HCD Driver:
+        (##) hhcd.pData = phost;
+
+    (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception:
+        (##) HAL_HCD_Start();
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HCD HCD
+  * @brief HCD HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HCD_Private_Functions HCD Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum);
+static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum);
+static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd);
+static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions HCD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the host driver.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  /* Check the HCD handle allocation */
+  if(hhcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_HCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hhcd->Instance));
+
+  hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  HAL_HCD_MspInit(hhcd);
+
+  /* Disable the Interrupts */
+  __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd);
+
+  /* Init the Core (common init.) */
+  USB_CoreInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init);
+
+  /* Force Host Mode*/
+  USB_SetCurrentMode(hhcd->Instance , USB_OTG_HOST_MODE);
+
+  /* Init Host */
+  USB_HostInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init);
+
+  hhcd->State= HAL_HCD_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize a host channel.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  ch_num: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  epnum: Endpoint number.
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  dev_address : Current device address
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+  * @param  speed: Current device speed.
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            HCD_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode,
+  *            HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode,
+  *            HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+  * @param  ep_type: Endpoint Type.
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type,
+  *            EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type,
+  *            EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type,
+  *            EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
+  * @param  mps: Max Packet Size.
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd,
+                                  uint8_t ch_num,
+                                  uint8_t epnum,
+                                  uint8_t dev_address,
+                                  uint8_t speed,
+                                  uint8_t ep_type,
+                                  uint16_t mps)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
+
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].dev_addr = dev_address;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].max_packet = mps;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type = ep_type;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_num = epnum & 0x7F;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = ((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80);
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].speed = speed;
+
+  status =  USB_HC_Init(hhcd->Instance,
+                        ch_num,
+                        epnum,
+                        dev_address,
+                        speed,
+                        ep_type,
+                        mps);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Halt a host channel.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  ch_num: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Halt(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t ch_num)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
+  USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, ch_num);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the host driver.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_DeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  /* Check the HCD handle allocation */
+  if(hhcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(hhcd);
+
+  __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd);
+
+  hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the HCD MSP.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void  HAL_HCD_MspInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the HCD MSP.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void  HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+  *  @brief   HCD IO operation functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USB Host Data
+    Transfer
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Submit a new URB for processing.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  ch_num: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  direction: Channel number.
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : Output / 1 : Input
+  * @param  ep_type: Endpoint Type.
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type/
+  *            EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type/
+  *            EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type/
+  *            EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type/
+  * @param  token: Endpoint Type.
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            0: HC_PID_SETUP / 1: HC_PID_DATA1
+  * @param  pbuff: pointer to URB data
+  * @param  length: Length of URB data
+  * @param  do_ping: activate do ping protocol (for high speed only).
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : do ping inactive / 1 : do ping active
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd,
+                                           uint8_t ch_num,
+                                           uint8_t direction,
+                                           uint8_t ep_type,
+                                           uint8_t token,
+                                           uint8_t* pbuff,
+                                           uint16_t length,
+                                           uint8_t do_ping)
+{
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = direction;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type  = ep_type;
+
+  if(token == 0)
+  {
+    hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_SETUP;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
+  }
+
+  /* Manage Data Toggle */
+  switch(ep_type)
+  {
+  case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+    if((token == 1) && (direction == 0)) /*send data */
+    {
+      if ( length == 0 )
+      { /* For Status OUT stage, Length==0, Status Out PID = 1 */
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */
+      if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0)
+      { /* Put the PID 0 */
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
+      }
+      else
+      { /* Put the PID 1 */
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
+      }
+      if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state  != URB_NOTREADY)
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+    if(direction == 0)
+    {
+      /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */
+      if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0)
+      { /* Put the PID 0 */
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
+      }
+      else
+      { /* Put the PID 1 */
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
+      }
+      if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state  != URB_NOTREADY)
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0)
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    break;
+  case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+    if(direction == 0)
+    {
+      /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */
+      if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0)
+      { /* Put the PID 0 */
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
+      }
+      else
+      { /* Put the PID 1 */
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0)
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+    hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_buff = pbuff;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_len  = length;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state =   URB_IDLE;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_count = 0;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num;
+  hhcd->hc[ch_num].state = HC_IDLE;
+
+  return USB_HC_StartXfer(hhcd->Instance, &(hhcd->hc[ch_num]), hhcd->Init.dma_enable);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle HCD interrupt request.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_HCD_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t i = 0 , interrupt = 0;
+
+  /* Ensure that we are in device mode */
+  if (USB_GetMode(hhcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_HOST)
+  {
+    /* Avoid spurious interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_HCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hhcd))
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT))
+    {
+      /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT);
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR))
+    {
+      /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR);
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE))
+    {
+      /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE);
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS))
+    {
+      /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Host Disconnect Interrupts */
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT))
+    {
+
+      /* Cleanup HPRT */
+      USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
+        USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
+
+      /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */
+      HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(hhcd);
+      USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ );
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HPRTINT))
+    {
+      HCD_Port_IRQHandler (hhcd);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Host SOF Interrupts */
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF))
+    {
+      HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(hhcd);
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Host channel Interrupts */
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT))
+    {
+      interrupt = USB_HC_ReadInterrupt(hhcd->Instance);
+      for (i = 0; i < hhcd->Init.Host_channels; i++)
+      {
+        if (interrupt & (1 << i))
+        {
+          if ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR) &  USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)
+          {
+            HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(hhcd, i);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler (hhcd, i);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Rx Queue Level Interrupts */
+    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL))
+    {
+      USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+
+      HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler (hhcd);
+
+      USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SOF callback.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Connection Event callback.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disconnection Event callback.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Notify URB state change callback.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  urb_state:
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            URB_IDLE/
+  *            URB_DONE/
+  *            URB_NOTREADY/
+  *            URB_NYET/
+  *            URB_ERROR/
+  *            URB_STALL/
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum, HCD_URBStateTypeDef urb_state)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the HCD data
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the host driver.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Start(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
+  __HAL_HCD_ENABLE(hhcd);
+  USB_DriveVbus(hhcd->Instance, 1);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop the host driver.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Stop(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
+  USB_StopHost(hhcd->Instance);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the host port.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_ResetPort(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  return (USB_ResetPort(hhcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the HCD handle state.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HCD_StateTypeDef HAL_HCD_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  return hhcd->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return  URB state for a channel.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval URB state.
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            URB_IDLE/
+  *            URB_DONE/
+  *            URB_NOTREADY/
+  *            URB_NYET/
+  *            URB_ERROR/
+  *            URB_STALL
+  */
+HCD_URBStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
+{
+  return hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the last host transfer size.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval last transfer size in byte
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
+{
+  return hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_count;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the Host Channel state.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval Host channel state
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            HC_IDLE/
+  *            HC_XFRC/
+  *            HC_HALTED/
+  *            HC_NYET/
+  *            HC_NAK/
+  *            HC_STALL/
+  *            HC_XACTERR/
+  *            HC_BBLERR/
+  *            HC_DATATGLERR
+  */
+HCD_HCStateTypeDef  HAL_HCD_HC_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
+{
+  return hhcd->hc[chnum].state;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current Host frame number.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval Current Host frame number
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  return (USB_GetCurrentFrame(hhcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the Host enumeration speed.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval Enumeration speed
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  return (USB_GetHostSpeed(hhcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HCD_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Host Channel IN interrupt requests.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR);
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+  }
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK);
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL;
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+  }
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR;
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR);
+  }
+
+  if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR);
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC)
+  {
+
+    if (hhcd->Init.dma_enable)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_count = hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_len - \
+        (USBx_HC(chnum)->HCTSIZ & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    }
+
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC;
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC);
+
+
+    if ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)||
+        (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
+    {
+      __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+      USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
+
+    }
+    else if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM;
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE;
+      HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state);
+    }
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_in ^= 1;
+
+  }
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+
+    if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_DONE;
+    }
+
+    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_STALL;
+    }
+
+    else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) ||
+            (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR))
+    {
+      if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3)
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
+        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY;
+      }
+
+      /* re-activate the channel  */
+      tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR;
+      tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+      tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+    }
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH);
+    HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state);
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++;
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR;
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR);
+  }
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK)
+  {
+    if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
+    {
+      __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+      USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    }
+    else if  ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)||
+              (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
+    {
+      /* re-activate the channel */
+      tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR;
+      tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+      tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+    }
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK;
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Host Channel OUT interrupt requests.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler  (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR);
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+  }
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK);
+
+    if( hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping == 1)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET;
+      __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+      USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_NOTREADY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET)
+  {
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET;
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt= 0;
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET);
+
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR);
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC)
+  {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC;
+
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL);
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL;
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK)
+  {
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK;
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR;
+     __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR);
+  }
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR);
+    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR;
+  }
+
+
+  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH)
+  {
+    __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
+
+    if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_DONE;
+      if (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_out ^= 1;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NAK)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_NOTREADY;
+    }
+
+    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NYET)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_NOTREADY;
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping = 0;
+    }
+
+    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL)
+    {
+      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_STALL;
+    }
+
+    else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) ||
+            (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR))
+    {
+      if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3)
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
+        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY;
+      }
+
+      /* re-activate the channel  */
+      tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR;
+      tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+      tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+    }
+
+    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH);
+    HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Rx Queue Level interrupt requests.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
+  uint8_t  channelnum = 0;
+  uint32_t pktsts;
+  uint32_t pktcnt;
+  uint32_t temp = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  temp = hhcd->Instance->GRXSTSP;
+  channelnum = temp &  USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM;
+  pktsts = (temp &  USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17;
+  pktcnt = (temp &  USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+
+  switch (pktsts)
+  {
+  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN:
+    /* Read the data into the host buffer. */
+    if ((pktcnt > 0) && (hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff != (void  *)0))
+    {
+
+      USB_ReadPacket(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff, pktcnt);
+
+      /*manage multiple Xfer */
+      hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff += pktcnt;
+      hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_count  += pktcnt;
+
+      if((USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCTSIZ & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) > 0)
+      {
+        /* re-activate the channel when more packets are expected */
+        tmpreg = USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR;
+        tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+        tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+        USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+        hhcd->hc[channelnum].toggle_in ^= 1;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_DATA_TOGGLE_ERR:
+    break;
+  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN_XFER_COMP:
+  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_CH_HALTED:
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle Host Port interrupt requests.
+  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler  (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
+  __IO uint32_t hprt0, hprt0_dup;
+
+  /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */
+  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+  hprt0_dup = USBx_HPRT0;
+
+  hprt0_dup &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
+                 USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
+
+  /* Check whether Port Connect Detected */
+  if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET)
+  {
+    if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS)
+    {
+      USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
+      HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd);
+    }
+    hprt0_dup  |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET;
+
+  }
+
+  /* Check whether Port Enable Changed */
+  if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG)
+  {
+    hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG;
+
+    if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA)
+    {
+      if(hhcd->Init.phy_itface  == USB_OTG_EMBEDDED_PHY)
+      {
+        if ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) == (HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED << 17))
+        {
+          USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_6_MHZ );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ );
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if(hhcd->Init.speed == HCD_SPEED_FULL)
+        {
+          USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)60000;
+        }
+      }
+      HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd);
+
+      if(hhcd->Init.speed == HCD_SPEED_HIGH)
+      {
+        USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Cleanup HPRT */
+      USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
+        USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
+
+      USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for an overcurrent */
+  if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG)
+  {
+    hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear Port Interrupts */
+  USBx_HPRT0 = hprt0_dup;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7ab5ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3649 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   I2C HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+        I2C_HandleTypeDef  hi2c;
+
+    (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implement the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock
+        (##) I2C pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs
+            (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+            (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+            (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using
+            (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on
+                  the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
+
+    (#) Configure the Communication Speed, Duty cycle, Addressing mode, Own Address1,
+        Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware
+        (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
+
+    (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+    (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+    *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+
+    *** Polling mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+      (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =======================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using
+          HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+      (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using
+          HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+      (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+    ==============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
+      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
+          HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** DMA mode IO MEM operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using
+          HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+      (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
+      (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using
+          HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+      (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
+
+
+     *** I2C HAL driver macros list ***
+     ==================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
+      (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified I2C pending flag
+      (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
+      (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C I2C
+  * @brief I2C HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG          ((uint32_t)35)     /* 35 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE    ((uint32_t)10000)  /* 10 s  */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG     ((uint32_t)10000)  /* 10 s  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout);
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+          de-initialize the I2Cx peripheral:
+
+      (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures
+          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC).
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with
+          the selected configuration:
+        (++) Communication Speed
+        (++) Duty cycle
+        (++) Addressing mode
+        (++) Own Address 1
+        (++) Dual Addressing mode
+        (++) Own Address 2
+        (++) General call mode
+        (++) Nostretch mode
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+          of the selected I2Cx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the I2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  uint32_t freqrange = 0;
+  uint32_t pclk1 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+  if(hi2c == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(hi2c->Init.DutyCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode));
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c);
+  }
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+  /* Get PCLK1 frequency */
+  pclk1 = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+
+  /* Calculate frequency range */
+  freqrange = I2C_FREQRANGE(pclk1);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 = freqrange;
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx TRISE Configuration --------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Rise Time */
+  hi2c->Instance->TRISE = I2C_RISE_TIME(freqrange, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ----------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Speed */
+  hi2c->Instance->CCR = I2C_SPEED(pclk1, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed, hi2c->Init.DutyCycle);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and addressing mode */
+  hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */
+  hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2);
+
+  /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+  hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the I2C peripheral.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+  if(hi2c == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c);
+
+  hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief I2C MSP Init.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief I2C MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data
+    transfers.
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    if(I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Write data to DR */
+      hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
+      Size--;
+
+      if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0))
+      {
+        /* Write data to DR */
+        hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
+        Size--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Generate Stop */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    if(I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(Size == 1)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+      /* Generate Stop */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+    }
+    else if(Size == 2)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Enable Pos */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      if(Size <= 3)
+      {
+        /* One byte */
+        if(Size == 1)
+        {
+          /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+        /* Two bytes */
+        else if(Size == 2)
+        {
+          /* Wait until BTF flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Generate Stop */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+        /* 3 Last bytes */
+        else
+        {
+          /* Wait until BTF flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Disable Acknowledge */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+
+          /* Wait until BTF flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Generate Stop */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        /* Read data from DR */
+        (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+        Size--;
+
+        if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET)
+        {
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */
+    if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+    {
+      /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Write data to DR */
+      hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
+      Size--;
+
+      if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0))
+      {
+        /* Write data to DR */
+        hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
+        Size--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until AF flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear AF flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Read data from DR */
+      (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+      Size--;
+
+      if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0))
+      {
+        /* Read data from DR */
+        (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+        Size--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear STOP flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    if(I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    if(I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(hi2c->XferCount == 1)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+      /* Generate Stop */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+    }
+    else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Enable Pos */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    if(I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Size);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address */
+    if(I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(Size == 1)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable Last DMA bit */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* If 7bit addressing mode is selected */
+    if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+    {
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+      /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Size);
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR_SLAVE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Write data to DR */
+      hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
+      Size--;
+
+      if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0))
+      {
+        /* Write data to DR */
+        hi2c->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
+        Size--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Generate Stop */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(Size == 1)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+      /* Generate Stop */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+    }
+    else if(Size == 2)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Enable Pos */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      if(Size <= 3)
+      {
+        /* One byte */
+        if(Size== 1)
+        {
+          /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+        /* Two bytes */
+        else if(Size == 2)
+        {
+          /* Wait until BTF flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Generate Stop */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+        /* 3 Last bytes */
+        else
+        {
+          /* Wait until BTF flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Disable Acknowledge */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+
+          /* Wait until BTF flag is set */
+          if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          /* Generate Stop */
+          hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        /* Read data from DR */
+        (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+        Size--;
+
+        if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET)
+        {
+          /* Read data from DR */
+          (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+          Size--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(hi2c->XferCount == 1)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+      /* Generate Stop */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+    }
+    else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Enable Pos */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+      /* Clear ADDR flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+    /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be read
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
+    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Size);
+
+    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+    if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(Size == 1)
+    {
+      /* Disable Acknowledge */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable Last DMA bit */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA Request */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks if target device is ready for communication.
+  * @note   This function is used with Memory devices
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  Trials: Number of trials
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0, tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0, I2C_Trials = 1;
+
+  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_BUSY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+    /* Disable Pos */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    do
+    {
+      /* Generate Start */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+
+      /* Wait until SB flag is set */
+      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Send slave address */
+      hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress);
+
+      /* Wait until ADDR or AF flag are set */
+      /* Get tick */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+      tmp3 = hi2c->State;
+      while((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET) && (tmp3 != HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT))
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+        tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+        tmp3 = hi2c->State;
+      }
+
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Check if the ADDR flag has been set */
+      if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)
+      {
+        /* Generate Stop */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+        /* Clear ADDR Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+        /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_OK;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Generate Stop */
+        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+        /* Clear AF Flag */
+        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+        /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+      }
+    }while(I2C_Trials++ < Trials);
+
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0, tmp4 = 0;
+  /* Master mode selected */
+  if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_MSL) == SET)
+  {
+    /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/
+    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TRA) == SET)
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF);
+      tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF);
+      tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT);
+      /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET))
+      {
+        I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(hi2c);
+      }
+      /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET))
+      {
+        I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(hi2c);
+      }
+    }
+    /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/
+    else
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF);
+      tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF);
+      tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT);
+      /* RXNE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET))
+      {
+        I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(hi2c);
+      }
+      /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET))
+      {
+        I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(hi2c);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Slave mode selected */
+  else
+  {
+    tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+    tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_EVT));
+    tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+    tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TRA);
+    /* ADDR set --------------------------------------------------------------*/
+    if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET))
+    {
+      I2C_Slave_ADDR(hi2c);
+    }
+    /* STOPF set --------------------------------------------------------------*/
+    else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET))
+    {
+      I2C_Slave_STOPF(hi2c);
+    }
+    /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/
+    else if(tmp4 == SET)
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF);
+      tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF);
+      tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT);
+      /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET))
+      {
+        I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(hi2c);
+      }
+      /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET))
+      {
+        I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(hi2c);
+      }
+    }
+    /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/
+    else
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF);
+      tmp3 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF);
+      tmp4 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT);
+      /* RXNE set and BTF reset ----------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET) && (tmp3 == RESET))
+      {
+        I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(hi2c);
+      }
+      /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+      else if((tmp3 == SET) && (tmp4 == SET))
+      {
+        I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(hi2c);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR);
+  /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET))
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR;
+
+    /* Clear BERR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR);
+  /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET))
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO;
+
+    /* Clear ARLO flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR);
+  /* I2C Acknowledge failure error interrupt occurred ------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET))
+  {
+    tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_MSL);
+    tmp2 = hi2c->XferCount;
+    tmp3 = hi2c->State;
+    if((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == 0) && (tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+    {
+      I2C_Slave_AF(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+      /* Clear AF flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR);
+  /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 == SET) && (tmp2 == SET))
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR;
+    /* Clear OVR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR);
+  }
+
+  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Disable Pos bit in I2C CR1 when error occurred in Master/Mem Receive IT Process */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS;
+
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/** @brief  Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C error callbacks.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the I2C state.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  return hi2c->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the I2C error code
+  * @param  hi2c : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+* @retval I2C Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  return hi2c->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle TXE flag for Master
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Write data to DR */
+  hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++);
+  hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+  if(hi2c->XferCount == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable BUF interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BTF flag for Master transmitter
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if(hi2c->XferCount != 0)
+  {
+    /* Write data to DR */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++);
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Generate Stop */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+    if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle RXNE flag for Master
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  tmp = hi2c->XferCount;
+  if(tmp > 3)
+  {
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else if((tmp == 2) || (tmp == 3))
+  {
+    /* Disable BUF interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+    if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BTF flag for Master receiver
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if(hi2c->XferCount == 3)
+  {
+    /* Disable Acknowledge */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2)
+  {
+    /* Generate Stop */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+    /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+    if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle TXE flag for Slave
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if(hi2c->XferCount != 0)
+  {
+    /* Write data to DR */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++);
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BTF flag for Slave transmitter
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if(hi2c->XferCount != 0)
+  {
+    /* Write data to DR */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++);
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle RXNE flag for Slave
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if(hi2c->XferCount != 0)
+  {
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle BTF flag for Slave receiver
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  if(hi2c->XferCount != 0)
+  {
+    /* Read data from DR */
+    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR;
+    hi2c->XferCount--;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle ADD flag for Slave
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Clear ADDR flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle STOPF flag for Slave
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Clear STOPF flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c);
+
+  /* Disable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+  /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Clear AF flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+  /* Disable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Generate Start */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+
+  /* Wait until SB flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send slave address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send header of slave address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send slave address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master sends target device address for read request.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Enable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  /* Generate Start */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+
+  /* Wait until SB flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send slave address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send header of slave address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Send slave address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Clear ADDR flag */
+    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+    /* Generate Restart */
+    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+
+    /* Wait until SB flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Send header of slave address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(DevAddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Generate Start */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+
+  /* Wait until SB flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Send slave address */
+  hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress);
+
+  /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear ADDR flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+  /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+  if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+  /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
+  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
+  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Enable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  /* Generate Start */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+
+  /* Wait until SB flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Send slave address */
+  hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress);
+
+  /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear ADDR flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c);
+
+  /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+  if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    /* Send Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+  /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+    /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+    hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate Restart */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
+
+  /* Wait until SB flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Send slave address */
+  hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress);
+
+  /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Wait until BTF flag is reset */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate Stop */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Wait until AF flag is reset */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear AF flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+  /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C master receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  /* Generate Stop */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+  /* Disable Last DMA */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_LAST;
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear STOPF flag */
+  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c);
+
+  /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C Memory Write process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Wait until BTF flag is reset */
+  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate Stop */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C Memory Read process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  /* Generate Stop */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+  /* Disable Last DMA */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_LAST;
+
+  /* Disable DMA Request */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
+
+  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA I2C communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable Acknowledge */
+  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
+
+  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+  HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  Flag: specifies the I2C flag to check.
+  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for Master addressing phase.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2C module
+  * @param  Flag: specifies the I2C flag to check.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
+    {
+      /* Generate Stop */
+      hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
+
+      /* Clear AF Flag */
+      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+      hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0427b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   I2C Extension HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of I2C extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extension features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### I2C peripheral extension features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F427xx/437xx/
+       429xx/439xx devices contains the following additional features :
+
+       (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+       (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter
+    (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_AnalogFilter_Config()
+    (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2C_DigitalFilter_Config()
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
+  * @brief I2C HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions
+ *  @brief   Extension features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Extension features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Noise Filters
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures I2C Analog noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  AnalogFilter: new state of the Analog filter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+  tmp = hi2c->State;
+  if((tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+  /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
+  hi2c->Instance->FLTR &= ~(I2C_FLTR_ANOFF);
+
+  /* Disable the analog filter */
+  hi2c->Instance->FLTR |= AnalogFilter;
+
+  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures I2C Digital noise filter.
+  * @param  hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+  * @param  DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+  uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+  tmp = hi2c->State;
+  if((tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+  /* Get the old register value */
+  tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->FLTR;
+
+  /* Reset I2Cx DNF bit [3:0] */
+  tmpreg &= ~(I2C_FLTR_DNF);
+
+  /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+  tmpreg |= DigitalFilter;
+
+  /* Store the new register value */
+  hi2c->Instance->FLTR = tmpreg;
+
+  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F446xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63e4288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1408 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   I2S HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+    The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow:
+
+    (#) Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock.
+        (##) I2S pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs).
+            (+++) Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle.
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
+             and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs:
+            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the
+                DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+
+   (#) Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity
+       using HAL_I2S_Init() function.
+
+   -@- The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+       RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+       __I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+   -@- Make sure that either:
+        (+@) I2S PLL is configured or
+        (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly
+             the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file.
+
+   (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+   *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+   =================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit()
+     (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive()
+
+   *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+   ===================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
+     (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
+     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
+     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
+
+   *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+   ==============================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
+     (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
+     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
+     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
+     (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
+     (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
+     (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
+
+   *** I2S HAL driver macros list ***
+   =============================================
+   [..]
+     Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
+      (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
+      (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not
+
+    [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S I2S
+  * @brief I2S HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+          de-initialize the I2Sx peripheral in simplex mode:
+
+      (+) User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures
+          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with
+          the selected configuration:
+        (++) Mode
+        (++) Standard
+        (++) Data Format
+        (++) MCLK Output
+        (++) Audio frequency
+        (++) Polarity
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+          of the selected I2Sx peripheral.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0;
+
+  /* Check the I2S handle allocation */
+  if(hi2s == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE(hi2s->Init.ClockSource));
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+    HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s);
+  }
+
+  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ---------------*/
+  /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \
+                               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \
+                               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002;
+
+  /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
+  tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR;
+
+  /* If the default frequency value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd */
+  /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
+  if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq != I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
+  {
+    /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/
+    if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat != I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+    {
+      /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+      packetlength = 2;
+    }
+
+    /* Get I2S source Clock frequency  ****************************************/
+    /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set
+    in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */
+    i2sclk = I2S_GetInputClock(hi2s);
+
+    /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */
+    if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* MCLK output is enabled */
+      tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* MCLK output is disabled */
+      tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5);
+    }
+
+    /* Remove the flatting point */
+    tmp = tmp / 10;
+
+    /* Check the parity of the divider */
+    i2sodd = (uint32_t)(tmp & (uint32_t)1);
+
+    /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+    i2sdiv = (uint32_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
+
+    /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+    i2sodd = (uint32_t) (i2sodd << 8);
+  }
+
+  /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+  if((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
+  {
+    /* Set the default values */
+    i2sdiv = 2;
+    i2sodd = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)i2sdiv | (uint32_t)(i2sodd | (uint32_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
+
+  /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | hi2s->Init.Mode | hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | hi2s->Init.CPOL);
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN)
+  if (hi2s->Init.Standard == I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT)
+  {
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg | SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+  }
+#else
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+#endif
+
+  hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+  hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the I2S peripheral
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* Check the I2S handle allocation */
+  if(hi2s == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(hi2s);
+
+  hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief I2S MSP Init
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2S_MspInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2S_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief I2S MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2S_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data
+    transfers.
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+        (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_I2S_Receive()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \
+       (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+    {
+      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      hi2s->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
+      hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+      /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+      if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Check if Slave mode is selected */
+    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) || ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX))
+    {
+      /* Wait until Busy flag is reset */
+      if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_BSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @note In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate
+  *       in continuous way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \
+       (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+    {
+      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+    {
+      /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read
+      access to the SPI_SR register. */
+      __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    /* Receive data */
+    while(hi2s->RxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      (*pData++) = hi2s->Instance->DR;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+    }
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \
+      (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+    {
+      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @note It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronisation
+  * between Master and Slave otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
+      (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+    {
+      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \
+      (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize);
+
+    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+    {
+      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+    }
+
+     /* Check if the I2S Tx request is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 & SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)
+    {
+      /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \
+      (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
+
+    /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+    {
+      /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation to the SPI_DR register followed by a read
+      access to the SPI_SR register. */
+      __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize);
+
+    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+    {
+      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+    }
+
+     /* Check if the I2S Rx request is already enabled */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 &SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)
+    {
+      /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX))
+    {
+      /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX))
+    {
+      /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */
+  if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) == 0)
+  {
+    /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+  /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+  hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+  hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+
+  /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream tx */
+  if(hi2s->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream rx */
+  if(hi2s->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable I2S peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
+
+  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2S interrupt request.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE);
+      /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s);
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR);
+      /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE);
+      /* I2S in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s);
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR);
+      /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s);
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
+  if(hi2s->ErrorCode != HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Set the I2S state ready to be able to start again the process */
+    hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief I2S error callbacks
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the I2S state
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  return hi2s->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the I2S error code
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval I2S Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  return hi2s->ErrorCode;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA I2S transmit process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA I2S receive process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA I2S communication error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  hi2s->TxXferCount = 0;
+  hi2s->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+  hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+  hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA;
+  HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    /* Transmit data */
+    hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++);
+
+    hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+
+    if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+      __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+      HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    /* Receive data */
+    (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR;
+
+    hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+
+    /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
+    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+    {
+      /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read
+      access to the SPI_SR register. */
+      __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+      __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR);
+
+      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+      HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param Flag: Flag checked
+  * @param Status: Value of the flag expected
+  * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Set the I2S State ready */
+          hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Set the I2S State ready */
+          hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3296c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1479 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   I2S HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of I2S extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extension features Functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### I2S Extension features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+     (#) In I2S full duplex mode, each SPI peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving
+         data simultaneously using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block
+         called I2Sxext (i.e I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3).
+     (#) The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to
+         implement full duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources
+         as its master.
+
+     (#) Both I2Sx and I2Sx_ext can be configured as transmitters or receivers.
+
+     [..]
+       (@) Only I2Sx can deliver SCK and WS to I2Sx_ext in full duplex mode, where
+         I2Sx can be I2S2 or I2S3.
+
+                  ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+   Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+   *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+   =================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive()
+
+   *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+   ===================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send and receive in the same time an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT()
+     (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
+
+   *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+   ==============================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send and receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA()
+     (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
+     (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
+     (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
+     (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2SEx I2SEx
+  * @brief I2S HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2SEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2SEx_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup I2SEx_Group1 Extension features functions
+  *  @brief   Extension features functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### Extension features Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data
+    transfers.
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+        (++) HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_IT()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_I2S_TransmitReceive_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0;
+
+  /* Check the I2S handle allocation */
+  if(hi2s == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the I2S parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL));
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE(hi2s->Init.ClockSource));
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+    HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s);
+  }
+
+  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ---------------*/
+  /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \
+                               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \
+                               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002;
+
+  /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
+  tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR;
+
+  /* If the default frequency value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd */
+  /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
+  if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq != I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
+  {
+    /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/
+    if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat != I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+    {
+      /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+      packetlength = 2;
+    }
+
+    /* Get I2S source Clock frequency  ****************************************/
+    i2sclk = I2S_GetInputClock(hi2s);
+
+    /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */
+    if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* MCLK output is enabled */
+      tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* MCLK output is disabled */
+      tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5);
+    }
+
+    /* Remove the flatting point */
+    tmp = tmp / 10;
+
+    /* Check the parity of the divider */
+    i2sodd = (uint32_t)(tmp & (uint32_t)1);
+
+    /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+    i2sdiv = (uint32_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
+
+    /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+    i2sodd = (uint32_t) (i2sodd << 8);
+  }
+
+  /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+  if((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
+  {
+    /* Set the default values */
+    i2sdiv = 2;
+    i2sodd = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)i2sdiv | (uint32_t)(i2sodd | (uint32_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
+
+  /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | hi2s->Init.Mode | hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | hi2s->Init.CPOL);
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN)
+  if (hi2s->Init.Standard == I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT)
+  {
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg | SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+  }
+#else
+  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+#endif
+
+  /* Configure the I2S extended if the full duplex mode is enabled */
+  assert_param(IS_I2S_FULLDUPLEX_MODE(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode));
+  if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+    I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \
+                                          SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \
+                                          SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+    I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SPR = 2;
+
+    /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
+    tmpreg = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR;
+
+    /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */
+    if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+    {
+      tmp = I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) || (hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX))
+      {
+        tmp = I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the I2S Slave with the I2S Master parameter values */
+    tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | tmp | hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | hi2s->Init.CPOL);
+
+    /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+    I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+  }
+
+  hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+  hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
+  * @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the I2S State */
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    /* Check the Data format: When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended
+       is selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number
+       of 16-bit data length in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
+       frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)|| \
+       (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    /* Set the I2S State busy TX/RX */
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+    {
+      /* Check if the I2S is already enabled: The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction
+      to avoid the clock de-synchronization between Master and Slave. */
+      if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+      {
+        /* Enable I2Sext(receiver) before enabling I2Sx peripheral */
+        I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+
+        /* Enable I2Sx peripheral */
+        __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+      }
+
+      while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0)
+      {
+        /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+        if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        hi2s->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++);
+
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        while((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_RXNE) != SPI_SR_RXNE)
+        {
+          if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+          {
+            if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+            {
+              /* Process Unlocked */
+              __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        (*pRxData++) = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR;
+
+        hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+        hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+    }
+    /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+      if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+      {
+        /* Enable I2S peripheral before the I2Sext*/
+        __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+
+        /* Enable I2Sext(transmitter) after enabling I2Sx peripheral */
+        I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
+        if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+        {
+          /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read
+          access to the SPI_SR register. */
+          __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+        }
+      }
+      while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0)
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+        while((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_TXE) != SPI_SR_TXE)
+        {
+          if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+          {
+            if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+            {
+              /* Process Unlocked */
+              __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR = (*pTxData++);
+
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        (*pRxData++) = hi2s->Instance->DR;
+
+        hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+        hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the I2S State ready */
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
+  * @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+    hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    /* Check the Data format: When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended
+       is selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number
+       of 16-bit data length in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
+       frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
+       (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+    {
+      /* Enable I2Sext RXNE and ERR interrupts */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR);
+
+      /* Enable I2Sx TXE and ERR interrupts */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+      /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+      if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+      {
+        /* Enable I2Sext(receiver) before enabling I2Sx peripheral */
+        I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+
+        /* Enable I2Sx peripheral */
+        __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+      }
+    }
+    /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable I2Sext TXE and ERR interrupts */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= (I2S_IT_TXE |I2S_IT_ERR);
+
+      /* Enable I2Sext RXNE and ERR interrupts */
+      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+      /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+      if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+      {
+        /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX is selected */
+        if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+        {
+          /* Prepare the First Data before enabling the I2S */
+          if(hi2s->TxXferCount != 0)
+          {
+            /* Transmit First data */
+            I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++);
+            hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+
+            if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0)
+            {
+              /* Disable I2Sext TXE interrupt */
+              I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_TXE;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+        __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+
+        /* Enable I2Sext(transmitter) after enabling I2Sx peripheral */
+        I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using DMA
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @param pTxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
+  * @param pRxData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
+  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2SEx_TransmitReceive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pTxData, uint16_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+    hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+    /* Check the Data format: When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended
+       is selected during the I2S configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number
+       of 16-bit data length in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data
+       frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
+       (tmp2 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size*2;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size*2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Rx DMA error callback */
+    hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the I2S Tx DMA error callback */
+    hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
+
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+    {
+      /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */
+      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData;
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize);
+
+      /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+
+      /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */
+      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData;
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize);
+
+      /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+
+      /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+      if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+      {
+        /* Enable I2Sext(receiver) before enabling I2Sx peripheral */
+        I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+
+        /* Enable I2S peripheral after the I2Sext */
+        __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */
+      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData;
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize);
+
+      /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+
+      /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */
+      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData;
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize);
+
+      /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+
+      /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+      if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+      {
+        /* Enable I2S peripheral before the I2Sext */
+        __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+
+        /* Enable I2Sext(transmitter) after enabling I2Sx peripheral */
+        I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
+        if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+        {
+          /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read
+          access to the SPI_SR register. */
+          __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX))
+    {
+      /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+      /* Disable the I2SEx Rx DMA Request */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+      /* Disable the I2SEx Tx DMA Request */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+  }
+  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX))
+    {
+      /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+      /* Disable the I2SEx Rx DMA Request */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+      hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+      /* Enable the I2SEx Tx DMA Request */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */
+  if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) == 0)
+  {
+    /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+    __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+  /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+  hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+  hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= ~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+
+  if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Disable the I2S extended Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+    I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+    I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+  }
+
+  /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream tx */
+  if(hi2s->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the I2S DMA Stream rx */
+  if(hi2s->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable I2S peripheral */
+  __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
+
+  if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Disable the I2Sext peripheral */
+    I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->I2SCFGR &= ~SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+  }
+  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles I2S interrupt request.
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode != I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE);
+      /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s);
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR);
+      /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE);
+      /* I2S in mode Tramitter -----------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s);
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR);
+      /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s);
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+    {
+      tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_RXNE;
+      tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_RXNE;
+      /* I2Sext in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_RXNE) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_RXNE))
+      {
+        tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX,
+        the I2Sext RXNE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex receive phase. */
+        if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+        {
+          I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s);
+        }
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_OVR;
+      tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_ERR;
+      /* I2Sext Overrun error interrupt occurred ------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_OVR) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_ERR))
+      {
+        /* Clear I2Sext OVR Flag */
+        tmpreg1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR;
+        tmpreg1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR;
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2SEX_ERROR_OVR;
+        UNUSED(tmpreg1);
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE);
+      /* I2S in mode Tramitter -----------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX,
+        the I2S TXE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex transmit phase. */
+        if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+        {
+          I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s);
+        }
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR);
+      /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s);
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR;
+      }
+    }
+    /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */
+    else
+    {
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE);
+      /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX,
+        the I2S RXNE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex receive phase. */
+        if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX))
+        {
+          I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s);
+        }
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR);
+      tmp2 = __HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR);
+      /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+      {
+        __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR;
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_TXE;
+      tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_TXE;
+      /* I2Sext in mode Tramitter --------------------------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_TXE) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_TXE))
+      {
+        tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+        /* When the I2S mode is configured as I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX,
+        the I2Sext TXE interrupt will be generated to manage the full-duplex transmit phase. */
+        if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX))
+        {
+          I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(hi2s);
+        }
+      }
+
+      tmp1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_UDR;
+      tmp2 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 & I2S_IT_ERR;
+      /* I2Sext Underrun error interrupt occurred -----------------------------*/
+      if((tmp1 == SPI_SR_UDR) && (tmp2 == I2S_IT_ERR))
+      {
+        /* Clear I2Sext UDR Flag */
+        tmpreg1 = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR;
+        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2SEX_ERROR_UDR;
+        UNUSED(tmpreg1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
+  if(hi2s->ErrorCode != HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Set the I2S state ready to be able to start again the process */
+    hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit/Receive data in non-blocking mode using Interrupt
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef I2SEx_TransmitReceive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+    tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    tmp2 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG;
+    /* Check if the I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX Mode is selected */
+    if((tmp1 == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) || (tmp2 == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX))
+    {
+      if(hi2s->TxXferCount != 0)
+      {
+        if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE) != RESET)
+        {
+          /* Transmit data */
+          hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++);
+          hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+
+          if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0)
+          {
+            /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+            __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if(hi2s->RxXferCount != 0)
+      {
+        if((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_RXNE) == SPI_SR_RXNE)
+        {
+          /* Receive data */
+          (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR;
+          hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+
+          if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0)
+          {
+            /* Disable I2Sext RXNE interrupt */
+            I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_RXNE;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* The I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX or I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX Mode is selected */
+    else
+    {
+      if(hi2s->TxXferCount != 0)
+      {
+        if((I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->SR & SPI_SR_TXE) == SPI_SR_TXE)
+        {
+          /* Transmit data */
+          I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++);
+          hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+
+          if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0)
+          {
+            /* Disable I2Sext TXE interrupt */
+            I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_TXE;
+
+            HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if(hi2s->RxXferCount != 0)
+      {
+        if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+        {
+          /* Receive data */
+          (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR;
+          hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+
+          if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0)
+          {
+            /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
+            __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE);
+
+            HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    tmp1 = hi2s->RxXferCount;
+    tmp2 = hi2s->TxXferCount;
+    if((tmp1 == 0) && (tmp2 == 0))
+    {
+      /* Disable I2Sx ERR interrupt */
+      __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR);
+      /* Disable I2Sext ERR interrupt */
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= ~I2S_IT_ERR;
+
+      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* STM32F40xxx/ STM32F41xxx/ STM32F42xxx/ STM32F43xxx/ STM32F401xx/ STM32F411xx */
+/**
+  * @brief DMA I2S transmit process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    hi2s->TxXferCount = 0;
+
+    /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE)
+    if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Disable Rx DMA Request for the slave*/
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+    }
+#endif /* STM32F40xxx/ STM32F41xxx/ STM32F42xxx/ STM32F43xxx/ STM32F401xx/ STM32F411xx */
+    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0)
+      {
+        hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+    }
+  }
+  HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA I2S receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE)
+    if(hi2s->Init.FullDuplexMode == I2S_FULLDUPLEXMODE_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Disable Tx DMA Request for the slave*/
+      I2SxEXT(hi2s->Instance)->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+    }
+#endif /* STM32F40xxx/ STM32F41xxx/ STM32F42xxx/ STM32F43xxx/ STM32F401xx/ STM32F411xx */
+    hi2s->RxXferCount = 0;
+    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0)
+      {
+        hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+    }
+  }
+  HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get I2S clock Input based on Source clock selection in RCC
+  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for I2S module
+  * @retval I2S Clock Input
+  */
+uint32_t I2S_GetInputClock(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+  /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */
+  uint32_t vcoinput = 0;
+  /* This variable used to store the VCO Output (value in Hz) */
+  uint32_t vcooutput = 0;
+  /* This variable used to store the I2S_CK_x (value in Hz) */
+  uint32_t i2ssourceclock = 0;
+
+  /* Configure SAI Clock based on SAI source clock selection */
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+  switch(hi2s->Init.ClockSource)
+  {
+    case I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL :
+    {
+      /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock  value */
+      i2ssourceclock = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
+      break;
+    }
+    case I2S_CLOCK_PLL :
+    {
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */
+      if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM));
+      }
+
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
+      vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6)));
+      /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */
+      i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28)));
+      break;
+    }
+    case I2S_CLOCK_PLLR :
+    {
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+      /* PLL_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+      if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
+      }
+
+      /* PLL_VCO Output = PLL_VCO Input * PLLN */
+      vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN >> 6)));
+      /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */
+      i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR >> 28)));
+      break;
+    }
+    case I2S_CLOCK_PLLSRC :
+    {
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+      /* PLL_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+      if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+        i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default :
+    {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE)
+
+  /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set
+  in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */
+  if(hi2s->Init.ClockSource == I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL)
+  {
+    /* Enable the External Clock selection */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT);
+
+    /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock  value */
+    i2ssourceclock = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+    if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)
+    {
+      /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+      vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+      vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
+    }
+
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
+    vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6)));
+    /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */
+    i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28)));
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F40xxx || STM32F41xxx || STM32F42xxx || STM32F43xxx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F411xE)
+
+  /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set
+  in the project configuration or in the stm32f4xx_conf.h file */
+  if(hi2s->Init.ClockSource == I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL)
+  {
+    /* Enable the External Clock selection */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT);
+
+    /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock  value */
+    i2ssourceclock = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */
+    if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)
+    {
+      /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+      vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get the I2S source clock value */
+      vcoinput = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM));
+    }
+
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
+    vcooutput = (uint32_t)(vcoinput * (((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6)));
+    /* I2S_CLK = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */
+    i2ssourceclock = (uint32_t)(vcooutput /(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28)));
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F411xE */
+
+  /* the return result is the value of SAI clock */
+  return i2ssourceclock;
+
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c061ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1504 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   IRDA HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the IrDA SIR ENDEC block (IrDA):
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization methods
+  *           + IO operation methods
+  *           + Peripheral Control methods
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+        (##) IRDA pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the IRDA GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these IRDA pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
+             and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+
+    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Parity, IrDA Mode, Prescaler
+        and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the hirda Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API:
+        (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+            by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API.
+    -@@- The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+        RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+        __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+
+    (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+    *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive()
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+    =============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** IRDA HAL driver macros list ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver.
+
+     (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral
+     (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral
+     (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not
+     (+) __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clears the specified IRDA pending flag
+     (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enables the specified IRDA interrupt
+     (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disables the specified IRDA interrupt
+
+     (@) You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA IRDA
+  * @brief HAL IRDA module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IRDA_TIMEOUT_VALUE  22000
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void IRDA_SetConfig (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions IrDA Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group1 IrDA Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+    in IrDA mode.
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
+        (++) BaudRate
+        (++) WordLength
+        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+             Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits),
+             please refer to Reference manual for possible IRDA frame formats.
+        (++) Prescaler: A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may
+             not be rejected. The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer
+             specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and
+             reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol).
+        (++) Mode: Receiver/transmitter modes
+        (++) IrDAMode: the IrDA can operate in the Normal mode or in the Low power mode.
+    [..]
+    The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows IRDA configuration procedures (details for the procedures
+    are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the IRDA mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the IRDA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */
+  if(hirda == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the IRDA instance parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance));
+  /* Check the IRDA mode parameter in the IRDA handle */
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_POWERMODE(hirda->Init.IrDAMode));
+
+  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hirda->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+    HAL_IRDA_MspInit(hirda);
+  }
+
+  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the IRDA peripheral */
+  __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda);
+
+  /* Set the IRDA communication parameters */
+  IRDA_SetConfig(hirda);
+
+  /* In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+     - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+     - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  hirda->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_STOP | USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+  hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+
+  /* Enable the IRDA peripheral */
+  __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE(hirda);
+
+  /* Set the prescaler */
+  MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, hirda->Init.Prescaler);
+
+  /* Configure the IrDA mode */
+  MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP, hirda->Init.IrDAMode);
+
+  /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+  hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN;
+
+  /* Initialize the IRDA state*/
+  hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+  hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the IRDA peripheral
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */
+  if(hirda == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance));
+
+  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(hirda);
+
+  hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  IRDA MSP Init.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_IRDA_MspInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_IRDA_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  IRDA MSP DeInit.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   IRDA Transmit/Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers.
+    [..]
+    IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data
+    on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver
+    is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA.
+    While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted
+    could be corrupted.
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+           or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+           dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+           using DMA mode.
+           The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive()
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t  tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
+    hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
+    while(hirda->TxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      hirda->TxXferCount--;
+      if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+      {
+        if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pData;
+        hirda->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+        if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          pData +=2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          pData +=1;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        hirda->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @param  Timeout: Specify timeout value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t  tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+    hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
+    hirda->RxXferCount = Size;
+    /* Check the remain data to be received */
+    while(hirda->RxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      hirda->RxXferCount--;
+      if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+      {
+        if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ;
+        if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+           pData +=2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+          pData +=1;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t  tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+    hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
+    hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
+    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+   /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t  tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+    hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
+    hirda->RxXferCount = Size;
+    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    /* Enable the IRDA Data Register not empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
+
+    /* Enable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t  tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+    hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
+    hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
+    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hirda->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */
+    hirda->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hirda->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the IRDA transmit DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
+    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+       in the USART CR3 register */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @note   When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t  tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+    hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
+    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hirda->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */
+    hirda->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hirda->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+       in the USART CR3 register */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
+  }
+  else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
+  }
+  else if (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+  }
+  else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */
+    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda);
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+  }
+  else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */
+    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda);
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx & Rx request */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+     to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback():
+     when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+     and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
+     */
+
+  /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+  hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT;
+  hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+  /* Abort the UART DMA tx Stream */
+  if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the UART DMA rx Stream */
+  if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles IRDA interrupt request.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  uint32_t  tmp1 = 0, tmp2 =0;
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_PE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
+  /* IRDA parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_PEFLAG(hirda);
+    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_FE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+  /* IRDA frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FEFLAG(hirda);
+    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_NE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+  /* IRDA noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_NEFLAG(hirda);
+    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_ORE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+  /* IRDA Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda);
+    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
+  if(hirda->ErrorCode != HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process */
+    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
+  /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
+  /* IRDA in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) &&(tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    IRDA_Transmit_IT(hirda);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC);
+  /* IRDA in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(hirda);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Transfer complete callbacks.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Transfer complete callbacks.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer complete callbacks.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief IRDA error callbacks.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief   IRDA State and Errors functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA
+    communication process and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process
+     (+) HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IrDA peripheral.
+     (+) HAL_IRDA_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the IRDA state.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  return hirda->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the IARDA error code
+  * @param  hirda : pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified IRDA.
+  * @retval IRDA Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  return hirda->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA IRDA transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* DMA Normal mode */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    hirda->TxXferCount = 0;
+
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+       in the IRDA CR3 register */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC);
+  }
+  /* DMA Circular mode */
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA IRDA receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* DMA Normal mode */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    hirda->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+       in the IRDA CR3 register */
+    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA IRDA communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  hirda->RxXferCount = 0;
+  hirda->TxXferCount = 0;
+  hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+  hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles IRDA Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @param  Flag: specifies the IRDA flag to check.
+  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+
+          hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
+          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+
+          hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+ /**
+  * @brief  Send an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+  {
+    if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+    {
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pTxBuffPtr;
+      hirda->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+      if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hirda->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*hirda->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+    }
+
+    if(--hirda->TxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+      __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
+
+      /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+  __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
+  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+
+    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hirda->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp1 == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+  {
+    if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+    {
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pRxBuffPtr;
+      if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+        hirda->pRxBuffPtr += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+        hirda->pRxBuffPtr += 1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(--hirda->RxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+
+      __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
+
+      if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+      {
+        hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */
+        __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
+
+        /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+        __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
+
+        hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+      }
+      HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the IRDA peripheral.
+  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE(hirda->Init.BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH(hirda->Init.WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_PARITY(hirda->Init.Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_IRDA_MODE(hirda->Init.Mode));
+
+  /*-------------------------- IRDA CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/
+  /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */
+  hirda->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP);
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = hirda->Instance->CR1;
+
+  /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \
+    USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode:
+     Set the M bits according to hirda->Init.WordLength value
+     Set PCE and PS bits according to hirda->Init.Parity value
+     Set TE and RE bits according to hirda->Init.Mode value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)hirda->Init.WordLength | hirda->Init.Parity | hirda->Init.Mode;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR1 */
+  hirda->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+  hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE));
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+  if((hirda->Instance == USART1) || (hirda->Instance == USART6))
+  {
+    hirda->Instance->BRR = IRDA_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), hirda->Init.BaudRate);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hirda->Instance->BRR = IRDA_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), hirda->Init.BaudRate);
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e157f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   IWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### IWDG Specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
+         through option byte).
+
+    (+) The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated Low-Speed clock (LSI) and
+         thus stays active even if the main clock fails.
+         Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled
+         (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from
+         the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000)
+         a system reset is generated.
+
+    (+) The IWDG counter should be refreshed at regular intervals, otherwise the
+         watchdog generates an MCU reset when the counter reaches 0.
+
+    (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
+         in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
+         IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
+         reset occurs.
+
+    (+) Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
+         The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F4xx
+         devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
+         connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value
+         can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    If Window option is disabled
+      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
+         (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR.
+         (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, counter reload value.
+              This reload value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter
+              is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
+    [..]
+      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to:
+          (++) Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the IWDG_RLR register.
+          (++) Start the IWDG, when the IWDG is used in software mode (no need
+               to enable the LSI, it will be enabled by hardware).
+      (+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
+          intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+          HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
+    [..]
+    if Window option is enabled:
+
+      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to enable IWDG downcounter
+      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
+         (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.
+         (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, reload value and window value.
+      (+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
+          intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+          HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
+
+     *** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ====================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register
+      (+) __HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected IWDG's flag status
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG IWDG
+  * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /** @addtogroup IWDG_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IWDG_TIMEOUT_FLAG          ((uint32_t)1000)     /* 1 s */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions IWDG Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters
+          in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) Initialize the IWDG MSP
+      (+) DeInitialize IWDG MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the IWDG according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
+  if(hiwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
+
+  if(hiwdg->State == HAL_IWDG_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hiwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_IWDG_MspInit(hiwdg);
+  }
+
+  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
+  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers */
+  IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Write to IWDG registers the IWDG_Prescaler & IWDG_Reload values to work with */
+  MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->PR, IWDG_PR_PR, hiwdg->Init.Prescaler);
+  MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->RLR, IWDG_RLR_RL, hiwdg->Init.Reload);
+
+  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
+  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the IWDG MSP.
+  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IWDG_MspInit(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_IWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Start the IWDG.
+      (+) Refresh the IWDG.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the IWDG.
+  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Start(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hiwdg);
+
+    /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
+  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Start the IWDG peripheral */
+  __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
+
+    /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the RLR register */
+  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
+  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refreshes the IWDG.
+  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hiwdg);
+
+    /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
+  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until RVU flag is RESET */
+  while(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_RVU) != RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > IWDG_TIMEOUT_FLAG)
+    {
+      /* Set IWDG state */
+      hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+       /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
+  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the IWDG state.
+  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_IWDG_GetState(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+  return hiwdg->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb69b1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   LTDC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the LTDC peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+     (#) Program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+         the LTDC timing, the horizontal and vertical polarity,
+         the pixel clock polarity, Data Enable polarity and the LTDC background color value
+         using HAL_LTDC_Init() function
+
+     (#) Program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+         the pixel format, the blending factors, input alpha value, the window size
+         and the image size using HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() function for foreground
+         or/and background layer.
+
+     (#) Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT() and
+         HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT functions.
+
+     (#) Optionally, enable the Dither using HAL_LTDC_EnableDither().
+
+     (#) Optionally, configure and enable the Color keying using HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying()
+         and HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying functions.
+
+     (#) Optionally, configure LineInterrupt using HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent()
+         function
+
+     (#) If needed, reconfigure and change the pixel format value, the alpha value
+         value, the window size, the window position and the layer start address
+         for foreground or/and background layer using respectively the following
+         functions: HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(), HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(), HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(),
+         HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition(), HAL_LTDC_SetAddress.
+
+     (#) To control LTDC state you can use the following function: HAL_LTDC_GetState()
+
+     *** LTDC HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in LTDC HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC Layer.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC Layer.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_RELOAD_CONFIG: Reload  Layer Configuration.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG: Get the LTDC pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the LTDC pending flags.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified LTDC interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified LTDC interrupts.
+      (+) __HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified LTDC interrupt has occurred or not.
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the LTDC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @defgroup LTDC LTDC
+  * @brief LTDC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void LTDC_SetConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions LTDC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize and configure the LTDC
+      (+) De-initialize the LTDC
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the LTDC according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_Init(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the LTDC peripheral state */
+  if(hltdc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check function parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALL_INSTANCE(hltdc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSYNC(hltdc->Init.HorizontalSync));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSYNC(hltdc->Init.VerticalSync));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AHBP(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedHBP));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AVBP(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAH(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAW(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveW));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALH(hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALW(hltdc->Init.TotalWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSPOL(hltdc->Init.HSPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSPOL(hltdc->Init.VSPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEPOL(hltdc->Init.DEPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_PCPOL(hltdc->Init.PCPolarity));
+
+  if(hltdc->State == HAL_LTDC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hltdc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_LTDC_MspInit(hltdc);
+  }
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
+  hltdc->Instance->GCR &= ~(LTDC_GCR_HSPOL | LTDC_GCR_VSPOL | LTDC_GCR_DEPOL | LTDC_GCR_PCPOL);
+  hltdc->Instance->GCR |=  (uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.HSPolarity | hltdc->Init.VSPolarity | \
+  hltdc->Init.DEPolarity | hltdc->Init.PCPolarity);
+
+  /* Sets Synchronization size */
+  hltdc->Instance->SSCR &= ~(LTDC_SSCR_VSH | LTDC_SSCR_HSW);
+  tmp = (hltdc->Init.HorizontalSync << 16);
+  hltdc->Instance->SSCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.VerticalSync);
+
+  /* Sets Accumulated Back porch */
+  hltdc->Instance->BPCR &= ~(LTDC_BPCR_AVBP | LTDC_BPCR_AHBP);
+  tmp = (hltdc->Init.AccumulatedHBP << 16);
+  hltdc->Instance->BPCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP);
+
+  /* Sets Accumulated Active Width */
+  hltdc->Instance->AWCR &= ~(LTDC_AWCR_AAH | LTDC_AWCR_AAW);
+  tmp = (hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveW << 16);
+  hltdc->Instance->AWCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH);
+
+  /* Sets Total Width */
+  hltdc->Instance->TWCR &= ~(LTDC_TWCR_TOTALH | LTDC_TWCR_TOTALW);
+  tmp = (hltdc->Init.TotalWidth << 16);
+  hltdc->Instance->TWCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh);
+
+  /* Sets the background color value */
+  tmp = ((uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Green) << 8);
+  tmp1 = ((uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Red) << 16);
+  hltdc->Instance->BCCR &= ~(LTDC_BCCR_BCBLUE | LTDC_BCCR_BCGREEN | LTDC_BCCR_BCRED);
+  hltdc->Instance->BCCR |= (tmp1 | tmp | hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Blue);
+
+  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE);
+
+  /* Enable the FIFO underrun interrupt */
+  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU);
+
+  /* Enable LTDC by setting LTDCEN bit */
+  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE(hltdc);
+
+  /* Initialize the error code */
+  hltdc->ErrorCode = HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the LTDC peripheral registers to their default reset
+  *         values.
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DeInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit(hltdc);
+
+  /* Initialize the error code */
+  hltdc->ErrorCode = HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the LTDC MSP.
+  * @param  hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_LTDC_MspInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_LTDC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the LTDC MSP.
+  * @param  hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides function allowing to:
+      (+) Handle LTDC interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles LTDC interrupt request.
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
+  if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_TE) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the transfer Error interrupt */
+      __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE);
+
+      /* Clear the transfer error flag */
+      __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_TE);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hltdc->ErrorCode |= HAL_LTDC_ERROR_TE;
+
+      /* Change LTDC state */
+      hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+      /* Transfer error Callback */
+      HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(hltdc);
+    }
+  }
+  /* FIFO underrun Interrupt management ***************************************/
+  if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_FU) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the FIFO underrun interrupt */
+      __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU);
+
+      /* Clear the FIFO underrun flag */
+      __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_FU);
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hltdc->ErrorCode |= HAL_LTDC_ERROR_FU;
+
+      /* Change LTDC state */
+      hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+      /* Transfer error Callback */
+      HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(hltdc);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/
+  if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_LI) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Disable the Line interrupt */
+      __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI);
+
+      /* Clear the Line interrupt flag */
+      __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_LI);
+
+      /* Change LTDC state */
+      hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+      /* Line interrupt Callback */
+      HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback(hltdc);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Error LTDC callback.
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Line Event callback.
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the LTDC foreground or/and background parameters.
+      (+) Set the active layer.
+      (+) Configure the color keying.
+      (+) Configure the C-LUT.
+      (+) Enable / Disable the color keying.
+      (+) Enable / Disable the C-LUT.
+      (+) Update the layer position.
+      (+) Update the layer size.
+      (+) Update pixel format on the fly.
+      (+) Update transparency on the fly.
+      (+) Update address on the fly.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the LTDC Layer according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hltdc:     pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  pLayerCfg: pointer to a LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                    the configuration information for the Layer.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                    This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                    0 or 1
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT(pLayerCfg->PixelFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1(pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor1));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2(pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor2));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALPHA(pLayerCfg->Alpha0));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(pLayerCfg->ImageWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(pLayerCfg->ImageHeight));
+
+  /* Copy new layer configuration into handle structure */
+  hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx] = *pLayerCfg;
+
+  /* Configure the LTDC Layer */
+  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Initialize the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State  = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the color keying.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  RGBValue: the color key value
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t RGBValue, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  /* Configures the default color values */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CKCR &=  ~(LTDC_LxCKCR_CKBLUE | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKGREEN | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKRED);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CKCR  = RGBValue;
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Load the color lookup table.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  pCLUT:    pointer to the color lookup table address.
+  * @param  CLUTSize: the color lookup table size.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t *pCLUT, uint32_t CLUTSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  uint32_t counter = 0;
+  uint32_t pcounter = 0;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  for(counter = 0; (counter < CLUTSize); counter++)
+  {
+    if(hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx].PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL44)
+    {
+      tmp  = (((counter + 16*counter) << 24) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF00) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF0000));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmp  = ((counter << 24) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF00) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF0000));
+    }
+    pcounter = (uint32_t)pCLUT + sizeof(*pCLUT);
+    pCLUT = (uint32_t *)pcounter;
+
+    /* Specifies the C-LUT address and RGB value */
+    LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CLUTWR  = tmp;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the color keying.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  /* Enable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN;
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the color keying.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  /* Disable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN;
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the color lookup table.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  /* Disable LTDC color lookup table by setting CLUTEN bit */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN;
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the color lookup table.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  /* Disable LTDC color lookup table by setting CLUTEN bit */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN;
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables Dither.
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableDither(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable Dither by setting DTEN bit */
+  LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables Dither.
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableDither(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable Dither by setting DTEN bit */
+  LTDC->GCR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the LTDC window size.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  XSize:    LTDC Pixel per line
+  * @param  YSize:    LTDC Line number
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
+  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
+
+  /* Check the parameters (Layers parameters)*/
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(XSize));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(YSize));
+
+  /* update horizontal start/stop */
+  pLayerCfg->WindowX0 = 0;
+  pLayerCfg->WindowX1 = XSize + pLayerCfg->WindowX0;
+
+  /* update vertical start/stop */
+  pLayerCfg->WindowY0 = 0;
+  pLayerCfg->WindowY1 = YSize + pLayerCfg->WindowY0;
+
+  /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */
+  pLayerCfg->ImageWidth = XSize;
+
+  /* Reconfigures the frame buffer line number */
+  pLayerCfg->ImageHeight = YSize;
+
+  /* Set LTDC parameters */
+  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the LTDC window position.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  X0:       LTDC window X offset
+  * @param  Y0:       LTDC window Y offset
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                         0 or 1
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
+  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1));
+
+  /* update horizontal start/stop */
+  pLayerCfg->WindowX0 = X0;
+  pLayerCfg->WindowX1 = X0 + pLayerCfg->ImageWidth;
+
+  /* update vertical start/stop */
+  pLayerCfg->WindowY0 = Y0;
+  pLayerCfg->WindowY1 = Y0 + pLayerCfg->ImageHeight;
+
+  /* Set LTDC parameters */
+  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reconfigure the pixel format.
+  * @param  hltdc:       pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                      the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  Pixelformat: new pixel format value.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:    LTDC Layer index.
+  *                      This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                      0 or 1.
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Pixelformat, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT(Pixelformat));
+
+  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
+  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
+
+  /* Reconfigure the pixel format */
+  pLayerCfg->PixelFormat = Pixelformat;
+
+  /* Set LTDC parameters */
+  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reconfigure the layer alpha value.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  Alpha:    new alpha value.
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Alpha, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALPHA(Alpha));
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
+  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
+
+  /* Reconfigure the Alpha value */
+  pLayerCfg->Alpha = Alpha;
+
+  /* Set LTDC parameters */
+  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Reconfigure the frame buffer Address.
+  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  Address:  new address value.
+  * @param  LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index.
+  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *                   0 or 1.
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAddress(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Address, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
+
+  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
+  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
+
+  /* Reconfigure the Address */
+  pLayerCfg->FBStartAdress = Address;
+
+  /* Set LTDC parameters */
+  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
+
+  /* Sets the Reload type */
+  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Define the position of the line interrupt .
+  * @param  hltdc:             pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                            the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  Line:   Line Interrupt Position.
+  * @retval  HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Line)
+{
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
+
+  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LIPOS(Line));
+
+  /* Enable the Line interrupt */
+  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI);
+
+  /* Sets the Line Interrupt position */
+  LTDC->LIPCR = (uint32_t)Line;
+
+  /* Change the LTDC state*/
+  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the LTDC state.
+      (+) Get error code.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the LTDC state
+  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef HAL_LTDC_GetState(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  return hltdc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the LTDC error code
+* @param  hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the LTDC.
+* @retval LTDC Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_LTDC_GetError(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
+{
+  return hltdc->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the LTDC peripheral
+  * @param  hltdc   :  Pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
+  * @param  pLayerCfg: Pointer LTDC Layer Configuration structure
+  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
+  *                    This parameter can be one of the following values: 0 or 1
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void LTDC_SetConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmp2 = 0;
+
+  /* Configures the horizontal start and stop position */
+  tmp = ((pLayerCfg->WindowX1 + ((hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AHBP) >> 16)) << 16);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WHPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSTPOS | LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSPPOS);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WHPCR = ((pLayerCfg->WindowX0 + ((hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AHBP) >> 16) + 1) | tmp);
+
+  /* Configures the vertical start and stop position */
+  tmp = ((pLayerCfg->WindowY1 + (hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AVBP)) << 16);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WVPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSTPOS | LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSPPOS);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WVPCR  = ((pLayerCfg->WindowY0 + (hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AVBP) + 1) | tmp);
+
+  /* Specifies the pixel format */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->PFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxPFCR_PF);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->PFCR = (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat);
+
+  /* Configures the default color values */
+  tmp = ((uint32_t)(pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Green) << 8);
+  tmp1 = ((uint32_t)(pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Red) << 16);
+  tmp2 = (pLayerCfg->Alpha0 << 24);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->DCCR &= ~(LTDC_LxDCCR_DCBLUE | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCGREEN | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCRED | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCALPHA);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->DCCR = (pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Blue | tmp | tmp1 | tmp2);
+
+  /* Specifies the constant alpha value */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CACR &= ~(LTDC_LxCACR_CONSTA);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CACR = (pLayerCfg->Alpha);
+
+  /* Specifies the blending factors */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->BFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxBFCR_BF2 | LTDC_LxBFCR_BF1);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->BFCR = (pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor1 | pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor2);
+
+  /* Configures the color frame buffer start address */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBAR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBAR_CFBADD);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBAR = (pLayerCfg->FBStartAdress);
+
+  if(pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB8888)
+  {
+    tmp = 4;
+  }
+  else if (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB888)
+  {
+    tmp = 3;
+  }
+  else if((pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB4444) || \
+    (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565)   || \
+      (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB1555) || \
+        (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL88))
+  {
+    tmp = 2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmp = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Configures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLR  &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBLL | LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBP);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLR  = (((pLayerCfg->ImageWidth * tmp) << 16) | (((pLayerCfg->WindowX1 - pLayerCfg->WindowX0) * tmp)  + 3));
+
+  /* Configures the frame buffer line number */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLNR  &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLNR_CFBLNBR);
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLNR  = (pLayerCfg->ImageHeight);
+
+  /* Enable LTDC_Layer by setting LEN bit */
+  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_LEN;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62e8973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_msp_template.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   This file contains the HAL System and Peripheral (PPP) MSP initialization
+  *          and de-initialization functions.
+  *          It should be copied to the application folder and renamed into 'stm32f4xx_hal_msp.c'.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP
+  * @brief HAL MSP module.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the Global MSP.
+  * @note   This function is called from HAL_Init() function to perform system
+  *         level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the Global MSP.
+  * @note   This functiona is called from HAL_DeInit() function to perform system
+  *         level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the PPP MSP.
+  * @note   This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_Init() function to perform
+  *         peripheral(PPP) system level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
+  * @note   This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_DeInit() function to perform
+  *         peripheral(PPP) system level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b0a4dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1125 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   NAND HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive NAND memories mounted
+  *          as external device.
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                         ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
+      control NAND flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface
+      with NAND devices. This driver is used as follows:
+
+      (+) NAND flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NAND_Init()
+          with control and timing parameters for both common and attribute spaces.
+
+      (+) Read NAND flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
+          HAL_NAND_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NAND_ID_TypeDef
+          structure declared by the function caller.
+
+      (+) Access NAND flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
+          HAL_NAND_Read_Page()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(), HAL_NAND_Write_Page()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea()
+          to read/write page(s)/spare area(s). These functions use specific device
+          information (Block, page size..) predefined by the user in the HAL_NAND_Info_TypeDef
+          structure. The read/write address information is contained by the Nand_Address_Typedef
+          structure passed as parameter.
+
+      (+) Perform NAND flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_NAND_Reset().
+
+      (+) Perform NAND flash erase block operation using the function HAL_NAND_Erase_Block().
+          The erase block address information is contained in the Nand_Address_Typedef
+          structure passed as parameter.
+
+      (+) Read the NAND flash status operation using the function HAL_NAND_Read_Status().
+
+      (+) You can also control the NAND device by calling the control APIs HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()/
+          HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the ECC code correction
+          feature or the function HAL_NAND_GetECC() to get the ECC correction code.
+
+      (+) You can monitor the NAND device HAL state by calling the function
+          HAL_NAND_GetState()
+
+    [..]
+      (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NAND flash operations.
+          If a NAND flash device contains different operations and/or implementations,
+          it should be implemented separately.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/** @defgroup NAND NAND
+  * @brief NAND HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup NAND_Private_Constants NAND Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup NAND_Private_Macros NAND Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions NAND Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+            ##### NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+    the NAND memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform NAND memory Initialization sequence
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  ComSpace_Timing: pointer to Common space timing structure
+  * @param  AttSpace_Timing: pointer to Attribute space timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_Init(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpace_Timing, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpace_Timing)
+{
+  /* Check the NAND handle state */
+  if(hnand == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hnand->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_NAND_MspInit(hnand);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize NAND control Interface */
+  FMC_NAND_Init(hnand->Instance, &(hnand->Init));
+
+  /* Initialize NAND common space timing Interface */
+  FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, ComSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank);
+
+  /* Initialize NAND attribute space timing Interface */
+  FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, AttSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank);
+
+  /* Enable the NAND device */
+  __FMC_NAND_ENABLE(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank);
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform NAND memory De-Initialization sequence
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_DeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(hnand);
+
+  /* Configure the NAND registers with their reset values */
+  FMC_NAND_DeInit(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank);
+
+  /* Reset the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NAND MSP Init
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_NAND_MspInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_NAND_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NAND MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_NAND_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles NAND device interrupt request.
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+void HAL_NAND_IRQHandler(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  /* Check NAND interrupt Rising edge flag */
+  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
+
+    /* Clear NAND interrupt Rising edge pending bit */
+    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE);
+  }
+
+  /* Check NAND interrupt Level flag */
+  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL))
+  {
+    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
+
+    /* Clear NAND interrupt Level pending bit */
+    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL);
+  }
+
+  /* Check NAND interrupt Falling edge flag */
+  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
+
+    /* Clear NAND interrupt Falling edge pending bit */
+    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE);
+  }
+
+  /* Check NAND interrupt FIFO empty flag */
+  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
+  {
+    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
+
+    /* Clear NAND interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */
+    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT);
+  }
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NAND interrupt feature callback
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_NAND_ITCallback(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_NAND_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### NAND Input and Output functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NAND
+    memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the NAND memory electronic signature
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  pNAND_ID: NAND ID structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_ID(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_IDTypeDef *pNAND_ID)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t data = 0;
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send Read ID command sequence */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA))  = NAND_CMD_READID;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
+
+  /* Read the electronic signature from NAND flash */
+  data = *(__IO uint32_t *)deviceaddress;
+
+  /* Return the data read */
+  pNAND_ID->Maker_Id   = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(data);
+  pNAND_ID->Device_Id  = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(data);
+  pNAND_ID->Third_Id   = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(data);
+  pNAND_ID->Fourth_Id  = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(data);
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NAND memory reset
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Reset(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send NAND reset command */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = 0xFF;
+
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read Page(s) from NAND memory block
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
+  * @param  pBuffer : pointer to destination read buffer
+  * @param  NumPageToRead : number of pages to read from block
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t index  = 0;
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0, size = 0, numpagesread = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS;
+  NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress;
+  uint32_t addressoffset = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */
+  nandaddress.Block     = pAddress->Block;
+  nandaddress.Page      = pAddress->Page;
+  nandaddress.Zone      = pAddress->Zone;
+
+  /* Page(s) read loop */
+  while((NumPageToRead != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS))
+  {
+    /* update the buffer size */
+    size = hnand->Info.PageSize + ((hnand->Info.PageSize) * numpagesread);
+
+    /* Get the address offset */
+    addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand);
+
+    /* Send read page command sequence */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A;
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+
+    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
+    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    }
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA))  = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1;
+
+    /* Get Data into Buffer */
+    for(index = size; index != 0; index--)
+    {
+      *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceaddress;
+    }
+
+    /* Increment read pages number */
+    numpagesread++;
+
+    /* Decrement pages to read */
+    NumPageToRead--;
+
+    /* Increment the NAND address */
+    addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write Page(s) to NAND memory block
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
+  * @param  pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  NumPageToWrite  : number of pages to write to block
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t index   = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0 , size = 0, numpageswritten = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS;
+  NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress;
+  uint32_t addressoffset = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */
+  nandaddress.Block     = pAddress->Block;
+  nandaddress.Page      = pAddress->Page;
+  nandaddress.Zone      = pAddress->Zone;
+
+  /* Page(s) write loop */
+  while((NumPageToWrite != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS))
+  {
+    /* update the buffer size */
+    size = hnand->Info.PageSize + ((hnand->Info.PageSize) * numpageswritten);
+
+    /* Get the address offset */
+    addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand);
+
+    /* Send write page command sequence */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A;
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0;
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+
+    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
+    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    }
+
+    /* Write data to memory */
+    for(index = size; index != 0; index--)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++;
+    }
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Read status until NAND is ready */
+    while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Increment written pages number */
+    numpageswritten++;
+
+    /* Decrement pages to write */
+    NumPageToWrite--;
+
+    /* Increment the NAND address */
+    addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t index   = 0;
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0, size = 0, num_spare_area_read = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS;
+  NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress;
+  uint32_t addressoffset = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */
+  nandaddress.Block     = pAddress->Block;
+  nandaddress.Page      = pAddress->Page;
+  nandaddress.Zone      = pAddress->Zone;
+
+  /* Spare area(s) read loop */
+  while((NumSpareAreaToRead != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS))
+  {
+    /* update the buffer size */
+    size = (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * num_spare_area_read);
+
+    /* Get the address offset */
+    addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand);
+
+    /* Send read spare area command sequence */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C;
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+
+    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
+    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    }
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1;
+
+    /* Get Data into Buffer */
+    for (index = size ;index != 0; index--)
+    {
+      *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceaddress;
+    }
+
+    /* Increment read spare areas number */
+    num_spare_area_read++;
+
+    /* Decrement spare areas to read */
+    NumSpareAreaToRead--;
+
+    /* Increment the NAND address */
+    addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
+  * @param  pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  NumSpareAreaTowrite  : number of spare areas to write to block
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t index = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0, size = 0, num_spare_area_written = 0, addressstatus = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS;
+  NAND_AddressTypeDef nandaddress;
+  uint32_t addressoffset = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the FMC_NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Save the content of pAddress as it will be modified */
+  nandaddress.Block     = pAddress->Block;
+  nandaddress.Page      = pAddress->Page;
+  nandaddress.Zone      = pAddress->Zone;
+
+  /* Spare area(s) write loop */
+  while((NumSpareAreaTowrite != 0) && (addressstatus == NAND_VALID_ADDRESS))
+  {
+    /* update the buffer size */
+    size = (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * num_spare_area_written);
+
+    /* Get the address offset */
+    addressoffset = ARRAY_ADDRESS(&nandaddress, hnand);
+
+    /* Send write Spare area command sequence */
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C;
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0;
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+
+    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
+    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(addressoffset);
+    }
+
+    /* Write data to memory */
+    for(; index < size; index++)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++;
+    }
+
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Read status until NAND is ready */
+    while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Increment written spare areas number */
+    num_spare_area_written++;
+
+    /* Decrement spare areas to write */
+    NumSpareAreaTowrite--;
+
+    /* Increment the NAND address */
+    addressstatus = HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(hnand, &nandaddress);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NAND memory Block erase
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send Erase block command sequence */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE0;
+
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
+
+  /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
+  if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
+  }
+
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE1;
+
+  /* Update the NAND controller state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Read status until NAND is ready */
+  while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT)
+    {
+      /* Process unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NAND memory read status
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval NAND status
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  uint32_t data = 0;
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Identify the device address */
+  if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2;
+  }
+
+  /* Send Read status operation command */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_STATUS;
+
+  /* Read status register data */
+  data = *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress;
+
+  /* Return the status */
+  if((data & NAND_ERROR) == NAND_ERROR)
+  {
+    return NAND_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if((data & NAND_READY) == NAND_READY)
+  {
+    return NAND_READY;
+  }
+
+  return NAND_BUSY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Increment the NAND memory address
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
+  * @retval The new status of the increment address operation. It can be:
+  *           - NAND_VALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is valid address
+  *           - NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is invalid address
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress)
+{
+  uint32_t status = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS;
+
+  /* Increment page address */
+  pAddress->Page++;
+
+  /* Check NAND address is valid */
+  if(pAddress->Page == hnand->Info.BlockSize)
+  {
+    pAddress->Page = 0;
+    pAddress->Block++;
+
+    if(pAddress->Block == hnand->Info.ZoneSize)
+    {
+      pAddress->Block = 0;
+      pAddress->Zone++;
+
+      if(pAddress->Zone == (hnand->Info.ZoneSize/ hnand->Info.BlockNbr))
+      {
+        status = NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (status);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                         ##### NAND Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the NAND interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable ECC feature */
+  FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank);
+
+  /* Update the NAND state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable ECC feature */
+  FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank);
+
+  /* Update the NAND state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @param  ECCval: pointer to ECC value
+  * @param  Timeout: maximum timeout to wait
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_GetECC(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the NAND controller state */
+  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NAND state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get NAND ECC value */
+  status = FMC_NAND_GetECC(hnand->Instance, ECCval, hnand->Init.NandBank, Timeout);
+
+  /* Update the NAND state */
+  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                         ##### NAND State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NAND controller
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the NAND state
+  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetState(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
+{
+  return hnand->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\
+          STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx ||\
+          STM32F446xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13800c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1007 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   NOR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive NOR memories mounted
+  *          as external device.
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
+      control NOR flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface
+      with NOR devices. This driver is used as follows:
+
+      (+) NOR flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NOR_Init()
+          with control and timing parameters for both normal and extended mode.
+
+      (+) Read NOR flash memory manufacturer code and device IDs using the function
+          HAL_NOR_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NOR_ID_TypeDef
+          structure declared by the function caller.
+
+      (+) Access NOR flash memory by read/write data unit operations using the functions
+          HAL_NOR_Read(), HAL_NOR_Program().
+
+      (+) Perform NOR flash erase block/chip operations using the functions
+          HAL_NOR_Erase_Block() and HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip().
+
+      (+) Read the NOR flash CFI (common flash interface) IDs using the function
+          HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(). The read information is stored in the NOR_CFI_TypeDef
+          structure declared by the function caller.
+
+      (+) You can also control the NOR device by calling the control APIs HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()/
+          HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the NOR write operation
+
+      (+) You can monitor the NOR device HAL state by calling the function
+          HAL_NOR_GetState()
+    [..]
+     (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NOR flash operations.
+         If a NOR flash device contains different operations and/or implementations,
+         it should be implemented separately.
+
+     *** NOR HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in NOR HAL driver.
+
+      (+) NOR_WRITE : NOR memory write data to specified address
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NOR NOR
+  * @brief NOR driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F446xx)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_Private_Defines NOR Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Constants to define address to set to write a command */
+#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST                 (uint16_t)0x0555
+#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI             (uint16_t)0x0055
+#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND                (uint16_t)0x02AA
+#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD                 (uint16_t)0x0555
+#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH                (uint16_t)0x0555
+#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH                 (uint16_t)0x02AA
+#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH                 (uint16_t)0x0555
+
+/* Constants to define data to program a command */
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET               (uint16_t)0x00F0
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST                    (uint16_t)0x00AA
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND                   (uint16_t)0x0055
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT              (uint16_t)0x0090
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM                  (uint16_t)0x00A0
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD   (uint16_t)0x0080
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH  (uint16_t)0x00AA
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH   (uint16_t)0x0055
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE               (uint16_t)0x0010
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI                      (uint16_t)0x0098
+
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG          (uint8_t)0x25
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM  (uint8_t)0x29
+#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE              (uint8_t)0x30
+
+/* Mask on NOR STATUS REGISTER */
+#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5                   (uint16_t)0x0020
+#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6                   (uint16_t)0x0040
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions NOR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+           ##### NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+    the NOR memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the NOR memory Initialization sequence
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  Timing: pointer to NOR control timing structure
+  * @param  ExtTiming: pointer to NOR extended mode timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Init(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
+{
+  /* Check the NOR handle parameter */
+  if(hnor == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hnor->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_NOR_MspInit(hnor);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize NOR control Interface */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hnor->Instance, &(hnor->Init));
+
+  /* Initialize NOR timing Interface */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hnor->Instance, Timing, hnor->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Initialize NOR extended mode timing Interface */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hnor->Extended, ExtTiming, hnor->Init.NSBank, hnor->Init.ExtendedMode);
+
+  /* Enable the NORSRAM device */
+  __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform NOR memory De-Initialization sequence
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_DeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
+{
+  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(hnor);
+
+  /* Configure the NOR registers with their reset values */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hnor->Instance, hnor->Extended, hnor->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NOR MSP Init
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_NOR_MspInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_NOR_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NOR MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_NOR_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  NOR BSP Wait for Ready/Busy signal
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
+  * @param  Timeout: Maximum timeout value
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_NOR_MspWait(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_NOR_BspWait could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### NOR Input and Output functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NOR memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read NOR flash IDs
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  pNOR_ID : pointer to NOR ID structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_ID(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_IDTypeDef *pNOR_ID)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send read ID command */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT);
+
+  /* Read the NOR IDs */
+  pNOR_ID->Manufacturer_Code = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, MC_ADDRESS);
+  pNOR_ID->Device_Code1      = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE1_ADDR);
+  pNOR_ID->Device_Code2      = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE2_ADDR);
+  pNOR_ID->Device_Code3      = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE3_ADDR);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the NOR memory to Read mode.
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  NOR_WRITE(deviceaddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read data from NOR memory
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  pAddress: pointer to Device address
+  * @param  pData : pointer to read data
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send read data command */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
+  NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)pAddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET);
+
+  /* Read the data */
+ *pData = *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)pAddress;
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program data to NOR memory
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  pAddress: Device address
+  * @param  pData : pointer to the data to write
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Program(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send program data command */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM);
+
+  /* Write the data */
+  NOR_WRITE(pAddress, *pData);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads a half-word buffer from the NOR memory.
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  uwAddress: NOR memory internal address to read from.
+  * @param  pData: pointer to the buffer that receives the data read from the
+  *         NOR memory.
+  * @param  uwBufferSize : number of Half word to read.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send read data command */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
+  NOR_WRITE(uwAddress, 0x00F0);
+
+  /* Read buffer */
+  while( uwBufferSize > 0)
+  {
+    *pData++ = *(__IO uint16_t *)uwAddress;
+    uwAddress += 2;
+    uwBufferSize--;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes a half-word buffer to the NOR memory. This function must be used
+            only with S29GL128P NOR memory.
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  uwAddress: NOR memory internal start write address
+  * @param  pData: pointer to source data buffer.
+  * @param  uwBufferSize: Size of the buffer to write
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
+{
+  uint16_t * p_currentaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL;
+  uint16_t * p_endaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL;
+  uint32_t lastloadedaddress = 0, deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize variables */
+  p_currentaddress  = (uint16_t*)((uint32_t)(uwAddress));
+  p_endaddress      = p_currentaddress + (uwBufferSize-1);
+  lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)(uwAddress);
+
+  /* Issue unlock command sequence */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
+
+  /* Write Buffer Load Command */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, uwAddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, uwAddress), (uwBufferSize - 1));
+
+  /* Load Data into NOR Buffer */
+  while(p_currentaddress <= p_endaddress)
+  {
+    /* Store last loaded address & data value (for polling) */
+     lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)p_currentaddress;
+
+    NOR_WRITE(p_currentaddress, *pData++);
+
+    p_currentaddress ++;
+  }
+
+  NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(lastloadedaddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase the specified block of the NOR memory
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  BlockAddress : Block to erase address
+  * @param  Address: Device address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Block(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t BlockAddress, uint32_t Address)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send block erase command sequence */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH);
+  NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(BlockAddress + Address), NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE);
+
+  /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase the entire NOR chip.
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  Address : Device address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send NOR chip erase command sequence */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH);
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE);
+
+  /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read NOR flash CFI IDs
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  pNOR_CFI : pointer to NOR CFI IDs structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_CFITypeDef *pNOR_CFI)
+{
+  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the NOR device address */
+  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
+  }
+  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  {
+    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send read CFI query command */
+  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI), NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI);
+
+  /* read the NOR CFI information */
+  pNOR_CFI->CFI_1 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI1_ADDRESS);
+  pNOR_CFI->CFI_2 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI2_ADDRESS);
+  pNOR_CFI->CFI_3 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI3_ADDRESS);
+  pNOR_CFI->CFI_4 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI4_ADDRESS);
+
+  /* Check the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### NOR Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the NOR interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically NOR write operation.
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Enable write operation */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically NOR write operation.
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable write operation */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Update the NOR controller state */
+  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_PROTECTED;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### NOR State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NOR controller
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the NOR controller state
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @retval NOR controller state
+  */
+HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetState(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
+{
+  return hnor->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the NOR operation status.
+  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
+  * @param  Address: Device address
+  * @param  Timeout: NOR programming Timeout
+  * @retval NOR_Status: The returned value can be: HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS, HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR
+  *         or HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
+  */
+HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetStatus(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING;
+  uint16_t tmpSR1 = 0, tmpSR2 = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Poll on NOR memory Ready/Busy signal ------------------------------------*/
+  HAL_NOR_MspWait(hnor, Timeout);
+
+  /* Get the NOR memory operation status -------------------------------------*/
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  while((status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS ) && (status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Read NOR status register (DQ6 and DQ5) */
+    tmpSR1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
+    tmpSR2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
+
+    /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS  */
+    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmpSR2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6))
+    {
+      return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS ;
+    }
+
+    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) == NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5)
+    {
+      status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING;
+    }
+
+    tmpSR1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
+    tmpSR2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
+
+    /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS  */
+    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmpSR2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6))
+    {
+      return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+    }
+    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) == NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5)
+    {
+      return HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return the operation status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx ||\
+          STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..290e6fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,742 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   PCCARD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive PCCARD memories mounted
+  *          as external device.
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+   [..]
+     This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
+     control PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions
+     to interface with PCCARD devices. This driver is used for:
+
+    (+) PCCARD/Compact Flash memory configuration sequence using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Init()/HAL_CF_Init() with control and timing parameters for
+        both common and attribute spaces.
+
+    (+) Read PCCARD/Compact Flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID()/HAL_CF_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in
+        the CompactFlash_ID structure declared by the function caller.
+
+    (+) Access PCCARD/Compact Flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
+        HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/ HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector() -
+        HAL_CF_Read_Sector()/HAL_CF_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector.
+
+    (+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash Reset chip operation using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Reset()/HAL_CF_Reset.
+
+    (+) Perform PCCARD/Compact Flash erase sector operation using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector()/HAL_CF_Erase_Sector.
+
+    (+) Read the PCCARD/Compact Flash status operation using the function
+        HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus()/HAL_CF_ReadStatus().
+
+    (+) You can monitor the PCCARD/Compact Flash  device HAL state by calling
+        the function HAL_PCCARD_GetState()/HAL_CF_GetState()
+
+   [..]
+     (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact flash
+         operations. If a PCCARD/Compact Flash device contains different operations
+         and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+/** @defgroup PCCARD PCCARD
+  * @brief PCCARD HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Private_Defines PCCARD Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID                 (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR       (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR            (uint32_t)0x00000400
+#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS                  (uint32_t)0x01000000
+
+#define PCCARD_STATUS_OK                       (uint8_t)0x58
+#define PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK                 (uint8_t)0x50
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions PCCARD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+    the PCCARD memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  ComSpaceTiming: Common space timing structure
+  * @param  AttSpaceTiming: Attribute space timing structure
+  * @param  IOSpaceTiming: IO space timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpaceTiming, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpaceTiming, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *IOSpaceTiming)
+{
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hpccard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(hpccard);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the PCCARD state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD control Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_Init(hpccard->Instance, &(hpccard->Init));
+
+  /* Init PCCARD common space timing Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, ComSpaceTiming);
+
+  /* Init PCCARD attribute space timing Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, AttSpaceTiming);
+
+  /* Init PCCARD IO space timing Interface */
+  FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, IOSpaceTiming);
+
+  /* Enable the PCCARD device */
+  __FMC_PCCARD_ENABLE(hpccard->Instance);
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCCARD_DeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(hpccard);
+
+  /* Configure the PCCARD registers with their reset values */
+  FMC_PCCARD_DeInit(hpccard->Instance);
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD MSP Init
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### PCCARD Input and Output functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read Compact Flash's ID.
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  CompactFlash_ID: Compact flash ID structure.
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to compact flash status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  *
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint8_t CompactFlash_ID[], uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID, index = 0;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize the PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Send the Identify Command */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)  = 0xECEC;
+
+  /* Read PCCARD IDs and timeout treatment */
+  do
+  {
+     /* Read the PCCARD status */
+     status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+     timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     /* Read PCCARD ID bytes */
+    for(index = 0; index < 16; index++)
+    {
+      CompactFlash_ID[index] = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_DATA);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read sector from PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer
+  * @param  SectorAddress: Sector address to read
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00;
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = ((uint16_t)0x0100 ) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = (uint16_t)0xE4A0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* wait till the Status = 0x80 */
+    status =  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status == 0x80) && timeout);
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Read bytes */
+  for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
+  {
+    *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write sector to PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to source write buffer
+  * @param  SectorAddress: Sector address to write
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress,  uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE_SECTOR, index = 0;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00;
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = ((uint16_t)0x0100 ) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress);
+  *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = (uint16_t)0x30A0;
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Write bytes */
+  for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++)
+  {
+    *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR) = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++;
+  }
+
+  do
+  {
+    /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK */
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout);
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase sector from PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @param  SectorAddress: Sector address to erase
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to PCCARD status
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERASE_SECTOR;
+  uint8_t status = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize PCCARD status */
+  *pStatus = PCCARD_READY;
+
+  /* Set the parameters to write a sector */
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_LOW)  = 0x00;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = 0x00;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER) = SectorAddress;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT)  = 0x01;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CARD_HEAD)     = 0xA0;
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD)    = ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD;
+
+  /* wait till the PCCARD is ready */
+  status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+  while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout)
+  {
+    status =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the PCCARD memory
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpccard);
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Provide a SW reset and Read and verify the:
+   - PCCard Configuration Option Register at address 0x98000200 --> 0x80
+   - Card Configuration and Status Register at address 0x98000202 --> 0x00
+   - Pin Replacement Register at address 0x98000204 --> 0x0C
+   - Socket and Copy Register at address 0x98000206 --> 0x00
+  */
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS | ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION ) = 0x01;
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request.
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Rising edge flag */
+  if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Rising edge pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE);
+  }
+
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Level flag */
+  if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Level pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL);
+  }
+
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt Falling edge flag */
+  if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Falling edge pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE);
+  }
+
+  /* Check PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty flag */
+  if(__FMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
+  {
+    /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/
+    HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard);
+
+    /* Clear PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */
+    __FMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PCCARD interrupt feature callback
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### PCCARD State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the PCCARD controller state
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  return hpccard->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the compact flash memory status
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval New status of the PCCARD operation. This parameter can be:
+  *          - CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous operation generate
+  *            a Timeout error
+  *          - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS, status_pccard = 0;
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
+  }
+
+  status_pccard =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+  while((status_pccard == PCCARD_BUSY) && timeout)
+  {
+    status_pccard =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    status_pccard =  PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return the operation status */
+  return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status command
+  * @param  hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for PCCARD module.
+  * @retval The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter can be:
+  *          - CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy
+  *          - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation
+  *          - CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation generates error
+  */
+HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard)
+{
+  uint8_t data = 0, status_pccard = PCCARD_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the PCCARD controller state */
+  if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+     return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING;
+  }
+
+  /* Read status operation */
+  data =  *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE);
+
+  if((data & PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) == PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR)
+  {
+    status_pccard = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR;
+  }
+  else if((data & PCCARD_READY) == PCCARD_READY)
+  {
+    status_pccard = PCCARD_READY;
+  }
+
+  return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_pccard;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx ||\
+          STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21c5033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   PCD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+     (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+         PCD_HandleTypeDef  hpcd;
+
+     (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
+
+     (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the PCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
+
+     (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
+         (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using
+              (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE();
+              (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
+
+         (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
+         (##) Configure PCD pin-out
+         (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
+
+     (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
+         (##) hpcd.pData = pdev;
+
+     (#)Enable PCD transmission and reception:
+         (##) HAL_PCD_Start();
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD PCD
+  * @brief PCD HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PCD_MIN(a, b)  (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define PCD_MAX(a, b)  (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the PCD according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+
+  /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+  if(hpcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance));
+
+  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd);
+
+  /* Disable the Interrupts */
+ __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+
+ /*Init the Core (common init.) */
+ USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init);
+
+ /* Force Device Mode*/
+ USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance , USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE);
+
+ /* Init endpoints structures */
+ for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++)
+ {
+   /* Init ep structure */
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1;
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i;
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i;
+   /* Control until ep is activated */
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket =  0;
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0;
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++)
+ {
+   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0;
+   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i;
+   hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i;
+   /* Control until ep is activated */
+   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0;
+   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0;
+   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0;
+
+   hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Init Device */
+ USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init);
+
+ hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY;
+
+#ifdef USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN
+ /* Activate LPM */
+ if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable == 1)
+ {
+   HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(hpcd);
+ }
+#endif /* USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN */
+
+ USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+  if(hpcd == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Stop Device */
+  HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd);
+
+  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the PCD MSP.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes PCD MSP.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start The USB OTG Device.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_DevConnect (hpcd->Instance);
+  __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop The USB OTG Device.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+  USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance);
+  USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles PCD interrupt request.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  uint32_t i = 0, ep_intr = 0, epint = 0, epnum = 0;
+  uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0, temp = 0;
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  /* ensure that we are in device mode */
+  if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE)
+  {
+    /* avoid spurious interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd))
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS))
+    {
+     /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS);
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT))
+    {
+      epnum = 0;
+
+      /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
+      ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
+
+      while ( ep_intr )
+      {
+        if (ep_intr & 0x1)
+        {
+          epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum);
+
+          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC)
+          {
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC);
+
+            if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
+            {
+              hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_count = hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket- (USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ & USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+              hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket;
+            }
+
+            HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, epnum);
+            if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
+            {
+              if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0))
+              {
+                 /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */
+                USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+
+          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP)
+          {
+            /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */
+            HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP);
+          }
+
+          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS)
+          {
+            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS);
+          }
+        }
+        epnum++;
+        ep_intr >>= 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT))
+    {
+      /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
+      ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
+
+      epnum = 0;
+
+      while ( ep_intr )
+      {
+        if (ep_intr & 0x1) /* In ITR */
+        {
+          epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum);
+
+           if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC)
+          {
+            fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum;
+            USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
+
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC);
+
+            if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
+            {
+              hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].maxpacket;
+            }
+
+            HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, epnum);
+
+            if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
+            {
+              /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */
+              if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0))
+              {
+                /* prepare to rx more setup packets */
+                USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+           if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC);
+          }
+          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE);
+          }
+          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE);
+          }
+          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD)
+          {
+            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD);
+          }
+          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE)
+          {
+            PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd , epnum);
+          }
+        }
+        epnum++;
+        ep_intr >>= 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Resume Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT))
+    {
+      /* Clear the Remote Wake-up Signaling */
+      USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+
+#ifdef USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN
+      if(hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1)
+      {
+        hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+        HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+      }
+      else
+#endif /* USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN */
+      {
+        HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+      }
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP))
+    {
+      if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
+      {
+
+        HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+      }
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP);
+    }
+
+#ifdef USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN
+    /* Handle LPM Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT))
+    {
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT);
+      if( hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0)
+      {
+        hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1;
+        hpcd->BESL = (hpcd->Instance->GLPMCFG & USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_BESL) >>2 ;
+        HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN */
+
+    /* Handle Reset Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST))
+    {
+      USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+      USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance ,  0 );
+
+      for (i = 0; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; i++)
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF;
+        USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF;
+      }
+      USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+      USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001;
+
+      if(hpcd->Init.use_dedicated_ep1)
+      {
+        USBx_DEVICE->DOUTEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM);
+        USBx_DEVICE->DINEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM);
+        USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM);
+      }
+
+      /* Set Default Address to 0 */
+      USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD;
+
+      /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */
+      USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE))
+    {
+      USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance);
+      hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT;
+
+      if ( USB_GetDevSpeed(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH)
+      {
+        hpcd->Init.speed            = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH;
+        hpcd->Init.ep0_mps          = USB_OTG_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ;
+        hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_HS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hpcd->Init.speed            = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL;
+        hpcd->Init.ep0_mps          = USB_OTG_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ;
+        hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT);
+      }
+
+      HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd);
+
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL))
+    {
+      USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+
+      temp = USBx->GRXSTSP;
+
+      ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM];
+
+      if(((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) ==  STS_DATA_UPDT)
+      {
+        if((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0)
+        {
+          USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4);
+          ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+          ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) ==  STS_SETUP_UPDT)
+      {
+        USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8);
+        ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
+      }
+      USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle SOF Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF))
+    {
+      HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd);
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR))
+    {
+      HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum);
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT))
+    {
+      HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum);
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT))
+    {
+      HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd);
+      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT);
+    }
+
+    /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */
+    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT))
+    {
+      temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT;
+
+      if((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET)
+      {
+        HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd);
+      }
+      hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Data OUT stage callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Data IN stage callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Setup stage callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB Start Of Frame callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB Reset callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Incomplete ISO OUT callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Incomplete ISO IN callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Connection event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disconnection event callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Connect the USB device.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disconnect the USB device.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the USB Device address.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  address: new device address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Open and configure an endpoint.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @param  ep_mps: endpoint max packet size
+  * @param  ep_type: endpoint type
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  ret = HAL_OK;
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+  }
+  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
+
+  ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0;
+  ep->maxpacket = ep_mps;
+  ep->type = ep_type;
+  if (ep->is_in)
+  {
+    /* Assign a Tx FIFO */
+    ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num;
+  }
+  /* Set initial data PID. */
+  if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK )
+  {
+    ep->data_pid_start = 0;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate an endpoint.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+  }
+  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
+
+  ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @param  pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer
+  * @param  len: amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+
+  /*setup and start the Xfer */
+  ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+  ep->xfer_len = len;
+  ep->xfer_count = 0;
+  ep->is_in = 0;
+  ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F;
+
+  if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
+  {
+    ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 )
+  {
+    USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
+  }
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get Received Data Size.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @retval Data Size
+  */
+uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F].xfer_count;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Send an amount of data.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @param  pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer
+  * @param  len: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+
+  /*setup and start the Xfer */
+  ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+  ep->xfer_len = len;
+  ep->xfer_count = 0;
+  ep->is_in = 1;
+  ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F;
+
+  if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
+  {
+    ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 )
+  {
+    USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set a STALL condition over an endpoint.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+  }
+
+  ep->is_stall = 1;
+  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
+  ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80);
+
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance , ep);
+  if((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0)
+  {
+    USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+  }
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+  if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80)
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+  }
+
+  ep->is_stall = 0;
+  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
+  ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80);
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+  USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance , ep);
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Flush an endpoint.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+  if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80)
+  {
+    USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, ep_addr & 0x7F);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance);
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate remote wakeup signalling.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
+  {
+    /* Activate Remote wakeup signaling */
+    USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate remote wakeup signalling.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  /* De-activate Remote wakeup signaling */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the PCD handle state.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  return hpcd->State;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
+  int32_t len = 0;
+  uint32_t len32b;
+  uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0;
+
+  ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum];
+  len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
+
+  if (len > ep->maxpacket)
+  {
+    len = ep->maxpacket;
+  }
+
+
+  len32b = (len + 3) / 4;
+
+  while  ( (USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) > len32b &&
+          ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len &&
+            ep->xfer_len != 0)
+  {
+    /* Write the FIFO */
+    len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
+
+    if (len > ep->maxpacket)
+    {
+      len = ep->maxpacket;
+    }
+    len32b = (len + 3) / 4;
+
+    USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, epnum, len, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
+
+    ep->xfer_buff  += len;
+    ep->xfer_count += len;
+  }
+
+  if(len <= 0)
+  {
+    fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum;
+    USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
+
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46f0ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   PCD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+  * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCD Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    PCDEx control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Update FIFO configuration
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Tx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  fifo: The number of Tx fifo
+  * @param  size: Fifo size
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
+{
+  uint8_t i = 0;
+  uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0;
+
+  /*  TXn min size = 16 words. (n  : Transmit FIFO index)
+      When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
+          case 1 :  n > m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
+         case2  :  n < m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
+         --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
+     The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
+         of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
+     When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
+
+  Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
+
+  if(fifo == 0)
+  {
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
+    for (i = 0; i < (fifo - 1); i++)
+    {
+      Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
+    }
+
+    /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
+    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set Rx FIFO
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  size: Size of Rx fifo
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
+{
+  hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate LPM feature
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = ENABLE;
+  hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+  USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate LPM feature.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+  hpcd->lpm_active = DISABLE;
+  USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
+  USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send LPM message to user layer callback.
+  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
+  * @param  msg: LPM message
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+}
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faa35da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PVD_MODE_IT               ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT              ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
+      registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
+      write accesses.
+      To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+        (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+            __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+        (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers and backup SRAM).
+  * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers and backup SRAM).
+  * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+    *** PVD configuration ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+      (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+    *** Wake-up pin configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
+          forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
+      (+) There is one Wake-up pin: Wake-up Pin 1 on PA.00.
+	        Only for STM32F446xx there are two Wake-Up pins: Pin1 on PA.00 and Pin 2 on PC.13
+
+    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
+      (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
+      (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
+          in low power mode
+      (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
+
+   *** Sleep mode ***
+   ==================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+        The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+              functions with
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+
+      -@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family
+              and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the
+              lower power families (STM32L).
+      (+) Exit:
+        Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+              controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+
+   *** Stop mode ***
+   =================
+    [..]
+      In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
+      and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
+      are preserved.
+      The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
+      To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
+      entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function.
+      It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using
+      the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+         The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
+             function with:
+          (++) Main regulator ON.
+          (++) Low Power regulator ON.
+      (+) Exit:
+        Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
+
+   *** Standby mode ***
+   ====================
+    [..]
+    (+)
+      The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
+      on the Cortex-M4 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
+      The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
+      the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
+      except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
+      circuitry.
+
+      The voltage regulator is OFF.
+
+      (++) Entry:
+        (+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+      (++) Exit:
+        (+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wake-up,
+             tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+   *** Auto-wake-up (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+   =============================================
+    [..]
+
+     (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+      Wake-up event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
+      an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode).
+
+      (+) RTC auto-wake-up (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
+              configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+             is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+                HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
+
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Wake-up event, it is necessary to
+              configure the RTC to generate the RTC Wake-up event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
+  *        information for the PVD.
+  * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
+  *         detection level.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+  /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+
+  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure event mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the edge */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  }
+
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 only available in case of STM32F446xx devices
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+
+  /* Enable the wake up pin */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the Wake-up PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 only available in case of STM32F446xx devices
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+
+  /* Disable the wake up pin */
+  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+  *
+  * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  *
+  * @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with
+  *       systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout
+  *
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
+  *            This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F4 family and is kept as parameter
+  *       just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families.
+  * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Stop mode.
+  * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+  * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Select the regulator state in Stop mode: Set PDDS and LPDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS), Regulator);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Standby mode.
+  * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+  *          - Reset pad (still available)
+  *          - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
+  *            Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
+  *          - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp.
+  *          - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Select Standby mode */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
+  * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check PWR Exti flag */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+    /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWR PVD interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+  *       interruptions handling.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0faab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   Extended PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of PWR extension peripheral:
+  *           + Peripheral Extended features functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
+  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1000
+#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1000
+#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE     1000
+#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE     1000
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
+  *  @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions
+  *  @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+    *** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
+    ================================================
+    [..]
+      (+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from
+          the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is
+          retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator
+          is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is
+          always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to
+          enable the low power backup regulator.
+
+      (+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
+          the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
+          save battery life.
+
+      (+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
+          protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
+          key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
+          the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
+          level 0 is requested.
+      -@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
+          programming manual.
+
+      (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
+          performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at
+          the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG()
+          macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register
+
+        Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
+
+    *** FLASH Power Down configuration ****
+    =======================================
+    [..]
+      (+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the
+          HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power
+          down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory
+          is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
+          waking up from Stop mode.
+
+           (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, the scale can be modified only when the PLL
+           is OFF and the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock.
+           The new value programmed is active only when the PLL is ON.
+           When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected.
+        Refer to the datasheets for more details.
+
+    *** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration ****
+    =================================================
+    [..]
+       (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Run mode: the main regulator has
+           2 operating modes available:
+        (++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given
+             voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
+        (++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a
+            higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1,
+            scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and
+            disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow
+            the sequence described in Reference manual.
+
+       (+) For STM32F42xxx/43xxx Devices, in Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator
+           supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers
+           and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available:
+         (++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only
+              available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or
+              low voltage mode.
+         (++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only
+              available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the Backup Regulator.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
+  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the Backup Regulator.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
+  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range.
+  * @retval The configured scale for the regulator voltage(VOS bit field).
+  *         The returned value can be one of the following:
+  *            - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
+  *            - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode
+  *            - @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
+{
+  return (PWR->CR & PWR_CR_VOS);
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
+/**
+  * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
+  * @param  VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
+  *         a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
+  *                                               the maximum value of fHCLK = 168 MHz.
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
+  *                                               the maximum value of fHCLK = 144 MHz.
+  * @note  When moving from Range 1 to Range 2, the system frequency must be decreased to
+  *        a value below 144 MHz before calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
+  *        When moving from Range 2 to Range 1, the system frequency can be increased to
+  *        a value up to 168 MHz after calling HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
+
+  /* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Set Range */
+  __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
+
+  /* Get Start Tick*/
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#elif defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || \
+      defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
+  * @param  VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
+  *         a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
+  *                                               the maximum value of fHCLK is 168 MHz. It can be extended to
+  *                                               180 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
+  *                                               the maximum value of fHCLK is 144 MHz. It can be extended to,
+  *                                               168 MHz by activating the over-drive mode.
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 3 mode,
+  *                                               the maximum value of fHCLK is 120 MHz.
+  * @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK):
+  *        - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  *        - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL.
+  *        - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale.
+  *        - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected
+  *        as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR.
+  * @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits
+  *       value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account.
+  * @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
+  * @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(VoltageScaling));
+
+  /* Enable PWR RCC Clock Peripheral */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+  {
+    /* Disable the main PLL */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLL is disabled */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set Range */
+    __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
+
+    /* Enable the main PLL */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Get Start Tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get Start Tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE)
+/**
+  * @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_MRLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
+  * @note  This mode is only available for STM32F401xx/STM32F411xx devices.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPLVDS_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE */
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Activates the Over-Drive mode.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx devices.
+  *         This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
+  *         than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
+  * @note   It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
+  *         critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
+  *         During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
+  *         The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 180 Mhz */
+  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Over-drive switch */
+  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32F42xx/STM32F43xx devices.
+  *         This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
+  *         than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
+  * @note   It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
+  *         critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
+  *         During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
+  *         The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Disable the Over-drive switch */
+  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Over-drive */
+  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
+  *
+  * @note   This mode is only available for STM32F42xxx/STM324F3xxx devices.
+  *
+  * @note    This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active
+  *
+  * @note    This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
+  *          In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
+  *          mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
+  *          is in low voltage mode
+  *
+  * @note   If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
+  *         exiting Stop mode.
+  *         When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
+  *         startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
+  *
+  * @note   In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  *
+  * @note   When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wake-up event,
+  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+  *
+  * @note   When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  *
+  * @param  Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON:  Main Regulator in under-drive mode
+  *                 and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON:  Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode
+  *                and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
+  * @param  STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Enable Power ctrl clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+  /* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Clear Under-drive flag */
+  __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG();
+
+  /* Enable the Under-drive */
+  __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait for UnderDrive mode is ready */
+  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_UDRDY))
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
+  tmpreg1 = PWR->CR;
+  /* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */
+  tmpreg1 &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS | PWR_CR_LPUDS | PWR_CR_MRUDS);
+
+  /* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
+  tmpreg1 |= Regulator;
+
+  /* Store the new value */
+  PWR->CR = tmpreg1;
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+  /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __WFE();
+  }
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d681534
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1942 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   QSPI HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the QuadSPI interface (QSPI).
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Indirect functional mode management
+  *           + Memory-mapped functional mode management
+  *           + Auto-polling functional mode management
+  *           + Interrupts and flags management
+  *           + DMA channel configuration for indirect functional mode
+  *           + Errors management and abort functionality
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+  [..]
+    *** Initialization ***
+    ======================
+    [..]
+      (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_QSPI_MspInit() :
+        (+) Enable QuadSPI clock interface with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_ENABLE().
+        (+) Reset QuadSPI IP with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_FORCE_RESET() and __HAL_RCC_QSPI_RELEASE_RESET().
+        (+) Enable the clocks for the QuadSPI GPIOS with __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+        (+) Configure these QuadSPI pins in alternate mode using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+        (+) If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure QuadSPI global
+            interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+        (+) If DMA mode is used, enable the clocks for the QuadSPI DMA channel
+            with __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(), configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init(),
+            link it with QuadSPI handle using __HAL_LINKDMA(), enable and configure
+            DMA channel global interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+      (#) Configure the flash size, the clock prescaler, the fifo threshold, the
+          clock mode, the sample shifting and the CS high time using the HAL_QSPI_Init() function.
+
+    *** Indirect functional mode ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Configure the command sequence using the HAL_QSPI_Command() or HAL_QSPI_Command_IT()
+          functions :
+         (+) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
+         (+) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
+         (+) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
+             bytes values.
+         (+) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
+         (+) Data phase : the mode used and if present the number of bytes.
+         (+) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
+             if activated.
+         (+) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
+      (#) If no data is required for the command, it is sent directly to the memory :
+         (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
+         (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+      (#) For the indirect write mode, use HAL_QSPI_Transmit(), HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA() or
+          HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT() after the command configuration :
+         (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
+         (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold
+             is reached and HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+         (+) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
+             HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+      (#) For the indirect read mode, use HAL_QSPI_Receive(), HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA() or
+          HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT() after the command configuration :
+         (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
+         (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold
+             is reached and HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+         (+) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
+             HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
+
+    *** Auto-polling functional mode ***
+    ====================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Configure the command sequence and the auto-polling functional mode using the
+          HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling() or HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT() functions :
+         (+) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
+         (+) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
+         (+) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
+             bytes values.
+         (+) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
+         (+) Data phase : the mode used.
+         (+) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
+             if activated.
+         (+) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
+         (+) The size of the status bytes, the match value, the mask used, the match mode (OR/AND),
+             the polling interval and the automatic stop activation.
+      (#) After the configuration :
+         (+) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the status match is reached. The
+             automatic stop is activated to avoid an infinite loop.
+         (+) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback() will be called each time the status match is reached.
+
+    *** Memory-mapped functional mode ***
+    =====================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Configure the command sequence and the memory-mapped functional mode using the
+          HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped() functions :
+         (+) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
+         (+) Address phase : the mode used and the size.
+         (+) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
+             bytes values.
+         (+) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
+         (+) Data phase : the mode used.
+         (+) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
+             if activated.
+         (+) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
+         (+) The timeout activation and the timeout period.
+      (#) After the configuration, the QuadSPI will be used as soon as an access on the AHB is done on
+          the address range. HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback() will be called when the timeout expires.
+
+    *** Errors management and abort functionality ***
+    ==================================================
+    [..]
+      (#) HAL_QSPI_GetError() function gives the error rised during the last operation.
+      (#) HAL_QSPI_Abort() function aborts any on-going operation and flushes the fifo.
+      (#) HAL_QSPI_GetState() function gives the current state of the HAL QuadSPI driver.
+
+    *** Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation ***
+    ====================================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Workarounds Implemented inside HAL Driver
+         (+) Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI QSPI
+  * @brief HAL QSPI module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)          /*!<Indirect write mode*/
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ  ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_0) /*!<Indirect read mode*/
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING   ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_1) /*!<Automatic polling mode*/
+#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED  ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE)   /*!<Memory-mapped mode*/
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Macros QSPI Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE) || \
+                                       ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ)  || \
+                                       ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING)   || \
+                                       ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Functions QSPI Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State, uint32_t Timeout);
+static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions QSPI Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
+      (+) Initialize the QuadSPI.
+      (+) De-initialize the QuadSPI.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the QSPI mode according to the specified parameters
+  *        in the QSPI_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param hqspi: qspi handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Init(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */
+  if(hqspi == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hqspi->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_PRESCALER(hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(hqspi->Init.SampleShifting));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_SIZE(hqspi->Init.FlashSize));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_CS_HIGH_TIME(hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_MODE(hqspi->Init.ClockMode));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUAL_FLASH_MODE(hqspi->Init.DualFlash));
+
+  if (hqspi->Init.DualFlash != QSPI_DUALFLASH_ENABLE )
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_ID(hqspi->Init.FlashID));
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hqspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+    HAL_QSPI_MspInit(hqspi);
+
+    /* Configure the default timeout for the QSPI memory access */
+    HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(hqspi, HAL_QPSI_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT_VALUE);
+  }
+
+  /* Configure QSPI FIFO Threshold */
+  MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES, ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold - 1) << 8));
+
+  /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+  status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+
+    /* Configure QSPI Clock Prescaler and Sample Shift */
+    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR,(QUADSPI_CR_PRESCALER | QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT | QUADSPI_CR_FSEL | QUADSPI_CR_DFM), ((hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler << 24)| hqspi->Init.SampleShifting | hqspi->Init.FlashID| hqspi->Init.DualFlash ));
+
+    /* Configure QSPI Flash Size, CS High Time and Clock Mode */
+    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->DCR, (QUADSPI_DCR_FSIZE | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT | QUADSPI_DCR_CKMODE),
+               ((hqspi->Init.FlashSize << 16) | hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime | hqspi->Init.ClockMode));
+
+    /* Enable the QSPI peripheral */
+    __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE(hqspi);
+
+    /* Set QSPI error code to none */
+    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Initialize the QSPI state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the QSPI peripheral
+  * @param hqspi: qspi handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_DeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */
+  if(hqspi == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  /* Disable the QSPI Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE(hqspi);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(hqspi);
+
+  /* Set QSPI error code to none */
+  hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the QSPI state */
+  hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief QSPI MSP Init
+  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_QSPI_MspInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_QSPI_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief QSPI MSP DeInit
+  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief QSPI Transmit/Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### I/O operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+       [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
+      (+) Handle the interrupts.
+      (+) Handle the command sequence.
+      (+) Transmit data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
+      (+) Receive data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
+      (+) Manage the auto-polling functional mode.
+      (+) Manage the memory-mapped functional mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles QSPI interrupt request.
+  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *data_reg;
+  uint32_t flag = 0, itsource = 0;
+
+  /* QSPI FIFO Threshold interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT);
+  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_FT);
+
+  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
+  {
+    data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+
+    if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX)
+    {
+      /* Transmission process */
+      while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != 0)
+      {
+        if (hqspi->TxXferCount > 0)
+        {
+          /* Fill the FIFO until it is full */
+          *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+          hqspi->TxXferCount--;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* No more data available for the transfer */
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX)
+    {
+      /* Receiving Process */
+      while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != 0)
+      {
+        if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0)
+        {
+          /* Read the FIFO until it is empty */
+          *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg;
+          hqspi->RxXferCount--;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* All data have been received for the transfer */
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* FIFO Threshold callback */
+    HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+
+  /* QSPI Transfer Complete interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
+  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC);
+
+  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear interrupt */
+    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold, Transfer Error and Transfer complete Interrupts */
+    __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT);
+
+    /* Transfer complete callback */
+    if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX)
+    {
+      /* Clear Busy bit */
+      HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+
+      /* TX Complete callback */
+      HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+    }
+    else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX)
+    {
+      data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+      while(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->SR, QUADSPI_SR_FLEVEL) != 0)
+      {
+        if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0)
+        {
+          /* Read the last data received in the FIFO until it is empty */
+          *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg;
+          hqspi->RxXferCount--;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* All data have been received for the transfer */
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
+      HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+
+      /* RX Complete callback */
+      HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+    }
+    else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY)
+    {
+      /* Command Complete callback */
+      HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(hqspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Change state of QSPI */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* QSPI Status Match interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
+  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM);
+
+  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear interrupt */
+    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
+
+    /* Check if the automatic poll mode stop is activated */
+    if(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_APMS) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold, Transfer Error and Status Match Interrupts */
+      __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TE);
+
+      /* Change state of QSPI */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Status match callback */
+    HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+
+  /* QSPI Transfer Error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE);
+  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE);
+
+  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear interrupt */
+    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE);
+
+    /* Disable all the QSPI Interrupts */
+    __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT);
+
+    /* Set error code */
+    hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TRANSFER;
+
+    /* Change state of QSPI */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Error callback */
+    HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+
+  /* QSPI Time out interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TO);
+  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TO);
+
+  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Clear interrupt */
+    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TO);
+
+    /* Time out callback */
+    HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Sets the command configuration.
+  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information
+  * @param Timeout : Time out duration
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+ if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Update QSPI state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, Timeout);
+
+    if (status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Call the configuration function */
+      QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+      if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+      {
+        /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done
+        so wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+          /* Update QSPI state */
+          hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+        }
+
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Update QSPI state */
+        hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Sets the command configuration in interrupt mode.
+  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+   if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Update QSPI state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+    if (status == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+      {
+        /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done
+        so activate TC and TE interrupts */
+        /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error Interrupt */
+        __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_TC);
+      }
+
+      /* Call the configuration function */
+      QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+      if (cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+      {
+        /* Update QSPI state */
+        hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Timeout : Time out duration
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(pData != NULL )
+    {
+      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Update state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
+
+      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+      hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+      while(hqspi->TxXferCount > 0)
+      {
+        /* Wait until FT flag is set to send data */
+        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+        hqspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+
+      if (status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
+          __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+          /* Clear Busy bit */
+          status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Update QSPI state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Timeout : Time out duration
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
+  __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(pData != NULL )
+    {
+      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Update state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
+
+      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+      hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
+
+      /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
+      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
+
+      while(hqspi->RxXferCount > 0)
+      {
+        /* Wait until FT or TC flag is set to read received data */
+        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, (QSPI_FLAG_FT | QSPI_FLAG_TC), SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg;
+        hqspi->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+
+      if (status == HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
+          __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+          /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
+          status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Update QSPI state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send an amount of data in interrupt mode
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(pData != NULL )
+    {
+      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Update state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
+
+      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+      hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+      /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfert complete Interrupts */
+      __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC);
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(pData != NULL )
+    {
+      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Update state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
+
+      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+      hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
+
+      /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
+      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
+
+      /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfert complete Interrupts */
+      __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(pData != NULL )
+    {
+      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Update state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
+
+      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+      hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional mode as indirect write */
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
+
+      /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxCplt;
+
+      /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+      hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError;
+
+      /* Configure the direction of the DMA */
+      hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH;
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CR, DMA_SxCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction);
+
+      /* Enable the QSPI transmit DMA Channel */
+      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, hqspi->TxXferSize);
+
+      /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+      SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer.
+  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if(pData != NULL )
+    {
+      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+      /* Update state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
+
+      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
+      hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
+      hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+      /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */
+      hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxCplt;
+
+      /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+      hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError;
+
+      /* Configure the direction of the DMA */
+      hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CR, DMA_SxCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction);
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Channel */
+      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hqspi->RxXferSize);
+
+      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
+      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
+
+      /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
+      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
+
+      /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+      SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information.
+  * @param  cfg: structure that contains the polling configuration information.
+  * @param  Timeout : Time out duration
+  * @note   This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+  {
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+
+  hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Update state */
+  hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING;
+
+  /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+  status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, Timeout);
+
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */
+    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match);
+
+    /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */
+    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask);
+
+    /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */
+    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval);
+
+    /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop enabled
+       (otherwise there will be an infinite loop in blocking mode) */
+    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS),
+               (cfg->MatchMode | QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP_ENABLE));
+
+    /* Call the configuration function */
+    cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize;
+    QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING);
+
+    /* Wait until SM flag is set to go back in idle state */
+    if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
+
+      /* Update state */
+      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+    }
+  }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information.
+  * @param  cfg: structure that contains the polling configuration information.
+  * @note   This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP(cfg->AutomaticStop));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Update state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING;
+
+    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */
+    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match);
+
+    /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */
+    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask);
+
+    /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */
+    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval);
+
+    /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop mode */
+    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS),
+               (cfg->MatchMode | cfg->AutomaticStop));
+
+    /* Call the configuration function */
+    cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize;
+    QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING);
+
+    /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error, FIFO threshold and status match Interrupt */
+    __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, (QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TE));
+        }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Memory Mapped mode.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information.
+  * @param  cfg: structure that contains the memory mapped configuration information.
+  * @note   This function is used only in Memory mapped Mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef *cfg)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
+  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+  {
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
+  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
+  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
+
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_ACTIVATION(cfg->TimeOutActivation));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
+
+  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Update state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_MEM_MAPPED;
+
+    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
+    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+  if (status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Configure QSPI: CR register with time out counter enable */
+    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_TCEN, cfg->TimeOutActivation);
+
+    if (cfg->TimeOutActivation == QSPI_TIMEOUT_COUNTER_ENABLE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_PERIOD(cfg->TimeOutPeriod));
+
+      /* Configure QSPI: LPTR register with the low-power time out value */
+      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->LPTR, cfg->TimeOutPeriod);
+
+      /* Enable the QSPI TimeOut Interrupt */
+      __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TO);
+    }
+
+    /* Call the configuration function */
+    QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED);
+
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transfer Error callbacks
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Command completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FIFO Threshold callbacks
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_QSPI_FIFOThresholdCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Status Match callbacks
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timeout callbacks
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control and State functions
+  *  @brief   QSPI control and State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### Peripheral Control and State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
+      (+) Check in run-time the state of the driver.
+      (+) Check the error code set during last operation.
+      (+) Abort any operation.
+.....
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the QSPI state.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_QSPI_StateTypeDef HAL_QSPI_GetState(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  return hqspi->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the QSPI error code
+* @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+* @retval QSPI Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_QSPI_GetError(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  return hqspi->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Abort the current transmission
+* @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+* @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Abort(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+  /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Abort request */
+  SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_ABORT);
+
+  /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
+  if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
+
+    /* Update state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/** @brief Set QSPI timeout
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout for the QSPI memory access.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  hqspi->Timeout = Timeout;
+}
+
+/**
+* @}
+*/
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA QSPI receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hqspi->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+  /* Wait for QSPI TC Flag */
+  if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Time out Occurred */
+    HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+    /* Disable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
+
+    /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
+    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
+    HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+
+    /* Update state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA QSPI transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hqspi->TxXferCount = 0;
+
+  /* Wait for QSPI TC Flag */
+  if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Time out Occurred */
+    HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
+
+    /* Disable the DMA channel */
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
+
+    /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
+    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Clear Busy bit */
+    HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
+
+    /* Update state */
+    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(hqspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA QSPI receive process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA QSPI transmit process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA QSPI communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  hqspi->RxXferCount = 0;
+  hqspi->TxXferCount = 0;
+  hqspi->State       = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR;
+  hqspi->ErrorCode   |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA;
+
+  HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function wait a flag state until time out.
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  Flag: Flag checked
+  * @param  State: Value of the flag expected
+  * @param  Timeout: Duration of the time out
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag,
+                                                        FlagStatus State, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is in expected state */
+  while((FlagStatus)(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, Flag)) != State)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hqspi->State     = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR;
+        hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the communication registers
+  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
+  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information
+  * @param  FunctionalMode: functional mode to configured
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE: Indirect write mode
+  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ: Indirect read mode
+  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING: Automatic polling mode
+  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED: Memory-mapped mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(FunctionalMode));
+
+  if ((cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE) && (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED))
+  {
+    /* Configure QSPI: DLR register with the number of data to read or write */
+    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR, (cmd->NbData - 1));
+  }
+
+  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
+  {
+    if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */
+      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes);
+
+      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+      {
+        /*---- Command with instruction, address and alternate bytes ----*/
+        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
+                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode |
+                                         cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
+
+        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+        {
+          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /*---- Command with instruction and alternate bytes ----*/
+        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
+                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
+                                         cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+      {
+        /*---- Command with instruction and address ----*/
+        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+                                         cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
+                                         cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
+
+        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+        {
+          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /*---- Command with only instruction ----*/
+        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+                                         cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction  |
+                                         FunctionalMode));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */
+      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes);
+
+      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+      {
+        /*---- Command with address and alternate bytes ----*/
+        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
+                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode |
+                                         cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
+
+        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+        {
+          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /*---- Command with only alternate bytes ----*/
+        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
+                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
+                                         FunctionalMode));
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
+      {
+        /*---- Command with only address ----*/
+        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+                                         cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
+                                         FunctionalMode));
+
+        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
+        {
+          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
+          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /*---- Command with only data phase ----*/
+        if (cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE)
+        {
+          /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
+          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
+                                           cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
+                                           cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ce2f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1234 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   RCC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### RCC specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator
+      (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache
+      and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal
+      SRAM, Flash and JTAG.
+      (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses;
+          all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed.
+      (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
+      (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which
+          are assigned to be used for debug purpose.
+
+    [..]
+      Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:
+      (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock
+          (if the application needs higher frequency/performance)
+      (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
+      (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers
+      (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
+      (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not
+          derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG)
+
+                      ##### RCC Limitations #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral
+      enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write
+      from/to registers.
+      (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping.
+      (+) If peripheral is mapped on AHB: the delay is 2 AHB clock cycle
+          after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register
+      (+) If peripheral is mapped on APB: the delay is 2 APB clock cycle
+          after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register
+
+    [..]
+      Possible Workarounds:
+      (#) Enable the peripheral clock sometimes before the peripheral read/write
+          register is required.
+      (#) For AHB peripheral, insert two dummy read to the peripheral register.
+      (#) For APB peripheral, insert a dummy read to the peripheral register.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC RCC
+  * @brief RCC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE  ((uint32_t)5000) /* 5 s    */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE()   __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE()
+#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT        GPIOA
+#define MCO1_PIN              GPIO_PIN_8
+
+#define __MCO2_CLK_ENABLE()   __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE()
+#define MCO2_GPIO_PORT         GPIOC
+#define MCO2_PIN               GPIO_PIN_9
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+const uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions
+  *  @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+           ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators
+      (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System busses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1
+       and APB2).
+
+    [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
+         (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through
+             the PLL as System clock source.
+
+         (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
+             clock source.
+
+         (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or
+             through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source.
+
+         (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.
+
+         (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks:
+           (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 168 MHz)
+           (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz),
+                the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz).
+
+         (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE()
+             and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System
+             clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt
+             is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI
+             (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+
+         (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL
+             clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin.
+
+         (#) MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S
+             clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin.
+
+    [..] System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
+         (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI,
+             HSE and PLL.
+             The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable
+             prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped
+             on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived
+             from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock
+             the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use
+             "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks.
+
+         -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except:
+           (+@) I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or
+                from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin.
+                You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock.
+          (+@) SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or (PLLSAI) or
+                from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin.
+                You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock.
+           (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock
+                divided by 2 to 31. You have to use __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() and __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE()
+                macros to configure this clock.
+           (+@) USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz
+                to work correctly, while the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than
+                to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLLQ divider.
+           (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
+
+         (#) For the STM32F405xx/07xx and STM32F415xx/17xx devices, the maximum
+             frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 168 MHz, PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz.
+             Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should
+             be adapted accordingly (refer to the product datasheets for more details).
+
+         (#) For the STM32F42xxx and STM32F43xxx devices, the maximum frequency
+             of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 180 MHz, PCLK2 90 MHz and PCLK1 45 MHz.
+             Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should
+             be adapted accordingly (refer to the product datasheets for more details).
+
+         (#) For the STM32F401xx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 84 MHz,
+             PCLK2 84 MHz and PCLK1 42 MHz.
+             Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should
+             be adapted accordingly (refer to the product datasheets for more details).
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+  * @note   The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+  *            - HSI ON and used as system clock source
+  *            - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF
+  *            - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.
+  *            - CSS, MCO1 and MCO2 OFF
+  *            - All interrupts disabled
+  * @note   This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
+  *            - Peripheral clocks
+  *            - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Set HSION bit */
+  SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSITRIM_4);
+
+  /* Reset CFGR register */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR);
+
+  /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON, PLLI2S */
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_PLLON| RCC_CR_PLLI2SON);
+
+  /* Reset PLLCFGR register */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR);
+  SET_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_4 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_6 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_7 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_2);
+
+  /* Reset PLLI2SCFGR register */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR);
+  SET_BIT(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR,  RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_6 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_7 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR_1);
+
+  /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP);
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts */
+  CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators.
+  * @note   The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType));
+  /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState));
+    /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases HSE will not disabled */
+    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE)                                                                     ||\
+      ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE)))
+    {
+      if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE --------------*/
+      __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_HSE_OFF);
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till HSE is disabled */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/
+      __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState);
+
+      /* Check the HSE State */
+      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState) != RCC_HSE_OFF)
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSE is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSE is bypassed or disabled */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue));
+
+    /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
+    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI)                                                                     ||\
+      ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI)))
+    {
+      /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */
+      if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Check the HSI State */
+      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)!= RCC_HSI_OFF)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState));
+
+    /* Check the LSI State */
+    if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)!= RCC_LSI_OFF)
+    {
+      /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+      __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSI is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+      __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSI is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState));
+
+    /* Enable Power Clock*/
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+    PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP;
+
+    /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ----------------*/
+    __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_LSE_OFF);
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+    __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState);
+    /* Check the LSE State */
+    if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState) != RCC_LSE_OFF)
+    {
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState));
+  if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+    {
+      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON)
+      {
+        /* Check the parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ));
+
+        /* Disable the main PLL. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */
+        WRITE_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR, (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource                                            | \
+                                 RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM                                                 | \
+                                 (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN << POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))             | \
+                                 (((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP >> 1) -1) << POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) | \
+                                 (RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ << POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ))));
+        /* Enable the main PLL. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the main PLL. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
+  * @param  RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral.
+  * @param  FLatency: FLASH Latency, this parameter depend on device selected
+  *
+  * @note   The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
+  *         and updated by HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
+  *
+  * @note   The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after
+  *         startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case
+  *         of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock
+  *         (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
+  *
+  * @note   A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target
+  *         clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked).
+  *         If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will
+  *         occur when the clock source will be ready.
+  *
+  * @note   Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly
+  *         HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency
+  *         (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions")
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef  *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency));
+
+  /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
+    must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
+    (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */
+
+  /* Increasing the CPU frequency */
+  if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY))
+  {
+    /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+    __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+    memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+    if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/
+    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+    }
+
+    /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/
+    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource));
+
+      /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */
+      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        /* Check the HSE ready flag */
+        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */
+      else if((RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)   ||
+              (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK))
+      {
+        /* Check the PLL ready flag */
+        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Check the HSI ready flag */
+        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+
+      __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource);
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
+      {
+        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK)
+      {
+        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLRCLK)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Decreasing the CPU frequency */
+  else
+  {
+    /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/
+    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+      MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+    }
+
+    /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration -------------------------*/
+    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource));
+
+      /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */
+      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        /* Check the HSE ready flag */
+        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */
+      else if((RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) ||
+              (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK))
+      {
+        /* Check the PLL ready flag */
+        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Check the HSI ready flag */
+        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+      __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource);
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
+      {
+        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
+      {
+        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK)
+      {
+        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLRCLK)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+    __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+    memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+    if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency)
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+ }
+
+  /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3));
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/
+  HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   RCC clocks control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
+    frequencies.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8) or on MCO2 pin(PC9).
+  * @note   PA8/PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode.
+  * @param  RCC_MCOx: specifies the output direction for the clock source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO1: Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO2: Clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9).
+  * @param  RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO2 source
+  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO2 source
+  * @param  RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCOx prescaler.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_1: no division applied to MCOx clock
+  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_2: division by 2 applied to MCOx clock
+  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_3: division by 3 applied to MCOx clock
+  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_4: division by 4 applied to MCOx clock
+  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_5: division by 5 applied to MCOx clock
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
+{
+  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct;
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx));
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv));
+  /* RCC_MCO1 */
+  if(RCC_MCOx == RCC_MCO1)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+
+    /* MCO1 Clock Enable */
+    __MCO1_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO1_PIN;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO;
+    HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+    /* Mask MCO1 and MCO1PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO1 clock source and prescaler */
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO1 | RCC_CFGR_MCO1PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+
+    /* MCO2 Clock Enable */
+    __MCO2_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Configure the MCO2 pin in alternate function mode */
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO2_PIN;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO;
+    HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO2_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+    /* Mask MCO2 and MCO2PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO2 clock source and prescaler */
+    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO2 | RCC_CFGR_MCO2PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | (RCC_MCODiv << 3)));
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Clock Security System.
+  * @note   If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator
+  *         is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the
+  *         software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI),
+  *         allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to
+  *         the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Clock Security System.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SYSCLK frequency
+  *
+  * @note   The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
+  *         frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
+  *         constant and the selected clock source:
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+  *           or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+  * @note     (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+  *               16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+  *               in voltage and temperature.
+  * @note     (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+  *                25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+  *                frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+  *                have wrong result.
+  *
+  * @note   The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+  *         value for HSE crystal.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+  *         baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+  *
+  * @note   Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  *
+  *
+  * @retval SYSCLK frequency
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void)
+{
+  uint32_t pllm = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 0;
+  uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0;
+
+  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+  switch (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)
+  {
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI:  /* HSI used as system clock source */
+    {
+      sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+       break;
+    }
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE:  /* HSE used as system clock  source */
+    {
+      sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+    }
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL:  /* PLL used as system clock  source */
+    {
+      /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN
+      SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP */
+      pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM;
+      if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+      {
+        /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+        pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+        pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
+      }
+      pllp = ((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) + 1 ) *2);
+
+      sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllp;
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+    {
+      sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return sysclockfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the HCLK frequency
+  * @note   Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  *
+  * @note   The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
+  *         and updated within this function
+  * @retval HCLK frequency
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void)
+{
+  SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_HPRE)];
+  return SystemCoreClock;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the PCLK1 frequency
+  * @note   Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  * @retval PCLK1 frequency
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void)
+{
+  /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/
+  return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)]);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the PCLK2 frequency
+  * @note   Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  * @retval PCLK2 frequency
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void)
+{
+  /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/
+  return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)]);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
+  * RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+  * will be configured.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+
+  /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS;
+  }
+  else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF;
+  }
+
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM));
+
+  /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS;
+  }
+  else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF;
+  }
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM);
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN));
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) + RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP_0) << 1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP));
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal
+  * RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that
+  * will be configured.
+  * @param  pFLatency: Pointer on the Flash Latency.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef  *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency)
+{
+  /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2;
+
+  /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW);
+
+  /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE);
+
+  /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1);
+
+  /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3);
+
+  /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/
+  *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request.
+  * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check RCC CSSF flag  */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS))
+  {
+    /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_RCC_CSSCallback();
+
+    /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */
+    __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37df30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1676 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   Extension RCC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
+  * @brief RCCEx HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCCEx_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
+  *  @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief  Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
+    frequencies.
+    [..]
+    (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
+        select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+        order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+        the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals
+  *         clocks(I2S, SAI, LTDC RTC and TIM).
+  *
+  * @note   Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
+  *         the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+  *         order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+  *         the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  uint32_t plli2sp = 0;
+  uint32_t plli2sq = 0;
+  uint32_t plli2sr = 0;
+  uint32_t pllsaip = 0;
+  uint32_t pllsaiq = 0;
+  uint32_t plli2sused = 0;
+  uint32_t pllsaiused = 0;
+
+  /* Check the peripheral clock selection parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+
+  /*----------------------------------- I2S APB1 configuration ----------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SAPB1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure I2S Clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2S_APB1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection);
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for I2S */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
+    {
+      plli2sused = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*----------------------------------- I2S APB2 configuration -----------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SAPB2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure I2S Clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2S_APB2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection);
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for I2S */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
+    {
+      plli2sused = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------------ SAI1 configuration --------------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure SAI1 Clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection);
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
+    {
+      plli2sused = 1;
+    }
+    /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)
+    {
+      pllsaiused = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------------ SAI2 configuration --------------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2))
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure SAI2 Clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection);
+
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
+    {
+      plli2sused = 1;
+    }
+    /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)
+    {
+      pllsaiused = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------------ RTC configuration --------------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
+  {
+    /* Enable Power Clock*/
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+    PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selction is modified */
+    if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))
+    {
+      /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+      tmpreg1 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+      /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+      /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+      RCC->BDCR = tmpreg1;
+
+      /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg1, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------------ TIM configuration --------------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM))
+  {
+    /* Configure Timer Prescaler */
+    __HAL_RCC_TIMCLKPRESCALER(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------------- FMPI2C1 Configuration ----------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_FMPI2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_FMPI2C1)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_FMPI2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Fmpi2c1ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the FMPI2C1 clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_FMPI2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Fmpi2c1ClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*--------------------------------------- CEC Configuration -----------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the CEC clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------------------- CK48 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the SDIO clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_CLK48_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection);
+
+    /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for CK48 */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLSAIP)
+    {
+      pllsaiused = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------------- SDIO Configuration ------------------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDIO) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDIO)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SDIOCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->SdioClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the SDIO clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_SDIO_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->SdioClockSelection);
+  }
+
+  /*------------------------------------- SPDIFRX Configuration --------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection));
+
+    /* Configure the SPDIFRX clock source */
+    __HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection);
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SPDIFRX */
+    if(PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSOURCE_PLLI2SP)
+    {
+      plli2sused = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*-------------------------------------- PLLI2S Configuration --------------*/
+  /* PLLI2S is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, I2S on APB1,
+     I2S on APB2 or SPDIFRX */
+  if((plli2sused == 1) || (PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S))
+  {
+    /* Disable the PLLI2S */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* check for common PLLI2S Parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN));
+
+    /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for I2S -------------------*/
+    if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1) && (PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)) ||
+       ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2) && (PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection == RCC_I2SAPB2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)))
+    {
+      /* check for Parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR));
+
+      /* Read PLLI2SP/PLLI2SQ value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for I2S configuration) */
+      plli2sp = ((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1);
+      plli2sq = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ));
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */
+      /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , plli2sp, plli2sq, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR);
+    }
+
+    /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/
+    if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)) ||
+       ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)))
+    {
+      /* Check for PLLI2S Parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ));
+      /* Check for PLLI2S/DIVQ parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ));
+
+      /* Read PLLI2SP/PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */
+      plli2sp = ((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1);
+      plli2sr = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
+      /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , plli2sp, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, plli2sr);
+
+      /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ);
+    }
+
+    /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SPDIFRX -------------------*/
+    if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) && (PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection == RCC_SPDIFRXCLKSOURCE_PLLI2SP))
+    {
+      /* check for Parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP));
+      /* Read PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */
+      plli2sq = ((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1);
+      plli2sr = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */
+      /* SPDIFRXCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SP */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, plli2sq, plli2sr);
+    }
+
+     /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is just selected  -----------------*/
+    if((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection & RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S)
+    {
+      /* Check for Parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ));
+
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*-------------------------------------- PLLSAI Configuration ---------------------------------*/
+  /* PLLSAI is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, CK48 or SDIO */
+  if(pllsaiused == 1)
+  {
+    /* Disable PLLSAI Clock */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI is disabled */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check the PLLSAI division factors */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIM_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN));
+
+    /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/
+    if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)) ||
+       ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)))
+    {
+      /* check for PLLSAIQ Parameter */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ));
+      /* check for PLLSAI/DIVQ Parameter */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ));
+
+      /* Read PLLSAIP value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */
+      pllsaip = ((((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP)) + 1) << 1);
+      /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+      /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
+      /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , pllsaip, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ, 0);
+
+      /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ);
+    }
+
+    /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for CK48 -------------------*/
+    /* In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for CK48 */
+    if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48) && (PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CK48CLKSOURCE_PLLSAIP))
+    {
+      /* check for Parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP));
+      /* Read PLLSAIQ value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */
+      pllsaiq = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ));
+      /* Configure the PLLSAI division factors */
+      /* PLLSAI_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLSAI clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLSAIM) */
+      /* 48CLK = f(PLLSAI clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLSAIP */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP, pllsaiq, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable PLLSAI Clock */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef according to the internal
+  *         RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         will be configured.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tempreg;
+
+  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S_APB2 |\
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1     | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2     |\
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM      | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC      |\
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC      | RCC_PERIPHCLK_FMPI2C1  |\
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_CK48     | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDIO     |\
+                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX;
+
+  /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)) + 1) << 1);
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
+  /* Get the PLLSAI Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIM = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP)) + 1) << 1);
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ));
+  /* Get the PLLSAI/PLLI2S division factors -------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ));
+
+  /* Get the SAI1 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the SAI2 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the I2S APB1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->I2sApb1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S_APB1_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the I2S APB2 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->I2sApb2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S_APB2_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE);
+  PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+
+  /* Get the CEC clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the FMPI2C1 clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Fmpi2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_FMPI2C1_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the CK48 clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CLK48_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the SDIO clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->SdioClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SDIO_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the SPDIFRX clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->SpdifClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SPDIFRX_SOURCE();
+
+  /* Get the TIM Prescaler configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+  if ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_TIMPRE) == RESET)
+  {
+    PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the peripheral clock frequency for a given peripheral(SAI..)
+  * @note   Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API
+  * @param  PeriphClk: Peripheral clock identifier
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1: SAI1 peripheral clock
+  *            @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2: SAI2 peripheral clock
+  * @retval Frequency in KHz
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+  /* This variable used to store the SAI clock frequency (value in Hz) */
+  uint32_t frequency = 0;
+  /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */
+  uint32_t vcoinput = 0;
+  /* This variable used to store the SAI clock source */
+  uint32_t saiclocksource = 0;
+  if ((PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) || (PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2))
+  {
+    saiclocksource = RCC->DCKCFGR;
+    saiclocksource &= (RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC | RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC);
+    switch (saiclocksource)
+    {
+    case 0: /* PLLSAI is the clock source for SAI*/
+      {
+        /* Configure the PLLSAI division factor */
+        /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLSAIM */
+        if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
+          vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
+          vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIM)));
+        }
+        /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
+        /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */
+        tmpreg1 = (RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> 24;
+        frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> 6))/(tmpreg1);
+
+        /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */
+        tmpreg1 = (((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> 8) + 1);
+        frequency = frequency/(tmpreg1);
+        break;
+      }
+    case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/
+    case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/
+      {
+        /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+        /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */
+        if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
+          vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
+          vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM)));
+        }
+
+        /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
+        /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */
+        tmpreg1 = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> 24;
+        frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg1);
+
+        /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */
+        tmpreg1 = ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) + 1);
+        frequency = frequency/(tmpreg1);
+        break;
+      }
+    case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC_1: /* PLLR is the clock source for SAI*/
+    case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC_1: /* PLLR is the clock source for SAI*/
+      {
+        /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+        /* PLL_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+        if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
+          vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
+          vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)));
+        }
+
+        /* PLL_VCO Output = PLL_VCO Input * PLLN */
+        /* SAI_CLK_x = PLL_VCO Output/PLLR */
+        tmpreg1 = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> 28;
+        frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6))/(tmpreg1);
+        break;
+      }
+    case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI1SRC: /* External clock is the clock source for SAI*/
+      {
+        frequency = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
+        break;
+      }
+    case RCC_DCKCFGR_SAI2SRC: /* PLLSRC(HSE or HSI) is the clock source for SAI*/
+      {
+        if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
+          frequency = (uint32_t)(HSI_VALUE);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
+          frequency = (uint32_t)(HSE_VALUE);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    default :
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return frequency;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals
+  *         clocks(I2S, SAI, LTDC RTC and TIM).
+  *
+  * @note   Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
+  *         the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+  *         order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+  *         the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+
+  /*----------------------- SAI/I2S Configuration (PLLI2S) -------------------------*/
+
+  /*----------------------- Common configuration SAI/I2S ---------------------------*/
+  /* In Case of SAI or I2S Clock Configuration through PLLI2S, PLLI2SN division
+     factor is common parameters for both peripherals */
+  if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) ||
+     (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S))
+  {
+    /* check for Parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN));
+
+    /* Disable the PLLI2S */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /*---------------------------- I2S configuration -------------------------------*/
+    /* In Case of I2S Clock Configuration through PLLI2S, PLLI2SR must be added
+      only for I2S configuration */
+    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S))
+    {
+      /* check for Parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR));
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */
+      /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR);
+    }
+
+    /*---------------------------- SAI configuration -------------------------------*/
+    /* In Case of SAI Clock Configuration through PLLI2S, PLLI2SQ and PLLI2S_DIVQ must
+       be added only for SAI configuration */
+    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S))
+    {
+      /* Check the PLLI2S division factors */
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ));
+
+      /* Read PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */
+      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
+      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+      /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
+      /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_SAICLK_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ , tmpreg1);
+      /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*----------------------- SAI/LTDC Configuration (PLLSAI) ------------------*/
+
+  /*----------------------- Common configuration SAI/LTDC --------------------*/
+  /* In Case of SAI or LTDC Clock Configuration through PLLSAI, PLLSAIN division
+     factor is common parameters for both peripherals */
+  if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI) ||
+     (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC))
+  {
+    /* Check the PLLSAI division factors */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN));
+
+    /* Disable PLLSAI Clock */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI is disabled */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /*---------------------------- SAI configuration -------------------------*/
+    /* In Case of SAI Clock Configuration through PLLSAI, PLLSAIQ and PLLSAI_DIVQ must
+       be added only for SAI configuration */
+    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI))
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ));
+
+      /* Read PLLSAIR value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */
+      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR));
+      /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+      /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
+      /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ, tmpreg1);
+      /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ);
+    }
+
+    /*---------------------------- LTDC configuration ------------------------*/
+    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC))
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR));
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR));
+
+      /* Read PLLSAIR value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not need for SAI configuration) */
+      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ));
+      /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+      /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
+      /* LTDC_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIR */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , tmpreg1, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR);
+      /* LTDC_CLK = LTDC_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVR */
+      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVR_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR);
+    }
+    /* Enable PLLSAI Clock */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLSAI is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /*---------------------------- RTC configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
+  {
+    /* Enable Power Clock*/
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+    PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified */
+    if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))
+    {
+      /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+      tmpreg1 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+      /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+      /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+      RCC->BDCR = tmpreg1;
+      /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg1, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- TIM configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM))
+  {
+    __HAL_RCC_TIMCLKPRESCALER(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection);
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
+  * RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         will be configured.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tempreg;
+
+  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLSAI | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI_PLLI2S | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+
+  /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ));
+  /* Get the PLLSAI Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ));
+  /* Get the PLLSAI/PLLI2S division factors -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR = (uint32_t)(RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVR);
+  /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE);
+  PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+
+  if ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_TIMPRE) == RESET)
+  {
+    PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx)|| defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) || defined(STM32F411xE)
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(I2S and RTC clocks).
+  *
+  * @note   A caution to be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select RTC clock selection, in this case
+  *         the Reset of Backup domain will be applied in order to modify the RTC Clock source as consequence all backup
+  *        domain (RTC and RCC_BDCR register expect BKPSRAM) will be reset
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+
+  /*---------------------------- I2S configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S))
+  {
+    /* check for Parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN));
+#if defined(STM32F411xE)
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SM_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM));
+#endif /* STM32F411xE */
+    /* Disable the PLLI2S */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+#if defined(STM32F411xE)
+    /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */
+    /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_I2SCLK_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR);
+#else
+    /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) × (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */
+    /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR);
+#endif /* STM32F411xE */
+
+    /* Enable the PLLI2S */
+    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+    /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*---------------------------- RTC configuration ---------------------------*/
+  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
+  {
+    /* Enable Power Clock*/
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+    PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified */
+    if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))
+    {
+      /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+      tmpreg1 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+      /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+      /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+      RCC->BDCR = tmpreg1;
+      /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg1, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
+  * RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  * will be configured.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tempreg;
+
+  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+
+  /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN));
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
+#if defined(STM32F411xE)
+  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SM);
+#endif /* STM32F411xE */
+  /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE);
+  PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+
+}
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F401xC || STM32F401xE || STM32F411xE */
+
+#if defined(STM32F411xE) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Select LSE mode
+  *
+  * @note   This mode is only available for STM32F411xx devices.
+  *
+  * @param  Mode: specifies the LSE mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RCC_LSE_LOWPOWER_MODE:  LSE oscillator in low power mode selection
+  *            @arg RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE: LSE oscillator in High Drive mode selection
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_SelectLSEMode(uint8_t Mode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE_MODE(Mode));
+  if(Mode == RCC_LSE_HIGHDRIVE_MODE)
+  {
+    SET_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSEMOD);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F411xE || STM32F446xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the
+  *         RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators.
+  * @note   The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
+  * @note   This function add the PLL/PLLR factor management during PLL configuration this feature is only available in STM32F446xx devices
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType));
+  /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState));
+    /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases HSE will not disabled */
+    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE)                                                                     ||\
+      ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE)) ||\
+      ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLLR) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE)))
+    {
+      if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE --------------*/
+      __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_HSE_OFF);
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till HSE is disabled */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/
+      __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState);
+
+      /* Check the HSE State */
+      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState) != RCC_HSE_OFF)
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSE is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSE is bypassed or disabled */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState));
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue));
+
+    /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
+    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI)                                                                     ||\
+      ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI)) ||\
+      ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLLR) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI)))
+    {
+      /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */
+      if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */
+      else
+      {
+        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Check the HSI State */
+      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)!= RCC_HSI_OFF)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+        __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState));
+
+    /* Check the LSI State */
+    if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)!= RCC_LSI_OFF)
+    {
+      /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+      __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSI is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+      __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
+
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSI is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/
+  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState));
+
+    /* Enable Power Clock*/
+    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+    PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_DBP;
+
+    /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ----------------*/
+    __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_LSE_OFF);
+
+    /* Get Start Tick*/
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+    __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState);
+    /* Check the LSE State */
+    if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState) != RCC_LSE_OFF)
+    {
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Get Start Tick*/
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET)
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState));
+  if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+    {
+      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON)
+      {
+        /* Check the parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ));
+        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR));
+
+        /* Disable the main PLL. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource,
+                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM,
+                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN,
+                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP,
+                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ,
+                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR);
+
+        /* Enable the main PLL. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the main PLL. */
+        __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+        /* Get Start Tick*/
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
+  * RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that will be configured.
+  *
+  * @note   This function is only available in case of STM32F446xx devices.
+  * @note   This function add the PLL/PLLR factor management
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+  /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+
+  /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS;
+  }
+  else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF;
+  }
+
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM));
+
+  /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS;
+  }
+  else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON)
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF;
+  }
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM);
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN));
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) + RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP_0) << 1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP));
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ));
+  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SYSCLK frequency
+  *
+  * @note   This function is only available in case of STM32F446xx devices.
+  * @note   This function add the PLL/PLLR System clock source
+  *
+  * @note   The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
+  *         frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
+  *         constant and the selected clock source:
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+  * @note     If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
+  *           or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+  * @note     (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+  *               16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+  *               in voltage and temperature.
+  * @note     (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+  *                25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+  *                frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+  *                have wrong result.
+  *
+  * @note   The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+  *         value for HSE crystal.
+  *
+  * @note   This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+  *         baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+  *
+  * @note   Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+  *         right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+  *
+  *
+  * @retval SYSCLK frequency
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void)
+{
+  uint32_t pllm = 0;
+  uint32_t pllvco = 0;
+  uint32_t pllp = 0;
+  uint32_t pllr = 0;
+  uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0;
+
+  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+  switch (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)
+  {
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI:  /* HSI used as system clock source */
+    {
+      sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+       break;
+    }
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSE:  /* HSE used as system clock  source */
+    {
+      sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+    }
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL:  /* PLL/PLLP used as system clock  source */
+    {
+      /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN
+      SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP */
+      pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM;
+      if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+      {
+        /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+        pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+        pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
+      }
+      pllp = ((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) + 1 ) *2);
+
+      sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLLR:  /* PLL/PLLR used as system clock  source */
+    {
+      /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN
+      SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLR */
+      pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM;
+      if(__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+      {
+        /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+        pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+        pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
+      }
+      pllr = ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR));
+
+      sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllr;
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+    {
+      sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return sysclockfreq;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9873b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   RNG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+      The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
+          in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
+      (#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
+      (#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
+          random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
+      (#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE     2
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
+          in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+      (+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
+      (+) Initialize the RNG MSP
+      (+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
+  if(hrng == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
+  }
+
+  /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
+  __HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
+
+  /* Initialize the RNG state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
+  if(hrng == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  /* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
+
+  /* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
+  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
+
+  /* Update the RNG state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Return the function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RNG MSP.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Get the 32 bit Random number
+      (+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
+      (+) Handle RNG interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates a 32-bit random number.
+  * @note   Each time the random number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag
+  *         is automatically cleared.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @param  random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
+  if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Check if data register contains valid random data */
+    while(__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Get a 32bit Random number */
+    hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
+    *random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
+
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
+  if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+    /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
+    __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
+
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles RNG interrupt request.
+  * @note   In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
+  *         random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
+  *         to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
+  *         the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
+  *         The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
+  *         random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
+  * @note   In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
+  *         interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
+  *         available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
+  *         not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
+  *         SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
+  *         the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
+  * @note   User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
+  *         or CEIS are set.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+
+  */
+void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
+  if((__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET) ||  (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET))
+  {
+    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
+
+    /* Clear the clock error flag */
+    __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI|RNG_IT_SEI);
+
+  }
+
+  /* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
+  if(__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
+    __HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
+
+    /* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
+    hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
+
+    if(hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
+    {
+      /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+      hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Data Ready callback */
+      HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete)
+  *         Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval Random value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    return hrng->RandomNumber;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
+  *         Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval 32-bit random number
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  uint32_t random32bit = 0;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
+
+  /* Change RNG peripheral state */
+  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get a 32bit Random number */
+  random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR;
+
+  /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
+  __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
+
+  /* Return the 32 bit random number */
+  return random32bit;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read latest generated random number.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval random value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  return(hrng->RandomNumber);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @param  random32bit: generated random number.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RNG error callbacks.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+            function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the RNG state.
+  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RNG.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
+{
+  return hrng->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4114d87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1545 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   RTC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + RTC Time and Date functions
+  *           + RTC Alarm functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup
+       SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from the VBAT voltage when the main
+       VDD supply is powered off.
+       To retain the content of the RTC backup registers, backup SRAM, and supply
+       the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional
+       standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source.
+
+  [..] To allow the RTC operating even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned
+       off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks:
+    (#) The RTC
+    (#) The LSE oscillator
+    (#) The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled
+    (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 I/O (when available)
+
+  [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD),
+       the following pins are available:
+    (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins
+    (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin
+    (#) PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin
+
+  [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT
+       because VDD is not present), the following pins are available:
+    (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only
+    (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin
+    (#) PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin
+
+                   ##### Backup Domain Reset #####
+  ==================================================================
+  [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register
+       to their reset values. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. The only
+       way to reset the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by requesting
+       a protection level change from 1 to 0.
+  [..] A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs:
+    (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the
+        RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR).
+    (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off.
+
+                   ##### Backup Domain Access #####
+  ==================================================================
+  [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
+       registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write
+       accesses.
+  [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+    (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+        __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() function.
+    (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
+    (+) Select the RTC clock source using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() function.
+    (+) Enable RTC Clock using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() function.
+
+
+                  ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above).
+    (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour
+        format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
+
+  *** Time and Date configuration ***
+  ===================================
+  [..]
+    (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime()
+        and HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions.
+    (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions.
+
+  *** Alarm configuration ***
+  ===========================
+  [..]
+    (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function.
+        You can also configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+    (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function.
+
+                  ##### RTC and low power modes #####
+  ==================================================================
+  [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate
+       function.
+  [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B),
+       RTC wake-up, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection.
+       These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and
+       Standby low power modes.
+  [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending
+       on an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode), by using the RTC alarm
+       or the RTC wake-up events.
+  [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the
+       Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals.
+       Wake-up from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only when the RTC clock source
+       is LSE or LSI.
+
+   @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC RTC
+  * @brief RTC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions RTC Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+   [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the
+         RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable
+         RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode,
+         RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable.
+         (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base.
+             It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption.
+             (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 13-bit synchronous prescaler.
+             (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the
+                 asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption.
+         (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers
+             is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR.
+         (#) To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter
+             initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped
+             and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is
+             complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+         (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+             initialization, calendar update or after wake-up from low power modes
+             the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then
+             wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means
+             that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the
+             RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
+             implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RTC peripheral
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* Check the RTC peripheral state */
+  if(hrtc == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(hrtc->Init.HourFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv));
+  assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT(hrtc->Init.OutPut));
+  assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(hrtc->Init.OutPutType));
+
+  if(hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Initialize RTC MSP */
+    HAL_RTC_MspInit(hrtc);
+  }
+
+  /* Set RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state */
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear RTC_CR FMT, OSEL and POL Bits */
+    hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT | RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL));
+    /* Set RTC_CR register */
+    hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.HourFormat | hrtc->Init.OutPut | hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity);
+
+    /* Configure the RTC PRER */
+    hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv);
+    hrtc->Instance->PRER |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv << 16);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+    hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE;
+    hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.OutPutType);
+
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state */
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the RTC peripheral
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @note   This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Set RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state */
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+    hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101;
+    /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+    hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(((hrtc->Instance->ISR) & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        /* Set RTC state */
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */
+    hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF;
+    hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF;
+    hrtc->Instance->CALIBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+
+    /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+
+    /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+    hrtc->Instance->TAFCR = 0x00000000;
+
+    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+    {
+      if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* De-Initialize RTC MSP */
+  HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RTC MSP.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the RTC MSP.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group2 RTC Time and Date functions
+ *  @brief   RTC Time and Date functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### RTC Time and Date functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets RTC current time.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sTime: Pointer to Time structure
+  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(sTime->DayLightSaving));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(sTime->StoreOperation));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sTime->Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00;
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sTime->Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sTime->Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sTime->Seconds));
+
+    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \
+                        ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \
+                        ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Seconds)) | \
+                        (((uint32_t)sTime->TimeFormat) << 16));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours);
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00;
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours)));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds)));
+    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sTime->Seconds) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sTime->TimeFormat) << 16));
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state */
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the RTC_TR register */
+    hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+    /* Clear the bits to be configured */
+    hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_BCK;
+
+    /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+    hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(sTime->DayLightSaving | sTime->StoreOperation);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+    /* If  CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+    {
+      if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+   hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+   __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+   return HAL_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets RTC current time.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sTime: Pointer to Time structure
+  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+  * @note  You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds
+  *        value in second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula:
+  *        Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit
+  *        This conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS
+  * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values
+  *        in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
+  *        Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until current date is read.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+  /* Get subseconds structure field from the corresponding register */
+  sTime->SubSeconds = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->SSR);
+
+  /* Get SecondFraction structure field from the corresponding register field */
+  sTime->SecondFraction = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->PRER & RTC_PRER_PREDIV_S);
+
+  /* Get the TR register */
+  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+  /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+  sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
+  sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8);
+  sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+  sTime->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
+
+  /* Check the input parameters format */
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    /* Convert the time structure parameters to Binary format */
+    sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours);
+    sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes);
+    sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets RTC current date.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sDate: Pointer to date structure
+  * @param  Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t datetmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if((Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((sDate->Month & 0x10) == 0x10))
+  {
+    sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((sDate->Month & (uint8_t)~(0x10)) + (uint8_t)0x0A);
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(sDate->WeekDay));
+
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(sDate->Year));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(sDate->Month));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(sDate->Date));
+
+   datetmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Year) << 16) | \
+                 ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Month) << 8) | \
+                 ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Date)) | \
+                 ((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay << 13));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year)));
+    datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month);
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(datetmpreg));
+    datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date);
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(datetmpreg));
+
+    datetmpreg = ((((uint32_t)sDate->Year) << 16) | \
+                  (((uint32_t)sDate->Month) << 8) | \
+                  ((uint32_t)sDate->Date) | \
+                  (((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay) << 13));
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state*/
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the RTC_DR register */
+    hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(datetmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+    /* If  CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+    {
+      if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY ;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets RTC current date.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sDate: Pointer to Date structure
+  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN:  Binary data format
+  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD:  BCD data format
+  * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values
+  * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
+  * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t datetmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+  /* Get the DR register */
+  datetmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+  /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+  sDate->Year = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16);
+  sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
+  sDate->Date = (uint8_t)(datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+  sDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
+
+  /* Check the input parameters format */
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    /* Convert the date structure parameters to Binary format */
+    sDate->Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year);
+    sDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month);
+    sDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date);
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group3 RTC Alarm functions
+ *  @brief   RTC Alarm functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### RTC Alarm functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the specified RTC Alarm.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
+  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+
+    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
+              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours);
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg));
+    }
+
+    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
+              ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */
+  subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm register */
+  if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
+  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+    }
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+    }
+    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
+              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours);
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+    }
+
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+    {
+      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg));
+    }
+    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
+              ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
+              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+  }
+  /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */
+  subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Configure the Alarm register */
+  if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Clear flag alarm A */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc);
+    /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRA);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Clear flag alarm B */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */
+    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg;
+    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc);
+    /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB);
+  }
+
+  /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT;
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivate the specified RTC Alarm
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Alarm: Specifies the Alarm.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg RTC_ALARM_A:  AlarmA
+  *            @arg RTC_ALARM_B:  AlarmB
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
+  {
+    /* AlarmA */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* AlarmB */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRB);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the RTC Alarm value and masks.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure
+  * @param  Alarm: Specifies the Alarm.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA
+  *             @arg RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB
+  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm));
+
+  if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
+  {
+    /* AlarmA */
+    sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A;
+
+    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR);
+    subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR ) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_B;
+
+    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR);
+    subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS);
+  }
+
+  /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */
+  sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16);
+  sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8);
+  sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | RTC_ALRMAR_SU));
+  sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16);
+  sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (uint32_t) subsecondtmpreg;
+  sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24);
+  sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL);
+  sAlarm->AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL);
+
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours);
+    sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes);
+    sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+    sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Alarm interrupt request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA))
+  {
+    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRA) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* AlarmA callback */
+      HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc);
+
+      /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */
+      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB))
+  {
+    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRB) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* AlarmB callback */
+      HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(hrtc);
+
+      /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */
+      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRBF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC Alarm */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Alarm A callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles AlarmA Polling request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                     ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+  *         synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+  * @note   The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function.
+  * @note   To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+  *         initialization, calendar update or after wake-up from low power modes
+  *         the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+  *         The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+  *         the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+  *         correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Clear RSF flag */
+  hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+  while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                     ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Get RTC state
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the RTC state.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  return hrtc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+  *         __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+  if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+  {
+    /* Set the Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+    while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format.
+  * @param  Value: Byte to be converted
+  * @retval Converted byte
+  */
+uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value)
+{
+  uint32_t bcdhigh = 0;
+
+  while(Value >= 10)
+  {
+    bcdhigh++;
+    Value -= 10;
+  }
+
+  return  ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Converts from 2 digit BCD to Binary.
+  * @param  Value: BCD value to be converted
+  * @retval Converted word
+  */
+uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10;
+  return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cafbe8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1710 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   RTC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extension peripheral:
+  *           + RTC Time Stamp functions
+  *           + RTC Tamper functions
+  *           + RTC Wake-up functions
+  *           + Extension Control functions
+  *           + Extension RTC features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable the RTC domain access.
+    (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour
+        format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
+
+  *** RTC Wake-up configuration ***
+  ================================
+  [..]
+    (+) To configure the RTC Wake-up Clock source and Counter use the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer()
+        function. You can also configure the RTC Wake-up timer in interrupt mode
+        using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+    (+) To read the RTC Wake-up Counter register, use the HAL_RTC_GetWakeUpTimer()
+        function.
+
+  *** TimeStamp configuration ***
+  ===============================
+  [..]
+    (+) Configure the RTC_AFx trigger and enable the RTC TimeStamp using the
+        HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp() function. You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp with
+        interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function.
+    (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp()
+        function.
+    (+) The TIMESTAMP alternate function can be mapped either to RTC_AF1 (PC13)
+        or RTC_AF2 (PI8 or PA0 only for STM32F446xx devices) depending on the value of TSINSEL bit in
+        RTC_TAFCR register. The corresponding pin is also selected by HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp()
+        or HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function.
+
+  *** Tamper configuration ***
+  ============================
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable the RTC Tamper and configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge
+        or Level according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level)
+        value, sampling frequency, precharge or discharge and Pull-UP using the
+        HAL_RTC_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper in interrupt
+        mode using HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function.
+    (+) The TAMPER1 alternate function can be mapped either to RTC_AF1 (PC13)
+        or RTC_AF2 (PI8 or PA0 only for STM32F446xx devices) depending on the value of TAMP1INSEL bit in
+        RTC_TAFCR register. The corresponding pin is also selected by HAL_RTC_SetTamper()
+        or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function.
+
+  *** Backup Data Registers configuration ***
+  ===========================================
+  [..]
+    (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPWrite()
+        function.
+    (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPRead()
+        function.
+
+   @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTCEx RTCEx
+  * @brief RTC HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions RTCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions
+ *  @brief   RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets TimeStamp.
+  * @note   This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
+  *         activated.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+  *                                        rising edge of the related pin.
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+  *                                         falling edge of the related pin.
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_POS1: PI8/PA0 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+  *             (PI8 for all STM32 devices except for STM32F446xx devices the PA0 is used)
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PA0: PA0 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin only for STM32F446xx devices
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+  tmpreg|= TimeStampEdge;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TSINSEL;
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin);
+
+  /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets TimeStamp with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @note   This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
+  * @param  TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
+  *         activated.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+  *                                        rising edge of the related pin.
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+  *                                         falling edge of the related pin.
+  * @param  RTC_TimeStampPin: Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. (not applicable in the case of STM32F446xx devices)
+  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PA0: PA0 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin only for STM32F446xx devices
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+  tmpreg |= TimeStampEdge;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TSINSEL;
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin);
+
+  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Enable IT timestamp */
+  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_TS);
+
+  /* RTC timestamp Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT;
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates TimeStamp.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS);
+
+  /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+  /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the RTC TimeStamp value.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sTimeStamp: Pointer to Time structure
+  * @param  sTimeStampDate: Pointer to Date structure
+  * @param  Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+  *             RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef* sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef* sTimeStampDate, uint32_t Format)
+{
+  uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+  /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */
+  tmptime = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+  tmpdate = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+  /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */
+  sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
+  sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8);
+  sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+  sTimeStamp->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
+  sTimeStamp->SubSeconds = (uint32_t) hrtc->Instance->TSSSR;
+
+  /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */
+  sTimeStampDate->Year = 0;
+  sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
+  sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+  sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
+
+  /* Check the input parameters format */
+  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+  {
+    /* Convert the TimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */
+    sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Hours);
+    sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Minutes);
+    sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Seconds);
+
+    /* Convert the DateTimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */
+    sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Month);
+    sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Date);
+    sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->WeekDay);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Flag */
+  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Tamper
+  * @note   By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(sTamper->PinSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE)
+  {
+    sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1);
+  }
+
+  tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->PinSelection | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger  |\
+            (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration |\
+            (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection);
+
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS |\
+                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH |\
+                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPINSEL | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg;
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Tamper with interrupt.
+  * @note   By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(sTamper->PinSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configure the tamper trigger */
+  if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE)
+  {
+    sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1);
+  }
+
+  tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->PinSelection | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger  |\
+            (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration |\
+            (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection);
+
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS |\
+                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH |\
+                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPINSEL);
+
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg;
+
+  /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE;
+
+  /* RTC Tamper Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT;
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates Tamper.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
+  *          This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1 and/or RTC_TAMPER_2.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */
+  hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~Tamper;
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TimeStamp interrupt request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS))
+  {
+    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_TS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* TIMESTAMP callback */
+      HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(hrtc);
+
+      /* Clear the TIMESTAMP interrupt pending bit */
+      __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TSF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+  if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_TAMP1))
+  {
+    /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
+    if(((hrtc->Instance->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE))) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Tamper callback */
+      HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc);
+
+      /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
+      __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+  if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP2))
+  {
+    /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
+    if(((hrtc->Instance->TAFCR & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* Tamper callback */
+      HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(hrtc);
+
+      /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
+      __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Clear the EXTI's Flag for RTC TimeStamp and Tamper */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TimeStamp callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_TimeStampEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tamper 1 callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tamper 2 callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_Tamper2EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TimeStamp polling request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Overrun Flag */
+      __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF);
+
+      /* Change TIMESTAMP state */
+      hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Tamper1 Polling.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+  while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== RESET)
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Tamper2 Polling.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+  while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) == RESET)
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
+  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 RTC Wake-up functions
+ *  @brief   RTC Wake-up functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                        ##### RTC Wake-up functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets wake up timer.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
+  * @param  WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+  while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+      hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+  /* Configure the clock source */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock;
+
+  /* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */
+  hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter;
+
+   /* Enable the Wake-up Timer */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets wake up timer with interrupt
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
+  * @param  WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+  while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+      hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */
+  hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter;
+
+  /* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+  /* Configure the clock source */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock;
+
+  /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT;
+
+  /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+  /* Enable the Wake-up Timer */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates wake up timer counter.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Disable the Wake-up Timer */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+  while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+      hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets wake up timer counter.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval Counter value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* Get the counter value */
+  return ((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Wake Up Timer interrupt request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  if(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT))
+  {
+    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_WUT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+    {
+      /* WAKEUPTIMER callback */
+      HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(hrtc);
+
+      /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt pending bit */
+      __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC WakeUpTimer */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wake Up Timer callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_WakeUpTimerEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles Wake Up Timer Polling.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER Flag */
+  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extension Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   Extension Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Extension Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
+      (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
+      (+) Set the Coarse calibration parameters.
+      (+) Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters
+      (+) Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
+      (+) Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
+      (+) Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+      (+) Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+      (+) Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
+      (+) Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
+      (+) Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
+      (+) Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
+  *          This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to
+  *                                 specify the register.
+  * @param  Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R);
+  tmp += (BackupRegister * 4);
+
+  /* Write the specified register */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
+  *          This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to
+  *                                 specify the register.
+  * @retval Read value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
+
+  tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R);
+  tmp += (BackupRegister * 4);
+
+  /* Read the specified register */
+  return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the Coarse calibration parameters.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  CalibSign: Specifies the sign of the coarse calibration value.
+  *          This parameter can be  one of the following values :
+  *             @arg RTC_CALIBSIGN_POSITIVE: The value sign is positive
+  *             @arg RTC_CALIBSIGN_NEGATIVE: The value sign is negative
+  * @param  Value: value of coarse calibration expressed in ppm (coded on 5 bits).
+  *
+  * @note   This Calibration value should be between 0 and 63 when using negative
+  *         sign with a 2-ppm step.
+  *
+  * @note   This Calibration value should be between 0 and 126 when using positive
+  *         sign with a 4-ppm step.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCoarseCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t CalibSign, uint32_t Value)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(CalibSign));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(Value));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state*/
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */
+    __HAL_RTC_COARSE_CALIB_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set the coarse calibration value */
+    hrtc->Instance->CALIBR = (uint32_t)(CalibSign|Value);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates the Coarse calibration parameters.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCoarseCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state*/
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */
+    __HAL_RTC_COARSE_CALIB_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the Smooth calibration parameters.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period.
+  *          This parameter can be can be one of the following values :
+  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth calibration period is 32s.
+  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth calibration period is 16s.
+  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth calibration period is 8s.
+  * @param  SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP bit.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one RTCCLK pulse every 2*11 pulses.
+  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No RTCCLK pulses are added.
+  * @param  SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits.
+  *          This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF.
+  * @note   To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field SmoothCalibPlusPulses
+  *         must be equal to SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field
+  *         SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue must be equal to 0.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(SmoothCalibPeriod));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(SmoothCalibPlusPulses));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* check if a calibration is pending*/
+  if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
+  {
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* check if a calibration is pending*/
+    while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        /* Change RTC state */
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */
+  hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
+  * @note   When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time calendar.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values :
+  *             @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock calendar.
+  *             @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect.
+  * @param  ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to substitute.
+  *          This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t ShiftSubFS)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(ShiftAdd1S));
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(ShiftSubFS));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Wait until the shift is completed*/
+    while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET)
+    {
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check if the reference clock detection is disabled */
+    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Configure the Shift settings */
+      hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(ShiftAdd1S);
+
+      /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+      if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+      {
+        if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+          __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+          hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+      /* Change RTC state */
+      hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  CalibOutput: Select the Calibration output Selection .
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz.
+  *             @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(CalibOutput));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Clear flags before config */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COSEL;
+
+  /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)CalibOutput;
+
+  __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deactivates the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the RTC reference clock detection.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state*/
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+   /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set Initialization mode */
+  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Set RTC state*/
+    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+    /* Exit Initialization mode */
+    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Bypass Shadow feature.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @note   When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
+  *         directly from the Calendar counter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Bypass Shadow feature.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @note   When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
+  *         directly from the Calendar counter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */
+  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
+
+  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+  /** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended features functions
+ *  @brief    Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) RTC Alarm B callback
+      (+) RTC Poll for Alarm B request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Alarm B callback.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_RTC_AlarmBEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles AlarmB Polling request.
+  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for RTC.
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) == RESET)
+  {
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Clear the Alarm Flag */
+  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF);
+
+  /* Change RTC state */
+  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b18728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1908 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SAI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Serial Audio Interface (SAI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + I/O operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+                  ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..]
+    The SAI HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a SAI_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the SAI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SAI_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the SAI interface clock.
+        (##) SAI pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the SAI GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these SAI pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_SAI_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+++) Configure the SAI interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC SAI IRQ handle.
+
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
+             and HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SAI DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the
+                DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+
+   (#) Program the SAI Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity
+       using HAL_SAI_Init() function.
+
+   -@- The specific SAI interrupts (FIFO request and Overrun underrun interrupt)
+       will be managed using the macros __SAI_ENABLE_IT() and __SAI_DISABLE_IT()
+       inside the transmit and receive process.
+
+  [..]
+   (@) SAI Clock Source configuration is managed differently depending on the selected
+       STM32F4 devices :
+       (+@) For STM32F446xx devices, the configuration is managed through RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig()
+            function in the HAL RCC drivers
+       (+@) For STM32F439xx/STM32F437xx/STM32F429xx/STM32F427xx devices, the configuration
+            is managed within HAL SAI drivers through HAL_SAI_Init() function using
+            ClockSource field of SAI_InitTypeDef structure.
+  [..]
+   (@) Make sure that either:
+       (+@) I2S PLL is configured or
+       (+@) SAI PLL is configured or
+       (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly
+            the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h file.
+
+  [..]
+    (@) In master Tx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock
+        for the external slaves even if there is no data in the FIFO, However FS signal
+        generation is conditioned by the presence of data in the FIFO.
+
+  [..]
+    (@) In master Rx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock
+        and FS signal for the external slaves.
+
+  [..]
+    (@) It is mandatory to respect the following conditions in order to avoid bad SAI behavior:
+        (+@)  First bit Offset <= (SLOT size - Data size)
+        (+@)  Data size <= SLOT size
+        (+@)  Number of SLOT x SLOT size = Frame length
+        (+@)  The number of slots should be even when SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION is selected.
+
+  [..]
+     Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+   *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+   =================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit()
+     (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive()
+
+   *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+   ===================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
+     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback
+     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive_IT()
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback
+
+   *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+   ==============================
+   [..]
+     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
+     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback
+     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA()
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback
+     (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAPause()
+     (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAResume()
+     (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAStop()
+
+   *** SAI HAL driver macros list ***
+   =============================================
+   [..]
+     Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver :
+
+      (+) __HAL_SAI_ENABLE: Enable the SAI peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_SAI_DISABLE: Disable the SAI peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified SAI interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified SAI interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_SAI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified SAI interrupt source is
+          enabled or disabled
+      (+) __HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SAI flag is set or not
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SAI SAI
+  * @brief SAI HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Typedefs  SAI Private Typedefs
+  * @{
+  */
+typedef enum {
+  SAI_MODE_DMA,
+  SAI_MODE_IT
+}SAI_ModeTypedef;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Constants  SAI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SAI_FIFO_SIZE       8
+#define SAI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 4
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* SAI registers Masks */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK            ((uint32_t)0xFF04C010)
+#define FRCR_CLEAR_MASK           ((uint32_t)0xFFF88000)
+#define SLOTR_CLEAR_MASK          ((uint32_t)0x0000F020)
+
+#define SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE         10
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void SAI_FillFifo(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+static uint32_t SAI_InterruptFlag(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t mode);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitI2S(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitPCM(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot);
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_Disable(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+static void SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+static void SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+static void SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+static void SAI_Receive_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+static void SAI_Receive_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+static void SAI_Receive_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
+
+static void SAI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SAI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SAI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SAI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SAI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions  SAI Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+          de-initialize the SAIx peripheral:
+
+      (+) User must implement HAL_SAI_MspInit() function in which he configures
+          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_SAI_Init() to configure the selected device with
+          the selected configuration:
+        (++) Mode (Master/slave TX/RX)
+        (++) Protocol
+        (++) Data Size
+        (++) MCLK Output
+        (++) Audio frequency
+        (++) FIFO Threshold
+        (++) Frame Config
+        (++) Slot Config
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_SAI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+          of the selected SAI peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the structure FrameInit, SlotInit and the low part of
+  *         Init according to the specified parameters and call the function
+  *         HAL_SAI_Init to initialize the SAI block.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  protocol : one of the supported protocol @ref SAI_Protocol
+  * @param  datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  nbslot   : Number of slot.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_InitProtocol(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize));
+
+  switch(protocol)
+  {
+  case SAI_I2S_STANDARD :
+  case SAI_I2S_MSBJUSTIFIED :
+  case SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED :
+    status = SAI_InitI2S(hsai, protocol, datasize, nbslot);
+    break;
+  case SAI_PCM_LONG :
+  case SAI_PCM_SHORT :
+    status = SAI_InitPCM(hsai, protocol, datasize, nbslot);
+    break;
+  default :
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_SAI_Init(hsai);
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SAI according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Init(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpclock = 0;
+
+  /* This variable used to store the SAI_CK_x (value in Hz) */
+  uint32_t freq = 0;
+
+  /* Check the SAI handle allocation */
+  if(hsai == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the SAI Block parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY(hsai->Init.AudioFrequency));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PROTOCOL(hsai->Init.Protocol));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MODE(hsai->Init.AudioMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCEXT(hsai->Init.SynchroExt));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_DATASIZE(hsai->Init.DataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRST_BIT(hsai->Init.FirstBit));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLOCK_STROBING(hsai->Init.ClockStrobing));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCHRO(hsai->Init.Synchro));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_OUTPUT_DRIVE(hsai->Init.OutputDrive));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_NODIVIDER(hsai->Init.NoDivider));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hsai->Init.FIFOThreshold));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_MONO_STEREO_MODE(hsai->Init.MonoStereoMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_COMPANDING_MODE(hsai->Init.CompandingMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_TRISTATE_MANAGEMENT(hsai->Init.TriState));
+
+  /* Check the SAI Block Frame parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FRAME_LENGTH(hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_ACTIVE_FRAME(hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_DEFINITION(hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_POLARITY(hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_OFFSET(hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset));
+
+  /* Check the SAI Block Slot parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRSTBIT_OFFSET(hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_SIZE(hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_NUMBER(hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_SLOT_ACTIVE(hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive));
+
+  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hsai->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_SAI_MspInit(hsai);
+  }
+
+  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected SAI peripheral */
+  SAI_Disable(hsai);
+
+  /* SAI Block Synchro Configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(hsai);
+
+  /* Configure Master Clock using the following formula :
+     MCLK_x = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV[3:0] * 2) with MCLK_x = 256 * FS
+     FS = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV[3:0] * 2) * 256
+     MCKDIV[3:0] = SAI_CK_x / FS * 512 */
+  if(hsai->Init.AudioFrequency != SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY_MCKDIV)
+  {
+  /* Get SAI clock source based on Source clock selection from RCC */
+  freq = SAI_GetInputClock(hsai);
+
+    /* (saiclocksource x 10) to keep Significant digits */
+    tmpclock = (((freq * 10) / ((hsai->Init.AudioFrequency) * 512)));
+
+    hsai->Init.Mckdiv = tmpclock / 10;
+
+        /* Round result to the nearest integer */
+    if((tmpclock % 10) > 8)
+    {
+      hsai->Init.Mckdiv+= 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* SAI Block Configuration ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+  /* SAI CR1 Configuration */
+  hsai->Instance->CR1&=~(SAI_xCR1_MODE | SAI_xCR1_PRTCFG |  SAI_xCR1_DS |      \
+                         SAI_xCR1_LSBFIRST | SAI_xCR1_CKSTR | SAI_xCR1_SYNCEN |\
+                         SAI_xCR1_MONO | SAI_xCR1_OUTDRIV  | SAI_xCR1_DMAEN |  \
+                         SAI_xCR1_NODIV | SAI_xCR1_MCKDIV);
+
+  hsai->Instance->CR1|= (hsai->Init.AudioMode | hsai->Init.Protocol |           \
+                        hsai->Init.DataSize | hsai->Init.FirstBit  |           \
+                        hsai->Init.ClockStrobing | hsai->Init.Synchro |        \
+                        hsai->Init.MonoStereoMode | hsai->Init.OutputDrive |   \
+                        hsai->Init.NoDivider | (hsai->Init.Mckdiv << 20) | hsai->Init.CompandingMode);
+
+  /* SAI CR2 Configuration */
+  hsai->Instance->CR2&= ~(SAI_xCR2_FTH | SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH | SAI_xCR2_COMP);
+  hsai->Instance->CR2|=  (hsai->Init.FIFOThreshold | hsai->Init.CompandingMode | hsai->Init.TriState);
+
+
+  /* SAI Frame Configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+  hsai->Instance->FRCR&=(~(SAI_xFRCR_FRL | SAI_xFRCR_FSALL | SAI_xFRCR_FSDEF | \
+                           SAI_xFRCR_FSPO | SAI_xFRCR_FSOFF));
+  hsai->Instance->FRCR|=((hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength - 1)  |
+                            hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset |
+                            hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition |
+                            hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity   |
+                            ((hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength - 1) << 8));
+
+  /* SAI Block_x SLOT Configuration ------------------------------------------*/
+  /* This register has no meaning in AC’97 and SPDIF audio protocol */
+  hsai->Instance->SLOTR&= (~(SAI_xSLOTR_FBOFF | SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTSZ |            \
+                             SAI_xSLOTR_NBSLOT | SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTEN ));
+
+  hsai->Instance->SLOTR|=  hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset |  hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize
+                          | hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive | ((hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber - 1) <<  8);
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the SAI state */
+  hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the SAI peripheral.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DeInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Check the SAI handle allocation */
+  if(hsai == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disabled All interrupt and clear all the flag */
+  hsai->Instance->IMR = 0;
+  hsai->Instance->CLRFR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+  /* Disable the SAI */
+  SAI_Disable(hsai);
+
+  /* Flush the fifo */
+  SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_SAI_MspDeInit(hsai);
+
+  /* Initialize the error code */
+  hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the SAI state */
+  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SAI MSP Init.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SAI_MspInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SAI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SAI MSP DeInit.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SAI_MspDeInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SAI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SAI data
+    transfers.
+
+    (+) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated SAI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+
+    (+) Blocking mode functions are :
+        (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_Receive()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive()
+
+    (+) Non Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive_IT()
+
+    (+) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive_DMA()
+
+    (+) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t* pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
+    hsai->XferSize = Size;
+    hsai->XferCount = Size;
+    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
+
+    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
+    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
+    {
+      /* fill the fifo with data before to enabled the SAI */
+      SAI_FillFifo(hsai);
+      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
+    }
+
+    while(hsai->XferCount > 0)
+    {
+      /* Write data if the FIFO is not full */
+      if((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_FULL)
+      {
+        if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
+        {
+          hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++);
+        }
+        else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
+        {
+          hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
+          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
+          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4;
+        }
+        hsai->XferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+          {
+            /* Update error code */
+            hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+            /* Change the SAI state */
+            hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
+    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsai->XferSize = Size;
+    hsai->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
+    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
+    {
+      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
+    }
+
+    /* Receive data */
+    while(hsai->XferCount > 0)
+    {
+
+      if((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_EMPTY)
+      {
+        if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
+        {
+          (*hsai->pBuffPtr++) = hsai->Instance->DR;
+        }
+        else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
+        {
+          *((uint16_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr) = hsai->Instance->DR;
+          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *((uint32_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr) = hsai->Instance->DR;
+          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4;
+        }
+        hsai->XferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Get tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+        /* Check for the Timeout */
+        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+        {
+          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+          {
+            /* Update error code */
+            hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+            /* Process Unlocked */
+            __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+            /* Change the SAI state */
+            hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsai->XferSize = Size;
+    hsai->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
+    {
+      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit;
+    }
+    else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
+    {
+      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable FRQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+
+    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
+    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
+    {
+      /* Fill the fifo before starting the communication */
+      SAI_FillFifo(hsai);
+
+      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
+    }
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_IT(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+
+  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsai->XferSize = Size;
+    hsai->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
+    {
+      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT8Bit;
+    }
+    else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
+    {
+      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT16Bit;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT32Bit;
+    }
+    /* Enable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+
+    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
+    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
+    {
+      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAPause(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+  /* Pause the audio file playing by disabling the SAI DMA requests */
+  hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAResume(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+  /* Enable the SAI DMA requests */
+  hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
+
+  /* If the SAI peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */
+  if ((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable SAI peripheral */
+    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Stops the audio stream playing from the Media.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAStop(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+  /* Disable the SAI DMA request */
+  hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
+
+  /* Abort the SAI DMA Tx Stream */
+  if(hsai->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the SAI DMA Rx Stream */
+  if(hsai->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable SAI peripheral */
+  SAI_Disable(hsai);
+
+  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Abort the current transfer and disbaled the SAI.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Abort(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Disable the SAI DMA request */
+  hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
+
+  /* Abort the SAI DMA Tx Stream */
+  if(hsai->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the SAI DMA Rx Stream */
+  if(hsai->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  /* Disabled All interrupt and clear all the flag */
+  hsai->Instance->IMR = 0;
+  hsai->Instance->CLRFR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+  /* Disable SAI peripheral */
+  SAI_Disable(hsai);
+
+  /* Flush the fifo */
+  SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH);
+
+  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+
+  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsai->XferSize = Size;
+    hsai->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* Set the SAI Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hsai->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SAI_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the SAI TxDMA transfer complete callback */
+    hsai->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SAI_DMATxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hsai->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SAI_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsai->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hsai->Instance->DR, hsai->XferSize);
+
+    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
+    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
+    {
+      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the interrupts for error handling */
+    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
+
+    /* Enable SAI Tx DMA Request */
+    hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+
+  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsai->XferSize = Size;
+    hsai->XferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Set the SAI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hsai->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SAI_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the SAI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hsai->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SAI_DMARxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hsai->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SAI_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsai->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsai->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hsai->XferSize);
+
+    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
+    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
+    {
+      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the interrupts for error handling */
+    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
+
+    /* Enable SAI Rx DMA Request */
+    hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the tx mute mode.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  val :  value sent during the mute @ref SAI_Block_Mute_Value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint16_t val)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_VALUE(val));
+
+  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL | SAI_xCR2_MUTE);
+    SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTE | val);
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the tx mute mode.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL | SAI_xCR2_MUTE);
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the rx mute detection.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  callback : function called when the mute is detected
+  * @param  counter : number a data before mute detection max 63.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, SAIcallback callback, uint16_t counter)
+{
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_COUNTER(counter));
+
+  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* set the mute counter */
+    CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTECNT);
+    SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, (uint32_t)((uint32_t)counter << 6));
+    hsai->mutecallback = callback;
+    /* enable the IT interrupt */
+    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_IT_MUTEDET);
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the rx mute detection.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* set the mutecallback to NULL */
+    hsai->mutecallback = (SAIcallback)NULL;
+    /* enable the IT interrupt */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_IT_MUTEDET);
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SAI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_SAI_IRQHandler(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    uint32_t tmpFlag = hsai->Instance->SR;
+    uint32_t tmpItSource = hsai->Instance->IMR;
+
+    if(((tmpFlag & SAI_xSR_FREQ) == SAI_xSR_FREQ) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_FREQ) == SAI_IT_FREQ))
+    {
+      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine(hsai);
+    }
+
+    /* check the flag only if one of them is set */
+    if(tmpFlag != 0x00000000)
+    {
+      /* SAI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) == SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_OVRUDR) == SAI_IT_OVRUDR))
+      {
+        /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
+        __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
+        /* Change the SAI error code */
+        hsai->ErrorCode = ((hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX) ? HAL_SAI_ERROR_OVR : HAL_SAI_ERROR_UDR);
+        /* the transfer is not stopped, we will forward the information to the user and we let the user decide what needs to be done */
+        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
+      }
+
+      /* SAI mutedet interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) == SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_MUTEDET) == SAI_IT_MUTEDET))
+      {
+        /* Clear the SAI mutedet flag */
+        __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET);
+        /* call the call back function */
+        if(hsai->mutecallback != (SAIcallback)NULL)
+        {
+          /* inform the user that an RX mute event has been detected */
+          hsai->mutecallback();
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* SAI AFSDET interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) == SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_AFSDET) == SAI_IT_AFSDET))
+      {
+        /* Change the SAI error code */
+        hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_AFSDET;
+        HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai);
+        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
+      }
+
+      /* SAI LFSDET interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_LFSDET) == SAI_FLAG_LFSDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_LFSDET) == SAI_IT_LFSDET))
+      {
+        /* Change the SAI error code */
+        hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_LFSDET;
+        HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai);
+        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
+      }
+
+      /* SAI WCKCFG interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) == SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_WCKCFG) == SAI_IT_WCKCFG))
+      {
+        /* Change the SAI error code */
+        hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_WCKCFG;
+        HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai);
+        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SAI error callbacks.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SAI state.
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_SAI_StateTypeDef HAL_SAI_GetState(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  return hsai->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the SAI error code
+* @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified SAI Block.
+* @retval SAI Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_SAI_GetError(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  return hsai->ErrorCode;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SAI I2S protocol according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  protocol : one of the supported protocol
+  * @param  datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  nbslot : number of slot minimum value is 2 and max is 16.
+  *                    the value must be a multiple of 2.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitI2S(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize));
+
+  hsai->Init.Protocol            = SAI_FREE_PROTOCOL;
+  hsai->Init.FirstBit            = SAI_FIRSTBIT_MSB;
+  hsai->Init.ClockStrobing       = SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_FALLINGEDGE;
+  hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition   = SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION;
+  hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive      = SAI_SLOTACTIVE_ALL;
+  hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset  = 0;
+  hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber      = nbslot;
+
+  /* in IS2 the number of slot must be even */
+  if((nbslot & 0x1) != 0 )
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch(protocol)
+  {
+  case SAI_I2S_STANDARD :
+    hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_LOW;
+    hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset   = SAI_FS_BEFOREFIRSTBIT;
+    break;
+  case SAI_I2S_MSBJUSTIFIED :
+  case SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED :
+    hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_HIGH;
+    hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset   = SAI_FS_FIRSTBIT;
+    break;
+  default :
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Frame definition */
+  hsai->Init.DataSize = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  switch(datasize)
+  {
+  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BIT:
+    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
+    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32*(nbslot/2);
+    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 16*(nbslot/2);
+    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_16B;
+    break;
+  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED :
+    if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+    {
+      hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
+    }
+    break;
+  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_24BIT:
+    if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+    {
+      hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_24;
+    }
+    break;
+  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_32BIT:
+    if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+    {
+      hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_32;
+    }
+    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 64*(nbslot/2);
+    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 32*(nbslot/2);
+    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B;
+    if(protocol == SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED)
+    {
+      if (datasize == SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED)
+      {
+        hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 16;
+      }
+      if (datasize == SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_24BIT)
+      {
+        hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 8;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  default :
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SAI PCM protocol according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  protocol : one of the supported protocol
+  * @param  datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize
+  * @param  nbslot : number of slot minimum value is 1 and the max is 16.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitPCM(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol));
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize));
+
+  hsai->Init.Protocol            = SAI_FREE_PROTOCOL;
+  hsai->Init.FirstBit            = SAI_FIRSTBIT_MSB;
+  hsai->Init.ClockStrobing       = SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_FALLINGEDGE;
+  hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition   = SAI_FS_STARTFRAME;
+  hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity     = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_HIGH;
+  hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset       = SAI_FS_BEFOREFIRSTBIT;
+  hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset  = 0;
+  hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber      = nbslot;
+  hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive      = SAI_SLOTACTIVE_ALL;
+
+  switch(protocol)
+  {
+  case SAI_PCM_SHORT :
+    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 1;
+    break;
+  case SAI_PCM_LONG :
+    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 13;
+    break;
+  default :
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch(datasize)
+  {
+  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BIT:
+    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
+    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 16 * nbslot;
+    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_16B;
+    break;
+  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED :
+    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
+    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32 * nbslot;
+    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B;
+    break;
+
+  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_32BIT:
+    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_32;
+    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32 * nbslot;
+    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B;
+    break;
+  default :
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Fill the fifo
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static void SAI_FillFifo(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* fill the fifo with data before to enabled the SAI */
+  while((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_FULL)
+  {
+    if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
+    {
+      hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++);
+    }
+    else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
+    {
+      hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
+      hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
+      hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4;
+    }
+    hsai->XferCount--;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  return the interrupt flag to set according the SAI setup
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @param  mode : SAI_MODE_DMA or SAI_MODE_IT
+  * @retval the list of the IT flag to enable
+ */
+static uint32_t SAI_InterruptFlag(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t mode)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpIT = SAI_IT_OVRUDR;
+
+  if(mode == SAI_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    tmpIT|= SAI_IT_FREQ;
+  }
+
+  if((hsai->Init.AudioMode == SAI_MODESLAVE_RX) || (hsai->Init.AudioMode == SAI_MODESLAVE_TX))
+  {
+    tmpIT|= SAI_IT_AFSDET | SAI_IT_LFSDET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* hsai has been configured in master mode */
+    tmpIT|= SAI_IT_WCKCFG;
+  }
+  return tmpIT;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  disabled the SAI and wait the disabling
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_Disable(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  __HAL_SAI_DISABLE(hsai);
+  while((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+    {
+      /* Update error code */
+      hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+
+      /* Change the SAI state */
+      HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode 8Bit transfer
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static void SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Write data on DR register */
+  hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++);
+  hsai->XferCount--;
+
+  /* Handle the end of the transmission */
+  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode for 16Bit transfer
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static void SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Write data on DR register */
+  hsai->Instance->DR = *(uint16_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr;
+  hsai->pBuffPtr+=2;
+  hsai->XferCount--;
+
+  /* Handle the end of the transmission */
+  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode for 32Bit transfer
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static void SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Write data on DR register */
+  hsai->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr;
+  hsai->pBuffPtr+=4;
+  hsai->XferCount--;
+
+  /* Handle the end of the transmission */
+  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode 8Bit transfer
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static void SAI_Receive_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Receive data */
+  (*hsai->pBuffPtr++) = hsai->Instance->DR;
+  hsai->XferCount--;
+
+  /* Check end of the transfer */
+  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+
+    /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
+    __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode for 16Bit transfer
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static void SAI_Receive_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Receive data */
+  *(uint16_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr = hsai->Instance->DR;
+  hsai->pBuffPtr+=2;
+  hsai->XferCount--;
+
+  /* Check end of the transfer */
+  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+
+    /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
+    __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode for 32Bit transfer
+  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+static void SAI_Receive_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* Receive data */
+  *(uint32_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr = hsai->Instance->DR;
+  hsai->pBuffPtr+=4;
+  hsai->XferCount--;
+
+  /* Check end of the transfer */
+  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
+
+    /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
+    __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SAI transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SAI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    hsai->XferCount = 0;
+
+    /* Disable SAI Tx DMA Request */
+    hsai->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN);
+
+    /* Get tick */
+    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+    /* Set timeout: 10 is the max delay to send the remaining data in the SAI FIFO */
+    /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
+    while(__HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG(hsai, SAI_xSR_FLVL) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Change the SAI state */
+        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Stop the interrupts error handling */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
+
+    hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SAI transmit process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SAI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hsai);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SAI receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SAI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = ( SAI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+    hsai->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN);
+    hsai->XferCount = 0;
+
+    /* Stop the interrupts error handling */
+    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
+
+    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SAI receive process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SAI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hsai);
+}
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SAI communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SAI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = ( SAI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Stop the DMA transfer */
+  HAL_SAI_DMAStop(hsai);
+
+  /* Set the SAI state ready to be able to start again the process */
+  hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
+  HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
+
+  hsai->XferCount = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad89d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_sai_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SAI Extension HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of SAI extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extension features functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+               ##### SAI peripheral extension features  #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the SAI interface for STM32F446xx
+       devices contains the following additional features :
+
+       (+) Possibility to be clocked from PLLR
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] This driver provides functions to manage several sources to clock SAI
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SAIEx SAIEx
+  * @brief SAI Extension HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* SAI registers Masks */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Functions  SAI Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+ /**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions SAI Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions
+  *  @brief   Extension features functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### Extension features Functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the possible
+    SAI clock sources.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure SAI Block synchronization mode
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval SAI Clock Input
+  */
+void SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpregisterGCR = 0;
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+  /* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled     */
+  switch(hsai->Init.SynchroExt)
+  {
+  case SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE :
+    tmpregisterGCR = 0;
+    break;
+  case SAI_SYNCEXT_IN_ENABLE :
+    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCIN_0;
+    break;
+  case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE :
+    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0;
+    break;
+  case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE :
+    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  if((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B))
+  {
+    SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SAI2->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+  /* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled                   */
+  switch(hsai->Init.SynchroExt)
+  {
+  case SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE :
+    tmpregisterGCR = 0;
+    break;
+  case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE :
+    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0;
+    break;
+  case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE :
+    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1;
+    break;
+  }
+  SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+}
+  /**
+  * @brief  Get SAI Input Clock based on SAI source clock selection
+  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for SAI module.
+  * @retval SAI Clock Input
+  */
+uint32_t SAI_GetInputClock(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
+{
+  /* This variable used to store the SAI_CK_x (value in Hz) */
+  uint32_t saiclocksource = 0;
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+  if ((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B))
+  {
+    saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1);
+  }
+  else /* SAI2_Block_A || SAI2_Block_B*/
+  {
+    saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2);
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+  uint32_t vcoinput = 0, tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the SAI Block parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SAI_CLK_SOURCE(hsai->Init.ClockSource));
+
+  /* SAI Block clock source selection */
+  if(hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A)
+  {
+     __HAL_RCC_SAI_BLOCKACLKSOURCE_CONFIG(hsai->Init.ClockSource);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     __HAL_RCC_SAI_BLOCKBCLKSOURCE_CONFIG((uint32_t)(hsai->Init.ClockSource << 2));
+  }
+
+  /* VCO Input Clock value calculation */
+  if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
+  {
+    /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
+    vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
+    vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)));
+  }
+
+  /* SAI_CLK_x : SAI Block Clock configuration for different clock sources selected */
+  if(hsai->Init.ClockSource == SAI_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)
+  {
+    /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+    /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+    /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
+    /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */
+    tmpreg = (RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> 24;
+    saiclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> 6))/(tmpreg);
+
+    /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */
+    tmpreg = (((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> 8) + 1);
+    saiclocksource = saiclocksource/(tmpreg);
+
+  }
+  else if(hsai->Init.ClockSource == SAI_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
+  {
+    /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
+    /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
+    /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */
+    tmpreg = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> 24;
+    saiclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg);
+
+    /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */
+    tmpreg = ((RCC->DCKCFGR & RCC_DCKCFGR_PLLI2SDIVQ) + 1);
+    saiclocksource = saiclocksource/(tmpreg);
+  }
+  else /* sConfig->ClockSource == SAI_CLKSource_Ext */
+  {
+    /* Enable the External Clock selection */
+    __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT);
+
+    saiclocksource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+       /* the return result is the value of SAI clock */
+  return saiclocksource;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx  || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d579fe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3488 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SD card HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to
+    this memory. The needed STM32 hardware resources (SDIO and GPIO) are performed by
+    the user in HAL_SD_MspInit() function (MSP layer).
+    Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the
+    examples.
+    You can easily tailor this configuration according to hardware resources.
+
+  [..]
+    This driver is a generic layered driver for SDIO memories which uses the HAL
+    SDIO driver functions to interface with SD and uSD cards devices.
+    It is used as follows:
+
+    (#)Initialize the SDIO low level resources by implement the HAL_SD_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the SDIO interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDIO_CLK_ENABLE();
+        (##) SDIO pins configuration for SD card
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the SDIO GPIOs using the functions __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+            (+++) Configure these SDIO pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init()
+                  and according to your pin assignment;
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA()
+             and HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs).
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE();
+            (+++) Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer.
+            (+++) Configure the SDIO and DMA interrupt priorities using functions
+                  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA priority is superior to SDIO's priority
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC DMA and SDIO IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+            (+++) SDIO interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT()
+                  and __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process.
+            (+++) SDIO interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_IT()
+                  and __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_IT()
+    (#) At this stage, you can perform SD read/write/erase operations after SD card initialization
+
+
+  *** SD Card Initialization and configuration ***
+  ================================================
+  [..]
+    To initialize the SD Card, use the HAL_SD_Init() function.  It Initializes
+    the SD Card and put it into Standby State (Ready for data transfer).
+    This function provide the following operations:
+
+    (#) Apply the SD Card initialization process at 400KHz and check the SD Card
+        type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity). You can change or adapt this
+        frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field.
+        The SD Card frequency (SDIO_CK) is computed as follows:
+
+           SDIO_CK = SDIOCLK / (ClockDiv + 2)
+
+        In initialization mode and according to the SD Card standard,
+        make sure that the SDIO_CK frequency doesn't exceed 400KHz.
+
+    (#) Get the SD CID and CSD data. All these information are managed by the SDCardInfo
+        structure. This structure provide also ready computed SD Card capacity
+        and Block size.
+
+        -@- These information are stored in SD handle structure in case of future use.
+
+    (#) Configure the SD Card Data transfer frequency. By Default, the card transfer
+        frequency is set to 24MHz. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting
+        the "ClockDiv" field.
+        In transfer mode and according to the SD Card standard, make sure that the
+        SDIO_CK frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in High-speed mode switch.
+        To be able to use a frequency higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDIO
+        peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding reference manual
+        for more details.
+
+    (#) Select the corresponding SD Card according to the address read with the step 2.
+
+    (#) Configure the SD Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data.
+
+  *** SD Card Read operation ***
+  ==============================
+  [..]
+    (+) You can read from SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks().
+        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
+        chosen as 512 bytes).
+        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
+        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
+
+    (+) You can read from SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA().
+        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
+        chosen as 512 bytes).
+        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
+        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
+        After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(), to insure
+        that the read transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides.
+
+  *** SD Card Write operation ***
+  ===============================
+  [..]
+    (+) You can write to SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks().
+        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
+        chosen as 512 bytes).
+        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
+        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
+
+    (+) You can write to SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA().
+        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
+        chosen as 512 byte).
+        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
+        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
+        After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(), to insure
+        that the write transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides.
+
+  *** SD card status ***
+  ======================
+  [..]
+    (+) At any time, you can check the SD Card status and get the SD card state
+        by using the HAL_SD_GetStatus() function. This function checks first if the
+        SD card is still connected and then get the internal SD Card transfer state.
+    (+) You can also get the SD card SD Status register by using the HAL_SD_SendSDStatus()
+        function.
+
+  *** SD HAL driver macros list ***
+  ==================================
+  [..]
+    Below the list of most used macros in SD HAL driver.
+
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE : Enable the SD device
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE : Disable the SD device
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the SDIO DMA transfer
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the SDIO DMA transfer
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT: Enable the SD device interrupt
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT: Disable the SD device interrupt
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG:Check whether the specified SD flag is set or not
+    (+) __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the SD's pending flags
+
+    (@) You can refer to the SD HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SD
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  SDIO Data block size
+  */
+#define DATA_BLOCK_SIZE                  ((uint32_t)(9 << 4))
+/**
+  * @brief  SDIO Static flags, Timeout, FIFO Address
+  */
+#define SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS               ((uint32_t)(SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT |\
+                                                    SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR  |\
+                                                    SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND  | SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT  | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND  |\
+                                                    SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND))
+
+#define SDIO_CMD0TIMEOUT                ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Mask for errors Card Status R1 (OCR Register)
+  */
+#define SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE        ((uint32_t)0x80000000)
+#define SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED          ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
+#define SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR            ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
+#define SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR            ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
+#define SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM          ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
+#define SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION     ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
+#define SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED       ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
+#define SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED           ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
+#define SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD              ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
+#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED          ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
+#define SD_OCR_CC_ERROR                 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
+#define SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR    ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
+#define SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN     ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN     ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
+#define SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE       ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP            ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED        ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET              ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR            ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SD_OCR_ERRORBITS                ((uint32_t)0xFDFFE008)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Masks for R6 Response
+  */
+#define SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR     ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
+#define SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD               ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
+#define SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED            ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
+
+#define SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD            ((uint32_t)0x80100000)
+#define SD_HIGH_CAPACITY                ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
+#define SD_STD_CAPACITY                 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+#define SD_CHECK_PATTERN                ((uint32_t)0x000001AA)
+
+#define SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL               ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)
+#define SD_ALLZERO                      ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
+
+#define SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT             ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
+#define SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT           ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
+#define SD_CARD_LOCKED                  ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
+
+#define SD_DATATIMEOUT                  ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF)
+#define SD_0TO7BITS                     ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
+#define SD_8TO15BITS                    ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
+#define SD_16TO23BITS                   ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000)
+#define SD_24TO31BITS                   ((uint32_t)0xFF000000)
+#define SD_MAX_DATA_LENGTH              ((uint32_t)0x01FFFFFF)
+
+#define SD_HALFFIFO                     ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
+#define SD_HALFFIFOBYTES                ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Command Class Supported
+  */
+#define SD_CCCC_LOCK_UNLOCK             ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
+#define SD_CCCC_WRITE_PROT              ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
+#define SD_CCCC_ERASE                   ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Following commands are SD Card Specific commands.
+  *         SDIO_APP_CMD should be sent before sending these commands.
+  */
+#define SD_SDIO_SEND_IF_COND            ((uint32_t)SD_CMD_HS_SEND_EXT_CSD)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions_Prototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus);
+static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR);
+static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SD
+    card device to be ready for use.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SD card according to the specified parameters in the
+            SD_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  SDCardInfo: HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure for SD card information
+  * @retval HAL SD error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Init(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *SDCardInfo)
+{
+  __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  SD_InitTypeDef tmpinit;
+
+  /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+  hsd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+  /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_SD_MspInit(hsd);
+
+  /* Default SDIO peripheral configuration for SD card initialization */
+  tmpinit.ClockEdge           = SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE_RISING;
+  tmpinit.ClockBypass         = SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS_DISABLE;
+  tmpinit.ClockPowerSave      = SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE_DISABLE;
+  tmpinit.BusWide             = SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B;
+  tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLE;
+  tmpinit.ClockDiv            = SDIO_INIT_CLK_DIV;
+
+  /* Initialize SDIO peripheral interface with default configuration */
+  SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit);
+
+  /* Identify card operating voltage */
+  errorstate = SD_PowerON(hsd);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the present SDIO card(s) and put them in idle state */
+  errorstate = SD_Initialize_Cards(hsd);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Read CSD/CID MSD registers */
+  errorstate = HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(hsd, SDCardInfo);
+
+  if (errorstate == SD_OK)
+  {
+    /* Select the Card */
+    errorstate = SD_Select_Deselect(hsd, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)SDCardInfo->RCA) << 16));
+  }
+
+  /* Configure SDIO peripheral interface */
+  SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, hsd->Init);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initializes the SD card.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_DeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+
+  /* Set SD power state to off */
+  SD_PowerOFF(hsd);
+
+  /* De-Initialize the MSP layer */
+  HAL_SD_MspDeInit(hsd);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SD MSP.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_MspInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-Initialize SD MSP.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_MspDeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   Data transfer functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data
+    transfer from/to SD card.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer
+  *         is managed by polling mode.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pReadBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data
+  * @param  ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read
+  * @param  BlockSize: SD card Data block size
+  * @note   BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to read
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef  sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pReadBuffer;
+
+  /* Initialize data control register */
+  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
+  {
+    BlockSize = 512;
+    ReadAddr /= 512;
+  }
+
+  /* Set Block Size for Card */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t) BlockSize;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength    = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = DATA_BLOCK_SIZE;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure);
+
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)ReadAddr;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Read block(s) in polling mode */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK);
+
+    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* Poll on SDIO flags */
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND))
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+    {
+      if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
+      {
+        /* Read data from SDIO Rx FIFO */
+        for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
+        {
+          *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+        }
+
+        tempbuff += 8;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK);
+
+    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* In case of single block transfer, no need of stop transfer at all */
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND))
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+    {
+      if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
+      {
+        /* Read data from SDIO Rx FIFO */
+        for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
+        {
+          *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+        }
+
+        tempbuff += 8;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock read */
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1))
+  {
+    if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) ||\
+      (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
+        (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
+    {
+      /* Send stop transmission command */
+      errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get error state */
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  count = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+
+  /* Empty FIFO if there is still any data */
+  while ((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0))
+  {
+    *tempbuff = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+    tempbuff++;
+    count--;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data
+  *         transfer is managed by polling mode.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit
+  * @param  WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be written
+  * @param  BlockSize: SD card Data block size
+  * @note   BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to write
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t totalnumberofbytes = 0, bytestransferred = 0, count = 0, restwords = 0;
+  uint32_t *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pWriteBuffer;
+  uint8_t cardstate  = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize data control register */
+  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
+  {
+    BlockSize = 512;
+    WriteAddr /= 512;
+  }
+
+  /* Set Block Size for Card */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)BlockSize;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)WriteAddr;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK);
+  }
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Set total number of bytes to write */
+  totalnumberofbytes = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
+
+  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength    = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure);
+
+  /* Write block(s) in polling mode */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND))
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+    {
+      if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE))
+      {
+        if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32)
+        {
+          restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes -  bytestransferred) / 4 + 1);
+
+          /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */
+          for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++)
+          {
+            SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff);
+            tempbuff++;
+            bytestransferred += 4;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */
+          for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
+          {
+            SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count));
+          }
+
+          tempbuff += 8;
+          bytestransferred += 32;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* In case of single data block transfer no need of stop command at all */
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND))
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+    {
+      if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE))
+      {
+        if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32)
+        {
+          restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes -  bytestransferred) / 4 + 1);
+
+          /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */
+          for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++)
+          {
+            SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff);
+            tempbuff++;
+            bytestransferred += 4;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */
+          for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
+          {
+            SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count));
+          }
+
+          tempbuff += 8;
+          bytestransferred += 32;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock write */
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1))
+  {
+    if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
+      (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
+    {
+      /* Send stop transmission command */
+      errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get error state */
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_TX_UNDERRUN;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  /* Wait till the card is in programming state */
+  errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
+
+  while ((errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING)))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer
+  *         is managed by DMA mode.
+  * @note   This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation()
+  *         to check the completion of the read process
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pReadBuffer: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data
+  * @param  ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read
+  * @param  BlockSize: SD card Data block size
+  * @note   BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read.
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  /* Initialize data control register */
+  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize handle flags */
+  hsd->SdTransferCplt  = 0;
+  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0;
+  hsd->SdTransferErr   = SD_OK;
+
+  /* Initialize SD Read operation */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable transfer interrupts */
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DATAEND  |\
+                                SDIO_IT_RXOVERR  |\
+                                SDIO_IT_STBITERR));
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DATAEND  |\
+                                SDIO_IT_RXOVERR));
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+
+  /* Enable SDIO DMA transfer */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsd->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback  = SD_DMA_RxCplt;
+  hsd->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_RxError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)pReadBuffer, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4);
+
+  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
+  {
+    BlockSize = 512;
+    ReadAddr /= 512;
+  }
+
+  /* Set Block Size for Card */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)BlockSize;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength    = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure);
+
+  /* Check number of blocks command */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)ReadAddr;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SD transfer error in SD handle */
+  hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate;
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer
+  *         is managed by DMA mode.
+  * @note   This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation()
+  *         to check the completion of the write process (by SD current status polling).
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit
+  * @param  WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be read
+  * @param  BlockSize: the SD card Data block size
+  * @note   BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
+  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  /* Initialize data control register */
+  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize handle flags */
+  hsd->SdTransferCplt  = 0;
+  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0;
+  hsd->SdTransferErr   = SD_OK;
+
+  /* Initialize SD Write operation */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable transfer interrupts */
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DATAEND  |\
+                                SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR |\
+                                SDIO_IT_STBITERR));
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT |\
+                                SDIO_IT_DATAEND  |\
+                                SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR));
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsd->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback  = SD_DMA_TxCplt;
+  hsd->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_TxError;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pWriteBuffer, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4);
+
+  /* Enable SDIO DMA transfer */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_DMA_ENABLE();
+
+  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
+  {
+    BlockSize = 512;
+    WriteAddr /= 512;
+  }
+
+  /* Set Block Size for Card */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)BlockSize;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Check number of blocks command */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks <= 1)
+  {
+    /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK;
+  }
+
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)WriteAddr;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK);
+  }
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength    = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure);
+
+  hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate;
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function waits until the SD DMA data read transfer is finished.
+  *         This API should be called after HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() function
+  *         to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the
+  *         DMA controller.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t timeout = Timeout;
+  uint32_t tmp1, tmp2;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3;
+
+  /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */
+  tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
+  tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
+  tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
+
+  while ((tmp1 == 0) && (tmp2 == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0))
+  {
+    tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
+    tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
+    tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  timeout = Timeout;
+
+  /* Wait until the Rx transfer is no longer active */
+  while((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXACT)) && (timeout > 0))
+  {
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  /* Send stop command in multiblock read */
+  if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK)
+  {
+    errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
+  }
+
+  if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  /* Return error state */
+  if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr);
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function waits until the SD DMA data write transfer is finished.
+  *         This API should be called after HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() function
+  *         to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the
+  *         DMA controller.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t timeout = Timeout;
+  uint32_t tmp1, tmp2;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3;
+
+  /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */
+  tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
+  tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
+  tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
+
+  while ((tmp1 == 0) && (tmp2 == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0))
+  {
+    tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
+    tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
+    tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  timeout = Timeout;
+
+  /* Wait until the Tx transfer is no longer active */
+  while((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXACT))  && (timeout > 0))
+  {
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  /* Send stop command in multiblock write */
+  if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK)
+  {
+    errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
+  }
+
+  if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  /* Return error state */
+  if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr);
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until write is complete */
+  while(HAL_SD_GetStatus(hsd) != SD_TRANSFER_OK)
+  {
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases the specified memory area of the given SD card.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  startaddr: Start byte address
+  * @param  endaddr: End byte address
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Erase(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t startaddr, uint64_t endaddr)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+
+  uint32_t delay         = 0;
+  __IO uint32_t maxdelay = 0;
+  uint8_t cardstate      = 0;
+
+  /* Check if the card command class supports erase command */
+  if (((hsd->CSD[1] >> 20) & SD_CCCC_ERASE) == 0)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Get max delay value */
+  maxdelay = 120000 / (((hsd->Instance->CLKCR) & 0xFF) + 2);
+
+  if((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Get start and end block for high capacity cards */
+  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
+  {
+    startaddr /= 512;
+    endaddr   /= 512;
+  }
+
+  /* According to sd-card spec 1.0 ERASE_GROUP_START (CMD32) and erase_group_end(CMD33) */
+  if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
+    (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
+  {
+    /* Send CMD32 SD_ERASE_GRP_START with argument as addr  */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         =(uint32_t)startaddr;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START);
+
+    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* Send CMD33 SD_ERASE_GRP_END with argument as addr  */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)endaddr;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END);
+
+    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Send CMD38 ERASE */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_ERASE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_ERASE);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  for (; delay < maxdelay; delay++)
+  {
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until the card is in programming state */
+  errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
+
+  delay = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+
+  while ((delay > 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING)))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
+    delay--;
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SD card interrupt request.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SD_IRQHandler(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* Check for SDIO interrupt flags */
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND);
+
+    /* SD transfer is complete */
+    hsd->SdTransferCplt = 1;
+
+    /* No transfer error */
+    hsd->SdTransferErr  = SD_OK;
+
+    HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(hsd);
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
+
+    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
+
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
+
+    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+
+    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_RXOVERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR);
+
+    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
+
+    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR);
+
+    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_TX_UNDERRUN;
+
+    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
+  }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_STBITERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR);
+
+    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_START_BIT_ERR;
+
+    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
+  }
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  /* Disable all SDIO peripheral interrupt sources */
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_DATAEND  |\
+                                SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE | SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR |\
+                                SDIO_IT_RXOVERR  | SDIO_IT_STBITERR);
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_DATAEND  |\
+                                SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE | SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR |\
+                                SDIO_IT_RXOVERR);
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD end of transfer callback.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD Transfer Error callback.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD Transfer complete Rx callback in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete Rx error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD Transfer complete Tx callback in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete error Tx callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group3
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SD card
+    operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns information about specific card.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pCardInfo: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure that
+  *         contains all SD cardinformation
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *pCardInfo)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  pCardInfo->CardType = (uint8_t)(hsd->CardType);
+  pCardInfo->RCA      = (uint16_t)(hsd->RCA);
+
+  /* Byte 0 */
+  tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSDStruct      = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0xC0) >> 6);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.SysSpecVersion = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x3C) >> 2);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved1      = tmp & 0x03;
+
+  /* Byte 1 */
+  tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.TAAC = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 2 */
+  tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.NSAC = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 3 */
+  tmp = hsd->CSD[0] & 0x000000FF;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxBusClkFrec = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 4 */
+  tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses = (uint16_t)(tmp << 4);
+
+  /* Byte 5 */
+  tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses |= (uint16_t)((tmp & 0xF0) >> 4);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen       = (uint8_t)(tmp & 0x0F);
+
+  /* Byte 6 */
+  tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.PartBlockRead   = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x80) >> 7);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x40) >> 6);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x20) >> 5);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.DSRImpl         = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x10) >> 4);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved2       = 0; /*!< Reserved */
+
+  if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0))
+  {
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x03) << 10;
+
+    /* Byte 7 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF);
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp) << 2;
+
+    /* Byte 8 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6;
+
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0x38) >> 3;
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x07);
+
+    /* Byte 9 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0xE0) >> 5;
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2;
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul      = (tmp & 0x03) << 1;
+    /* Byte 10 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
+
+    pCardInfo->CardCapacity  = (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1) ;
+    pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= (1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul + 2));
+    pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen);
+    pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= pCardInfo->CardBlockSize;
+  }
+  else if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
+  {
+    /* Byte 7 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF);
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x3F) << 16;
+
+    /* Byte 8 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp << 8);
+
+    /* Byte 9 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+
+    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp);
+
+    /* Byte 10 */
+    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
+
+    pCardInfo->CardCapacity = (uint64_t)((((uint64_t)pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1)) * 512 * 1024);
+    pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 512;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Not supported card type */
+    errorstate = SD_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrSize = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul  = (tmp & 0x3F) << 1;
+
+  /* Byte 11 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[2] & 0x000000FF);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul     |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrSize = (tmp & 0x7F);
+
+  /* Byte 12 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrEnable = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.ManDeflECC        = (tmp & 0x60) >> 5;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrSpeedFact       = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen     = (tmp & 0x03) << 2;
+
+  /* Byte 13 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen      |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WriteBlockPaPartial = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved3           = 0;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.ContentProtectAppli = (tmp & 0x01);
+
+  /* Byte 14 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormatGrouop = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CopyFlag         = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.PermWrProtect    = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.TempWrProtect    = (tmp & 0x10) >> 4;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormat       = (tmp & 0x0C) >> 2;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.ECC              = (tmp & 0x03);
+
+  /* Byte 15 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[3] & 0x000000FF);
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSD_CRC   = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1;
+  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved4 = 1;
+
+  /* Byte 0 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufacturerID = tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 1 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID = tmp << 8;
+
+  /* Byte 2 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF00) >> 8);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID |= tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 3 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 = tmp << 24;
+
+  /* Byte 4 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 16;
+
+  /* Byte 5 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 8;
+
+  /* Byte 6 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 7 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[1] & 0x000000FF);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName2 = tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 8 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdRev = tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 9 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN = tmp << 24;
+
+  /* Byte 10 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 16;
+
+  /* Byte 11 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[2] & 0x000000FF);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 8;
+
+  /* Byte 12 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 13 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved1   |= (tmp & 0xF0) >> 4;
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate = (tmp & 0x0F) << 8;
+
+  /* Byte 14 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate |= tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 15 */
+  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[3] & 0x000000FF);
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.CID_CRC   = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1;
+  pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved2 = 1;
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by
+  *         card.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  WideMode: Specifies the SD card wide bus mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B: 8-bit data transfer (Only for MMC)
+  *            @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B: 4-bit data transfer
+  *            @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B: 1-bit data transfer
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WideBusOperation_Config(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t WideMode)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  SDIO_InitTypeDef tmpinit;
+
+  /* MMC Card does not support this feature */
+  if (hsd->CardType == MULTIMEDIA_CARD)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
+    (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
+  {
+    if (WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B)
+    {
+      errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE;
+    }
+    else if (WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B)
+    {
+      errorstate = SD_WideBus_Enable(hsd);
+    }
+    else if (WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B)
+    {
+      errorstate = SD_WideBus_Disable(hsd);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* WideMode is not a valid argument*/
+      errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+    }
+
+    if (errorstate == SD_OK)
+    {
+      /* Configure the SDIO peripheral */
+      tmpinit.ClockEdge           = hsd->Init.ClockEdge;
+      tmpinit.ClockBypass         = hsd->Init.ClockBypass;
+      tmpinit.ClockPowerSave      = hsd->Init.ClockPowerSave;
+      tmpinit.BusWide             = WideMode;
+      tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = hsd->Init.HardwareFlowControl;
+      tmpinit.ClockDiv            = hsd->Init.ClockDiv;
+      SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Aborts an ongoing data transfer.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_StopTransfer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  /* Send CMD12 STOP_TRANSMISSION  */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Switches the SD card to High Speed mode.
+  *         This API must be used after "Transfer State"
+  * @note   This operation should be followed by the configuration
+  *         of PLL to have SDIOCK clock between 67 and 75 MHz
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_HighSpeed (SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure;
+
+  uint8_t SD_hs[64]  = {0};
+  uint32_t SD_scr[2] = {0, 0};
+  uint32_t SD_SPEC   = 0 ;
+  uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)SD_hs;
+
+  /* Initialize the Data control register */
+  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
+
+  /* Get SCR Register */
+  errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, SD_scr);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Test the Version supported by the card*/
+  SD_SPEC = (SD_scr[1]  & 0x01000000) | (SD_scr[1]  & 0x02000000);
+
+  if (SD_SPEC != SD_ALLZERO)
+  {
+    /* Set Block Size for Card */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)64;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
+
+    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+    sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+    sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength    = 64;
+    sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B ;
+    sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO;
+    sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+    sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE;
+    SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure);
+
+    /* Send CMD6 switch mode */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0x80FFFF01;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH);
+
+    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+    while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND))
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+    {
+      if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
+      {
+        for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
+        {
+          *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+        }
+
+        tempbuff += 8;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
+    {
+      __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
+
+      errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+    else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
+    {
+      __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
+
+      errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
+
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+    else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR))
+    {
+      __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR);
+
+      errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
+
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+    else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+    {
+      __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR);
+
+      errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR;
+
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+    else
+    {
+      /* No error flag set */
+    }
+
+    count = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+
+    while ((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0))
+    {
+      *tempbuff = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+      tempbuff++;
+      count--;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear all the static flags */
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+    /* Test if the switch mode HS is ok */
+    if ((SD_hs[13]& 2) != 2)
+    {
+      errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group4
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in runtime the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the current SD card's status.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pSDstatus: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card status
+  *         SD Status register)
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSDstatus)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef  sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+
+  /* Check SD response */
+  if ((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Set block size for card if it is not equal to current block size for card */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 64;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Send CMD55 */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength    = 64;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure);
+
+  /* Send ACMD13 (SD_APP_STATUS)  with argument as card's RCA */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS);
+
+  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Get status data */
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+  while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND))
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+  {
+    if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
+    {
+      for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
+      {
+        *(pSDstatus + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+      }
+
+      pSDstatus += 8;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  count = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+  while ((__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0))
+  {
+    *pSDstatus = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+    pSDstatus++;
+    count--;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static status flags*/
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the current sd card data status.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval Data Transfer state
+  */
+HAL_SD_TransferStateTypedef HAL_SD_GetStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef cardstate =  SD_CARD_TRANSFER;
+
+  /* Get SD card state */
+  cardstate = SD_GetState(hsd);
+
+  /* Find SD status according to card state*/
+  if (cardstate == SD_CARD_TRANSFER)
+  {
+    return SD_TRANSFER_OK;
+  }
+  else if(cardstate == SD_CARD_ERROR)
+  {
+    return SD_TRANSFER_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return SD_TRANSFER_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the SD card status.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pCardStatus: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef structure that
+  *         will contain the SD card status information
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_GetCardStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef *pCardStatus)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+  uint32_t sd_status[16];
+
+  errorstate = HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(hsd, sd_status);
+
+  if (errorstate  != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Byte 0 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0xC0) >> 6;
+  pCardStatus->DAT_BUS_WIDTH = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 0 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0x20) >> 5;
+  pCardStatus->SECURED_MODE = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 2 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[2] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8);
+
+  /* Byte 3 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[3] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE |= (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 4 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[4] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA = (uint8_t)(tmp << 24);
+
+  /* Byte 5 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[5] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 16);
+
+  /* Byte 6 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[6] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 8);
+
+  /* Byte 7 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[7] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 8 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[8] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->SPEED_CLASS = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 9 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[9] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->PERFORMANCE_MOVE = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 10 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[10] & 0xF0) >> 4;
+  pCardStatus->AU_SIZE = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 11 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[11] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8);
+
+  /* Byte 12 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[12] & 0xFF);
+  pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE |= (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 13 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0xFC) >> 2;
+  pCardStatus->ERASE_TIMEOUT = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  /* Byte 13 */
+  tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0x3);
+  pCardStatus->ERASE_OFFSET = (uint8_t)tmp;
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete Rx callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* DMA transfer is complete */
+  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1;
+
+  /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */
+  while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0)
+  {
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the DMA channel */
+  HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
+
+  /* Transfer complete user callback */
+  HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmarx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD DMA transfer Error Rx callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Transfer complete user callback */
+  HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmarx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete Tx callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* DMA transfer is complete */
+  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1;
+
+  /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */
+  while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0)
+  {
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the DMA channel */
+  HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
+
+  /* Transfer complete user callback */
+  HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmatx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SD DMA transfer Error Tx callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = ( SD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Transfer complete user callback */
+  HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmatx);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SD current state.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD card current state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  uint32_t resp1 = 0;
+
+  if (SD_SendStatus(hsd, &resp1) != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return SD_CARD_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return (HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef)((resp1 >> 9) & 0x0F);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes all cards or single card as the case may be Card(s) come
+  *         into standby state.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint16_t sd_rca = 1;
+
+  if(SDIO_GetPowerState(hsd->Instance) == 0) /* Power off */
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  if(hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD)
+  {
+    /* Send CMD2 ALL_SEND_CID */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_LONG;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd);
+
+    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* Get Card identification number data */
+    hsd->CID[0] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1);
+    hsd->CID[1] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP2);
+    hsd->CID[2] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP3);
+    hsd->CID[3] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP4);
+  }
+
+  if((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1)    || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
+     (hsd->CardType == SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_COMBO_CARD) || (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
+  {
+    /* Send CMD3 SET_REL_ADDR with argument 0 */
+    /* SD Card publishes its RCA. */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp6Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR, &sd_rca);
+
+    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD)
+  {
+    /* Get the SD card RCA */
+    hsd->RCA = sd_rca;
+
+    /* Send CMD9 SEND_CSD with argument as card's RCA */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEND_CSD;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_LONG;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd);
+
+    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* Get Card Specific Data */
+    hsd->CSD[0] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1);
+    hsd->CSD[1] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP2);
+    hsd->CSD[2] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP3);
+    hsd->CSD[3] = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP4);
+  }
+
+  /* All cards are initialized */
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects of Deselects the corresponding card.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  addr: Address of the card to be selected
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  /* Send CMD7 SDIO_SEL_DESEL_CARD */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)addr;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enquires cards about their operating voltage and configures clock
+  *         controls and stores SD information that will be needed in future
+  *         in the SD handle.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t response = 0, count = 0, validvoltage = 0;
+  uint32_t sdtype = SD_STD_CAPACITY;
+
+  /* Power ON Sequence -------------------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Disable SDIO Clock */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_DISABLE();
+
+  /* Set Power State to ON */
+  SDIO_PowerState_ON(hsd->Instance);
+
+  /* 1ms: required power up waiting time before starting the SD initialization
+     sequence */
+  HAL_Delay(1);
+
+  /* Enable SDIO Clock */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_ENABLE();
+
+  /* CMD0: GO_IDLE_STATE -----------------------------------------------------*/
+  /* No CMD response required */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_GO_IDLE_STATE;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdError(hsd);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    /* CMD Response Timeout (wait for CMDSENT flag) */
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* CMD8: SEND_IF_COND ------------------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Send CMD8 to verify SD card interface operating condition */
+  /* Argument: - [31:12]: Reserved (shall be set to '0')
+  - [11:8]: Supply Voltage (VHS) 0x1 (Range: 2.7-3.6 V)
+  - [7:0]: Check Pattern (recommended 0xAA) */
+  /* CMD Response: R7 */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = SD_CHECK_PATTERN;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_SDIO_SEND_IF_COND;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp7Error(hsd);
+
+  if (errorstate == SD_OK)
+  {
+    /* SD Card 2.0 */
+    hsd->CardType = STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0;
+    sdtype        = SD_HIGH_CAPACITY;
+  }
+
+  /* Send CMD55 */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
+
+  /* If errorstate is Command Timeout, it is a MMC card */
+  /* If errorstate is SD_OK it is a SD card: SD card 2.0 (voltage range mismatch)
+     or SD card 1.x */
+  if(errorstate == SD_OK)
+  {
+    /* SD CARD */
+    /* Send ACMD41 SD_APP_OP_COND with Argument 0x80100000 */
+    while((!validvoltage) && (count < SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL))
+    {
+
+      /* SEND CMD55 APP_CMD with RCA as 0 */
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+      SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+      /* Check for error conditions */
+      errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
+
+      if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+      {
+        return errorstate;
+      }
+
+      /* Send CMD41 */
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD | sdtype;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_APP_OP_COND;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+      sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+      SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+      /* Check for error conditions */
+      errorstate = SD_CmdResp3Error(hsd);
+
+      if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+      {
+        return errorstate;
+      }
+
+      /* Get command response */
+      response = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1);
+
+      /* Get operating voltage*/
+      validvoltage = (((response >> 31) == 1) ? 1 : 0);
+
+      count++;
+    }
+
+    if(count >= SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL)
+    {
+      errorstate = SD_INVALID_VOLTRANGE;
+
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    if((response & SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) == SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) /* (response &= SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) */
+    {
+      hsd->CardType = HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD;
+    }
+
+  } /* else MMC Card */
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Turns the SDIO output signals off.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  /* Set Power State to OFF */
+  SDIO_PowerState_OFF(hsd->Instance);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the current card's status.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pCardStatus: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card
+  *         status (Card Status register)
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  if(pCardStatus == NULL)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Send Status command */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Get SD card status */
+  *pCardStatus = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for CMD0.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t timeout, tmp;
+
+  timeout = SDIO_CMD0TIMEOUT;
+
+  tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT);
+
+  while((timeout > 0) && (!tmp))
+  {
+    tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT);
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  if(timeout == 0)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R7 response.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_ERROR;
+  uint32_t timeout = SDIO_CMD0TIMEOUT, tmp;
+
+  tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+  while((!tmp) && (timeout > 0))
+  {
+    tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+    timeout--;
+  }
+
+  tmp = __HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+  if((timeout == 0) || tmp)
+  {
+    /* Card is not V2.0 compliant or card does not support the set voltage range */
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND))
+  {
+    /* Card is SD V2.0 compliant */
+    errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R1 response.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  SD_CMD: The sent command index
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t response_r1;
+
+  while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Check response received is of desired command */
+  if(SDIO_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis  */
+  response_r1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1);
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE)
+  {
+    return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED)
+  {
+    return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR)
+  {
+    return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR)
+  {
+    return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM)
+  {
+    return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION)
+  {
+    return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED)
+  {
+    return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED)
+  {
+    return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD)
+  {
+    return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED)
+  {
+    return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR)
+  {
+    return(SD_CC_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR)
+  {
+    return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN)
+  {
+    return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN)
+  {
+    return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE)
+  {
+    return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP)
+  {
+    return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED)
+  {
+    return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET)
+  {
+    return(SD_ERASE_RESET);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR)
+  {
+    return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R3 (OCR) response.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  while (!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R2 (CID or CSD) response.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  while (!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+  }
+
+  if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if (__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R6 (RCA) response.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  SD_CMD: The sent command index
+  * @param  pRCA: Pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card relative
+  *         address RCA
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA)
+{
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t response_r1;
+
+  while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  /* Check response received is of desired command */
+  if(SDIO_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  /* We have received response, retrieve it.  */
+  response_r1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1);
+
+  if((response_r1 & (SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR | SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD | SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED)) == SD_ALLZERO)
+  {
+    *pRCA = (uint16_t) (response_r1 >> 16);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR)
+  {
+    return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD)
+  {
+    return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD);
+  }
+
+  if((response_r1 & SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED)
+  {
+    return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED);
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the SDIO wide bus mode.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0};
+
+  if((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Get SCR Register */
+  errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* If requested card supports wide bus operation */
+  if((scr[1] & SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO)
+  {
+    /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA.*/
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
+
+    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 2 for wide bus mode */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 2;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH);
+
+    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the SDIO wide bus mode.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+
+  uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0};
+
+  if((SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Get SCR Register */
+  errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* If requested card supports 1 bit mode operation */
+  if((scr[1] & SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO)
+  {
+    /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
+
+    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 0 for single bus mode */
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+    sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH;
+    SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+    /* Check for error conditions */
+    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH);
+
+    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+    {
+      return errorstate;
+    }
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Finds the SD card SCR register value.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pSCR: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SCR value
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef  sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  SDIO_DataInitTypeDef sdio_datainitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  uint32_t index = 0;
+  uint32_t tempscr[2] = {0, 0};
+
+  /* Set Block Size To 8 Bytes */
+  /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)8;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)((hsd->RCA) << 16);
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataLength    = 8;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_8B;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
+  sdio_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdio_datainitstructure);
+
+  /* Send ACMD51 SD_APP_SEND_SCR with argument as 0 */
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  /* Check for error conditions */
+  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR);
+
+  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */
+  while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND))
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+  {
+    if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL))
+    {
+      *(tempscr + index) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
+      index++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
+
+    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR
+  else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR))
+  {
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR);
+
+    errorstate = SD_START_BIT_ERR;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+  *(pSCR + 1) = ((tempscr[0] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24)  | ((tempscr[0] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\
+    ((tempscr[0] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[0] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24);
+
+  *(pSCR) = ((tempscr[1] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24)  | ((tempscr[1] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\
+    ((tempscr[1] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[1] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24);
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks if the SD card is in programming state.
+  * @param  hsd: SD handle
+  * @param  pStatus: pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card state
+  * @retval SD Card error state
+  */
+static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus)
+{
+  SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdio_cmdinitstructure;
+  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
+  __IO uint32_t responseR1 = 0;
+
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO;
+  sdio_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE;
+  SDIO_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdio_cmdinitstructure);
+
+  while(!__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else if(__HAL_SD_SDIO_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
+
+    __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No error flag set */
+  }
+
+  /* Check response received is of desired command */
+  if((uint32_t)SDIO_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS)
+  {
+    errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD;
+
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear all the static flags */
+  __HAL_SD_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS);
+
+
+  /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis */
+  responseR1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_RESP1);
+
+  /* Find out card status */
+  *pStatus = (uint8_t)((responseR1 >> 9) & 0x0000000F);
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO)
+  {
+    return errorstate;
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE)
+  {
+    return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED)
+  {
+    return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR)
+  {
+    return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR)
+  {
+    return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM)
+  {
+    return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION)
+  {
+    return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED)
+  {
+    return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED)
+  {
+    return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD)
+  {
+    return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED)
+  {
+    return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR)
+  {
+    return(SD_CC_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR)
+  {
+    return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN)
+  {
+    return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN)
+  {
+    return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE)
+  {
+    return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP)
+  {
+    return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED)
+  {
+    return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET)
+  {
+    return(SD_ERASE_RESET);
+  }
+
+  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR)
+  {
+    return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR);
+  }
+
+  return errorstate;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..375293e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c
@@ -0,0 +1,842 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SDRAM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive SDRAM memories mounted
+  *          as external device.
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
+    control SDRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
+    with SDRAM devices.
+    The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
+    with SDRAM memories:
+
+   (#) Declare a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+          SDRAM_HandleTypeDef  hdsram
+
+       (++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
+            values of the structure member.
+
+       (++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
+            base register instance for NOR or SDRAM device
+
+   (#) Declare a FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef structure; for example:
+          FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef  Timing;
+      and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
+
+   (#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_Init(). This function
+       performs the following sequence:
+
+       (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SDRAM_MspInit()
+       (##) Control register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
+            FMC_SDRAM_Init()
+       (##) Timing register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
+            FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
+       (##) Program the SDRAM external device by applying its initialization sequence
+            according to the device plugged in your hardware. This step is mandatory
+            for accessing the SDRAM device.
+
+   (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
+       to the SDRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
+       following APIs:
+       (++) HAL_SDRAM_Read()/HAL_SDRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
+       (++) HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
+
+   (#) You can also control the SDRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
+       HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SDRAM write operation or
+       the function HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand() to send a specified command to the SDRAM
+       device. The command to be sent must be configured with the FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef
+       structure.
+
+   (#) You can continuously monitor the SDRAM device HAL state by calling the function
+       HAL_SDRAM_GetState()
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDRAM SDRAM
+  * @brief SDRAM driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions SDRAM Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+           ##### SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+    the SDRAM memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Performs the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SDRAM control timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Init(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  /* Check the SDRAM handle parameter */
+  if(hsdram == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hsdram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(hsdram);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the SDRAM controller state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Initialize SDRAM control Interface */
+  FMC_SDRAM_Init(hsdram->Instance, &(hsdram->Init));
+
+  /* Initialize SDRAM timing Interface */
+  FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(hsdram->Instance, Timing, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM controller state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Perform the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_DeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(hsdram);
+
+  /* Configure the SDRAM registers with their reset values */
+  FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
+
+  /* Reset the SDRAM controller state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SDRAM MSP Init.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SDRAM MSP DeInit.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SDRAM refresh error interrupt request.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+void HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* Check SDRAM interrupt Rising edge flag */
+  if(__FMC_SDRAM_GET_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_IT))
+  {
+    /* SDRAM refresh error interrupt callback */
+    HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(hsdram);
+
+    /* Clear SDRAM refresh error interrupt pending bit */
+    __FMC_SDRAM_CLEAR_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_ERROR);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SDRAM Refresh error callback.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### SDRAM Input and Output functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SDRAM memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 8-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Read data from source */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    pSdramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 8-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  tmp = hsdram->State;
+
+  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    pSdramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 16-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Read data from source */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    pSdramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 16-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  tmp = hsdram->State;
+
+  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    pSdramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 32-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Read data from source */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    pSdramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 32-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  tmp = hsdram->State;
+
+  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    pSdramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads a Words data from the SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  tmp = hsdram->State;
+
+  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
+  hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes a Words data buffer to SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
+
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  tmp = hsdram->State;
+
+  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
+  hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                         ##### SDRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the SDRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable write protection */
+  FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable write protection */
+  FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends Command to the SDRAM bank.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  Command: SDRAM command structure
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send SDRAM command */
+  FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(hsdram->Instance, Command, Timeout);
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(Command->CommandMode == FMC_SDRAM_CMD_PALL)
+  {
+    hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Programs the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t RefreshRate)
+{
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Program the refresh rate */
+  FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(hsdram->Instance ,RefreshRate);
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @param  AutoRefreshNumber: The SDRAM auto Refresh number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber)
+{
+  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
+  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the Auto-Refresh number */
+  FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(hsdram->Instance ,AutoRefreshNumber);
+
+  /* Update the SDRAM state */
+  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SDRAM memory current mode.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval The SDRAM memory mode.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  /* Return the SDRAM memory current mode */
+  return(FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### SDRAM State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SDRAM controller
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SDRAM state.
+  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_GetState(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
+{
+  return hsdram->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..094a060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1303 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the SMARTCARD peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+        (##) SMARTCARD pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the SMARTCARD GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these SMARTCARD pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
+             and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+
+    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
+        flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the SMARTCARD Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD registers by calling the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API:
+        (++) These APIs configure also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+             by calling the customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API.
+    [..]
+    (@) The specific SMARTCARD interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+        RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+        __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+
+    [..]
+    Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+    *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+    =================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
+      (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
+
+    *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+    ===================================
+    [..]
+      (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+          add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+          add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+          add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+    ==============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
+      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+          add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
+      (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
+      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+          add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
+      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+          add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
+
+    *** SMARTCARD HAL driver macros list ***
+    =============================================
+    [..]
+      Below the list of most used macros in SMARTCARD HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE: Enable the SMARTCARD peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE: Disable the SMARTCARD peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified SMARTCARD flag is set or not
+      (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending flag
+      (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
+      (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
+
+    [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the SMARTCARD HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD SMARTCARD
+  * @brief HAL USART SMARTCARD module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE  22000
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 SmartCard Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART
+  in Smartcard mode.
+  [..]
+  The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as
+  defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard.
+  [..]
+  The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output.
+  In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived
+  from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler.
+  [..]
+  (+) For the Smartcard mode only these parameters can be configured:
+      (++) Baud Rate
+      (++) Word Length => Should be 9 bits (8 bits + parity)
+      (++) Stop Bit
+      (++) Parity: => Should be enabled
+   +-------------------------------------------------------------+
+   |   M bit |  PCE bit  |        SMARTCARD frame                |
+   |---------------------|---------------------------------------|
+   |    1    |    1      |    | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |     |
+   +-------------------------------------------------------------+
+      (++) USART polarity
+      (++) USART phase
+      (++) USART LastBit
+      (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+      (++) Prescaler
+      (++) GuardTime
+      (++) NACKState: The Smartcard NACK state
+
+     (+) Recommended SmartCard interface configuration to get the Answer to Reset from the Card:
+        (++) Word Length = 9 Bits
+        (++) 1.5 Stop Bit
+        (++) Even parity
+        (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud
+        (++) Tx and Rx enabled
+  [..]
+  Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details.
+
+    -@- It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is recommended
+        to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching
+        between the two configurations.
+  [..]
+    The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() function follows the USART  SmartCard configuration
+    procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0329)).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the SmartCard mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle .
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */
+  if(hsc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK_STATE(hsc->Init.NACKState));
+
+  if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hsc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+    HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(hsc);
+  }
+
+  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the Prescaler */
+  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, hsc->Init.Prescaler);
+
+  /* Set the Guard Time */
+  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_GT, ((hsc->Init.GuardTime)<<8));
+
+  /* Set the Smartcard Communication parameters */
+  SMARTCARD_SetConfig(hsc);
+
+  /* In SmartCard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+  - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register
+  - HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  hsc->Instance->CR2 &= ~USART_CR2_LINEN;
+  hsc->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+
+  /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
+
+  /* Enable the SMARTCARD Framing Error Interrupt */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE(hsc);
+
+  /* Configure the Smartcard NACK state */
+  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_NACK, hsc->Init.NACKState);
+
+  /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+  hsc->Instance->CR3 |= (USART_CR3_SCEN);
+
+  /* Initialize the SMARTCARD state*/
+  hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+  hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the USART SmartCard peripheral
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */
+  if(hsc == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance));
+
+  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsc);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(hsc);
+
+  hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SMARTCARD MSP Init
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SMARTCARD MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data transfers.
+    [..]
+    Smartcard is a single wire half duplex communication protocol.
+    The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as
+    defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART should be configured as:
+    (+) 8 bits plus parity: where M=1 and PCE=1 in the USART_CR1 register
+    (+) 1.5 stop bits when transmitting and receiving: where STOP=11 in the USART_CR2 register.
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) Non Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+           or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+           dedicated SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+           using DMA mode.
+           The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+           will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+    (#) Blocking mode APIs are :
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
+
+    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    hsc->TxXferSize = Size;
+    hsc->TxXferCount = Size;
+    while(hsc->TxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      hsc->TxXferCount--;
+      if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) pData;
+      hsc->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+      pData +=1;
+    }
+
+    if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
+  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
+
+    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    hsc->RxXferSize = Size;
+    hsc->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Check the remain data to be received */
+    while(hsc->RxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      hsc->RxXferCount--;
+      if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) pData;
+      *tmp = (uint16_t)(hsc->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+      pData +=1;
+    }
+
+    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
+
+    hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsc->TxXferSize = Size;
+    hsc->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit data register empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
+
+    hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsc->RxXferSize = Size;
+    hsc->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Data Register not empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
+
+    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
+
+    hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsc->TxXferSize = Size;
+    hsc->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hsc->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hsc->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the SMARTCARD transmit DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+     /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+    in the SMARTCARD CR3 register */
+    hsc->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
+  * @note   When the SMARTCARD parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.s
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
+
+    hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hsc->RxXferSize = Size;
+
+    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hsc->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hsc->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+    in the SMARTCARD CR3 register */
+    hsc->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles SMARTCARD interrupt request.
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->Instance->SR;
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
+
+  /* SMARTCARD parity error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/
+  if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEFLAG(hsc);
+    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE;
+  }
+
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+  /* SMARTCARD frame error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+  if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEFLAG(hsc);
+    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE;
+  }
+
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+  /* SMARTCARD noise error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+  if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEFLAG(hsc);
+    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE;
+  }
+
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+  /* SMARTCARD Over-Run interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+  if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hsc);
+    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE;
+  }
+
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
+  /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------*/
+  if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(hsc);
+  }
+
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE);
+  /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------*/
+  if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(hsc);
+  }
+
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC);
+  /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ------------------------*/
+  if(((tmp1 & SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(hsc);
+  }
+
+  /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
+  if(hsc->ErrorCode != HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process */
+    hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+    HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SMARTCARD error callbacks
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief   SMARTCARD State and Errors functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SmartCard.
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SmartCard peripheral.
+     (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief return the SMARTCARD state
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  return hsc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SMARTCARD error code
+  * @param  hsc : pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD.
+  * @retval SMARTCARD Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  return hsc->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SMARTCARD transmit process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  hsc->TxXferCount = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+  in the USART CR3 register */
+  hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+  /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SMARTCARD receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  hsc->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+  in the USART CR3 register */
+  hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+  /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+  if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  hsc->RxXferCount = 0;
+  hsc->TxXferCount = 0;
+  hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+  hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SMARTCARD Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hsc: SMARTCARD handle
+  * @param  Flag: specifies the SMARTCARD flag to check.
+  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsc, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE and RXNE interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
+
+          hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsc, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE and RXNE interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
+
+          hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+  {
+    tmp = (uint16_t*) hsc->pTxBuffPtr;
+    hsc->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+    hsc->pTxBuffPtr += 1;
+
+    if(--hsc->TxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit data register empty Interrupt */
+      __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE);
+
+      /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  hsmartcard: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+  /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+  __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
+  if(hsmartcard->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    hsmartcard->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+
+    hsmartcard->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = hsc->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp1 == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+  {
+    tmp = (uint16_t*) hsc->pRxBuffPtr;
+    *tmp = (uint16_t)(hsc->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+    hsc->pRxBuffPtr += 1;
+
+    if(--hsc->RxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
+
+      /* Disable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
+      __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
+
+      /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+      __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
+
+      /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+      if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+      {
+        hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+      }
+
+      HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD peripheral
+  * @param  hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SMARTCARD module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_POLARITY(hsc->Init.CLKPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PHASE(hsc->Init.CLKPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_LASTBIT(hsc->Init.CLKLastBit));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_BAUDRATE(hsc->Init.BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_WORD_LENGTH(hsc->Init.WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_STOPBITS(hsc->Init.StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PARITY(hsc->Init.Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_MODE(hsc->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK_STATE(hsc->Init.NACKState));
+
+  /* The LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits have to be selected when both the transmitter and the
+     receiver are disabled (TE=RE=0) to ensure that the clock pulses function correctly. */
+  hsc->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR2;
+  /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL));
+  /* Configure the SMARTCARD Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit -----------------------*/
+  /* Set CPOL bit according to hsc->Init.CLKPolarity value */
+  /* Set CPHA bit according to hsc->Init.CLKPhase value */
+  /* Set LBCL bit according to hsc->Init.CLKLastBit value */
+  /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to hsc->Init.StopBits value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | hsc->Init.CLKPolarity |
+                      hsc->Init.CLKPhase| hsc->Init.CLKLastBit | hsc->Init.StopBits);
+  /* Write to USART CR2 */
+  hsc->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP);
+
+  /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to hsc->Init.StopBits value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(hsc->Init.StopBits);
+
+  /* Write to USART CR2 */
+  hsc->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR1;
+
+  /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \
+                                   USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /* Configure the SMARTCARD Word Length, Parity and mode:
+     Set the M bits according to hsc->Init.WordLength value
+     Set PCE and PS bits according to hsc->Init.Parity value
+     Set TE and RE bits according to hsc->Init.Mode value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)hsc->Init.WordLength | hsc->Init.Parity | hsc->Init.Mode;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR1 */
+  hsc->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+  hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE));
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+  if((hsc->Instance == USART1) || (hsc->Instance == USART6))
+  {
+    hsc->Instance->BRR = SMARTCARD_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), hsc->Init.BaudRate);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    hsc->Instance->BRR = SMARTCARD_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), hsc->Init.BaudRate);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acfda1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1210 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the SPDIFRX audio interface:
+  *           + Initialization and Configuration
+  *           + Data transfers functions
+  *           + DMA transfers management
+  *           + Interrupts and flags management
+  @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                  ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+    The SPDIFRX HAL driver can be used as follow:
+
+    (#) Declare SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the SPDIFRX low level resources by implement the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the SPDIFRX interface clock.
+        (##) SPDIFRX pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the SPDIFRX GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these SPDIFRX pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT() and HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT() API's).
+            (+++) Configure the SPDIFRX interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC SPDIFRX IRQ handle.
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA() and HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA() API's).
+            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Data Flow channel.
+                      (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Control Flow channel.
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure CtrlRx/DataRx with the required parameters.
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Channel.
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SPDIFRX DMA CtrlRx/DataRx handle.
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the
+                DMA CtrlRx/DataRx channel.
+
+   (#) Program the input selection, re-tries number, wait for activity, channel status selection, data format, stereo mode and masking of user bits
+       using HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() function.
+
+   -@- The specific SPDIFRX interrupts (RXNE/CSRNE and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+       __SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT() and __SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT() inside the receive process.
+   -@- Make sure that ck_spdif clock is configured.
+
+   (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+   *** Polling mode for reception operation (for debug purpose) ***
+   ================================================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Receive data flow in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow()
+         (+) Receive control flow of data in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow()
+
+   *** Interrupt mode for reception operation ***
+   =========================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT()
+         (+) Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT()
+     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback
+
+   *** DMA mode for reception operation ***
+   ========================================
+   [..]
+     (+) Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA()
+         (+) Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA()
+     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
+     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
+     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback
+     (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop()
+
+   *** SPDIFRX HAL driver macros list ***
+   =============================================
+   [..]
+     Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver.
+      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE: Disable the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (IDEL State)
+      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC: Enable the synchronization state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (SYNC State)
+      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV: Enable the receive state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (RCV State)
+      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts
+      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SPDIFRX flag is set or not.
+
+    [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the SPDIFRX HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @defgroup SPDIFRX SPDIFRX
+  * @brief SPDIFRX HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE  0xFFFF
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPDIFRX_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void  SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void  SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void  SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void  SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void  SPDIFRX_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void  SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif);
+static void  SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef  SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions SPDIFRX Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup  SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ===============================================================================
+  ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ===============================================================================
+  [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+  de-initialize the SPDIFRX peripheral:
+
+  (+) User must Implement HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() function in which he configures
+  all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+  (+) Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() to configure the SPDIFRX peripheral with
+  the selected configuration:
+  (++) Input Selection (IN0, IN1,...)
+  (++) Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase
+  (++) Wait for activity on SPDIF selected input
+  (++) Channel status selection (from channel A or B)
+  (++) Data format (LSB, MSB, ...)
+  (++) Stereo mode
+  (++) User bits masking (PT,C,U,V,...)
+
+  (+) Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+  of the selected SPDIFRXx peripheral.
+  @endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Initializes the SPDIFRX according to the specified parameters
+  *        in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_Init(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */
+  if(hspdif == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(hspdif->Init.StereoMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_INPUT_SELECT(hspdif->Init.InputSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_MAX_RETRIES(hspdif->Init.Retries));
+  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_WAIT_FOR_ACTIVITY(hspdif->Init.WaitForActivity));
+  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CHANNEL(hspdif->Init.ChannelSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(hspdif->Init.DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_PREAMBLE_TYPE_MASK(hspdif->Init.PreambleTypeMask));
+  assert_param(IS_CHANNEL_STATUS_MASK(hspdif->Init.ChannelStatusMask));
+  assert_param(IS_VALIDITY_MASK(hspdif->Init.ValidityBitMask));
+  assert_param(IS_PARITY_ERROR_MASK(hspdif->Init.ParityErrorMask));
+
+  if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hspdif->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+    HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit(hspdif);
+  }
+
+     /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is BUSY*/
+   hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable SPDIFRX interface (IDLE State) */
+  __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif);
+
+  /* Reset the old SPDIFRX CR configuration */
+  tmpreg = hspdif->Instance->CR;
+
+  tmpreg &= ~((uint16_t) SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO  | SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT  | SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK |
+                         SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK  |
+                         SPDIFRX_CR_CHSEL | SPDIFRX_CR_NBTR | SPDIFRX_CR_WFA |
+                         SPDIFRX_CR_INSEL);
+
+  /* Sets the new configuration of the SPDIFRX peripheral */
+  tmpreg |= ((uint16_t) hspdif->Init.StereoMode |
+                        hspdif->Init.InputSelection |
+                        hspdif->Init.Retries |
+                        hspdif->Init.WaitForActivity |
+                        hspdif->Init.ChannelSelection |
+                        hspdif->Init.DataFormat |
+                        hspdif->Init.PreambleTypeMask |
+                        hspdif->Init.ChannelStatusMask |
+                        hspdif->Init.ValidityBitMask |
+                        hspdif->Init.ParityErrorMask);
+
+  hspdif->Instance->CR = tmpreg;
+
+  hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is READY*/
+  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DeInitializes the SPDIFRX peripheral
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */
+  if(hspdif == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_ALL_INSTANCE(hspdif->Instance));
+
+  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable SPDIFRX interface (IDLE state) */
+  __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit(hspdif);
+
+  hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is RESET*/
+  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SPDIFRX MSP Init
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SPDIFRX MSP DeInit
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Sets the SPDIFRX  dtat format according to the specified parameters
+  *        in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @param sDataFormat: SPDIFRX data format
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_SetDataFormat(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef  sDataFormat)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */
+  if(hspdif == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(sDataFormat.StereoMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(sDataFormat.DataFormat));
+  assert_param(IS_PREAMBLE_TYPE_MASK(sDataFormat.PreambleTypeMask));
+  assert_param(IS_CHANNEL_STATUS_MASK(sDataFormat.ChannelStatusMask));
+  assert_param(IS_VALIDITY_MASK(sDataFormat.ValidityBitMask));
+  assert_param(IS_PARITY_ERROR_MASK(sDataFormat.ParityErrorMask));
+
+  /* Reset the old SPDIFRX CR configuration */
+  tmpreg = hspdif->Instance->CR;
+
+  if(((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV) == SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV) &&
+    (((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT) != sDataFormat.DataFormat) ||
+    ((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO) != sDataFormat.StereoMode)))
+  {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  tmpreg &= ~((uint16_t) SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO  | SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT  | SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK |
+                         SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK);
+
+  /* Sets the new configuration of the SPDIFRX peripheral */
+  tmpreg |= ((uint16_t) sDataFormat.StereoMode |
+                        sDataFormat.DataFormat |
+                        sDataFormat.PreambleTypeMask |
+                        sDataFormat.ChannelStatusMask |
+                        sDataFormat.ValidityBitMask |
+                        sDataFormat.ParityErrorMask);
+
+  hspdif->Instance->CR = tmpreg;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief Data transfers functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+##### IO operation functions #####
+===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPDIFRX data
+    transfers.
+
+    (#) There is two mode of transfer:
+        (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+             The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+             after finishing transfer.
+        (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+             or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer start-up.
+             The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+             dedicated SPDIFRX IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+             using DMA mode.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow()
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow()
+                (+@) Do not use blocking mode to receive both control and data flow at the same time.
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT()
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT()
+
+    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data (Data Flow) in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hspdif: pointer to SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for SPDIFRX module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+
+  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
+
+     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
+
+        /* Start synchronisation */
+        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
+
+            /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+            /* Start reception */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
+
+    /* Receive data flow */
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      (*pData++) = hspdif->Instance->DR;
+      Size--;
+    }
+
+    /* SPDIFRX ready */
+    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data (Control Flow) in blocking mode.
+  * @param  hspdif: pointer to a SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for SPDIFRX module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+
+  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
+
+     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
+
+        /* Start synchronization */
+        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
+
+        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+        /* Start reception */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
+
+        /* Receive control flow */
+    while(Size > 0)
+    {
+      /* Wait until CSRNE flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      (*pData++) = hspdif->Instance->CSR;
+      Size--;
+    }
+
+    /* SPDIFRX ready */
+    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be received .
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
+
+    hspdif->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hspdif->RxXferSize = Size;
+    hspdif->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
+     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+
+    /* Enable the SPDIFRX  PE Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
+
+    /* Enable the SPDIFRX  OVR Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+    /* Enable the SPDIFRX RXNE interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
+
+        if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00)
+        {
+        /* Start synchronization */
+        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
+
+        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+        /* Start reception */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
+        }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with Interrupt
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample (Control Flow) to be received :
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
+
+    hspdif->pCsBuffPtr = pData;
+    hspdif->CsXferSize = Size;
+    hspdif->CsXferCount = Size;
+
+    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
+     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX;
+
+
+    /* Enable the SPDIFRX PE Error Interrupt */
+     __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
+
+    /* Enable the SPDIFRX OVR Error Interrupt */
+     __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+    /* Enable the SPDIFRX CSRNE interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
+
+        if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00)
+        {
+        /* Start synchronization */
+        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
+
+        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+        /* Start reception */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
+      }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) mode with DMA
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data sample to be received :
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+
+  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX))
+  {
+    hspdif->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hspdif->RxXferSize = Size;
+    hspdif->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
+
+    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
+    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferErrorCallback = SPDIFRX_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA request */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspdif->hdmaDrRx, (uint32_t)&hspdif->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspdif->pRxBuffPtr, Size);
+
+    /* Enable RXDMAEN bit in SPDIFRX CR register for data flow reception*/
+     hspdif->Instance->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN;
+
+        if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00)
+        {
+        /* Start synchronization */
+        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
+
+        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+        /* Start reception */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
+        }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with DMA
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+  * @param Size: number of data (Control Flow) sample to be received :
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+ if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    hspdif->pCsBuffPtr = pData;
+    hspdif->CsXferSize = Size;
+    hspdif->CsXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
+
+    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
+    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX;
+
+    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferErrorCallback = SPDIFRX_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA request */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspdif->hdmaCsRx, (uint32_t)&hspdif->Instance->CSR, (uint32_t)hspdif->pCsBuffPtr, Size);
+
+    /* Enable CBDMAEN bit in SPDIFRX CR register for control flow reception*/
+    hspdif->Instance->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN;
+
+        if ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC || (SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00)
+        {
+        /* Start synchronization */
+        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
+
+        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
+      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+        /* Start reception */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
+        }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief stop the audio stream receive from the Media.
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
+
+  /* Disable the SPDIFRX DMA requests */
+  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN);
+  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN);
+
+  /* Disable the SPDIFRX DMA channel */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hspdif->hdmaDrRx);
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hspdif->hdmaCsRx);
+
+  /* Disable SPDIFRX peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif);
+
+  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SPDIFRX interrupt request.
+  * @param  hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_SPDIFRX_IRQHandler(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* SPDIFRX in mode Data Flow Reception ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
+  {
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
+    SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(hspdif);
+  }
+
+   /* SPDIFRX in mode Control Flow Reception ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE) != RESET))
+  {
+        __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
+    SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(hspdif);
+  }
+
+  /* SPDIFRX Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR);
+
+        /* Change the SPDIFRX error code */
+    hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_OVR;
+
+        /* the transfer is not stopped */
+    HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif);
+  }
+
+      /* SPDIFRX Parity error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE) != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR);
+
+        /* Change the SPDIFRX error code */
+    hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_PE;
+
+        /* the transfer is not stopped */
+    HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif);
+  }
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer (Data flow) half completed callbacks
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer (Data flow) completed callbacks
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx (Control flow) Transfer half completed callbacks
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer (Control flow) completed callbacks
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SPDIFRX error callbacks
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+  the HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+  */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+===============================================================================
+[..]
+This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SPDIFRX state
+  * @param  hspdif : SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_SPDIFRX_StateTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_GetState(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  return hspdif->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SPDIFRX error code
+  * @param  hspdif : SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval SPDIFRX Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SPDIFRX_GetError(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+  return hspdif->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Data flow) complete callback
+  * @param hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN);
+  hspdif->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+  HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(hspdif);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Data flow) half complete callback
+  * @param hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspdif);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Control flow) complete callback
+  * @param hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable Cb DMA Request */
+  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN);
+  hspdif->CsXferCount = 0;
+
+  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+  HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(hspdif);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Control flow) half complete callback
+  * @param hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback(hspdif);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX communication error callback
+  * @param hdma : DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPDIFRX_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* Disable Rx and Cb DMA Request */
+  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~(SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN | SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN));
+  hspdif->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+  hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
+  hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_DMA;
+  HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) with Interrupt
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+    /* Receive data */
+    (*hspdif->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspdif->Instance->DR;
+    hspdif->RxXferCount--;
+
+    if(hspdif->RxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable RXNE/PE and OVR interrupts */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE | SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE | SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
+
+      hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+      HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(hspdif);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with Interrupt
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
+{
+    /* Receive data */
+    (*hspdif->pCsBuffPtr++) = hspdif->Instance->CSR;
+    hspdif->CsXferCount--;
+
+    if(hspdif->CsXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable CSRNE interrupt */
+      __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
+
+       hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+      HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(hspdif);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles SPDIFRX Communication Timeout.
+  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
+  * @param Flag: Flag checked
+  * @param Status: Value of the flag expected
+  * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE);
+
+          hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
+                    __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE);
+          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE);
+
+          hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..481a52f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2298 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SPI HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+      (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+          SPI_HandleTypeDef  hspi;
+
+      (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit ()API:
+          (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock
+          (##) SPI pins configuration
+              (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs
+              (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull
+          (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+              (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority
+              (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle
+          (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+              (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream
+              (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using
+              (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+              (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
+              (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle
+              (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
+
+      (#) Program the Mode, Direction , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS
+          management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure.
+
+      (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API:
+          (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+              by calling the customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API.
+     [..]
+       Circular mode restriction:
+      (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes:
+          (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly
+          (##) Master 1Line Rx
+      (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled
+      (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs
+          the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks
+
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI SPI
+  * @brief SPI HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE  10
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void SPI_TxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_TxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2LinesRxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+          de-initialize the SPIx peripheral:
+
+      (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures
+          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with
+          the selected configuration:
+        (++) Mode
+        (++) Direction
+        (++) Data Size
+        (++) Clock Polarity and Phase
+        (++) NSS Management
+        (++) BaudRate Prescaler
+        (++) FirstBit
+        (++) TIMode
+        (++) CRC Calculation
+        (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled
+
+      (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+          of the selected SPIx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters
+  *         in the SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+  if(hspi == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
+  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial));
+
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+    HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi);
+  }
+
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Data size, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management,
+  Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */
+  hspi->Instance->CR1 = (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | hspi->Init.DataSize |
+                         hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) |
+                         hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit  | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation);
+
+  /* Configure : NSS management */
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 = (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode);
+
+  /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/
+  /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */
+  hspi->Instance->CRCPR = hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial;
+
+  /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */
+  hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+
+  hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the SPI peripheral
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+  if(hspi == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+  HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi);
+
+  hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SPI MSP Init
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+ {
+   /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SPI MSP DeInit
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI
+    data transfers.
+
+    [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode :
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+           or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status.
+           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+           dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+           using DMA mode.
+           The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+           The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+    (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA)
+        exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+    hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->TxISR = 0;
+    hspi->RxISR = 0;
+    hspi->RxXferSize   = 0;
+    hspi->RxXferCount  = 0;
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+    {
+      /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+      SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+    if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+    {
+      if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE)|| (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01))
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0)
+      {
+        /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+      if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+    else
+    {
+      if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01))
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2;
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0)
+      {
+        /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2;
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+      if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear OVERRUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+    {
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+    hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->RxISR = 0;
+    hspi->TxISR = 0;
+    hspi->TxXferSize   = 0;
+    hspi->TxXferCount  = 0;
+
+    /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+    {
+      SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES))
+    {
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+      /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+      return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi, pData, pData, Size, Timeout);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+    if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+    {
+      while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1)
+      {
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+        hspi->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+      if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+    else
+    {
+      while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1)
+      {
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to read data */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+        hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2;
+        hspi->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+      if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */
+    if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+    {
+      (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    }
+    /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */
+    else
+    {
+      *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+      hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2;
+    }
+    hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set: CRC Received */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+
+      /* Read CRC to Flush RXNE flag */
+      tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+      UNUSED(tmpreg);
+    }
+
+    if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+    {
+      /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    tmp = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR);
+    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+    if((hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) && (tmp != RESET))
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+
+      /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
+  * @param  pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer to be
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
+  uint32_t tmpstate = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+  tmpstate = hspi->State;
+  if((tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || (tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+    if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+    {
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+
+     /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pRxData;
+    hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+    hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = pTxData;
+    hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+    hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->RxISR = 0;
+    hspi->TxISR = 0;
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+    if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
+    {
+      if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01)))
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+        hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2;
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
+      {
+        /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+        if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+        {
+          hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+        }
+
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+        hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2;
+        hspi->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0)
+        {
+          /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+          if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+          hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2;
+          hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+          /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+          if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+          {
+            hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+          }
+
+          /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+          if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+          hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2;
+          hspi->RxXferCount--;
+        }
+        /* Receive the last byte */
+        if(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE)
+        {
+          /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+          if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+          hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2;
+          hspi->RxXferCount--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+    else
+    {
+      if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01)))
+      {
+        hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
+        hspi->TxXferCount--;
+      }
+      if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
+      {
+        /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+        if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+        {
+          hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+        }
+
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+        hspi->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        while(hspi->TxXferCount > 0)
+        {
+          /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+          if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
+          hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+          /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+          if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+          {
+            hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+          }
+
+            /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+            if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+            {
+              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+            }
+
+            (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+            hspi->RxXferCount--;
+        }
+        if(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE)
+        {
+          /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+          if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+
+          (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+          hspi->RxXferCount--;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+      if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+      /* Read CRC */
+      tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+      UNUSED(tmpreg);
+    }
+
+    /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    tmp = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR);
+    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+    if((hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) && (tmp != RESET))
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+
+      /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+      if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+      {
+        SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+      }
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->State        = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hspi->ErrorCode    = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->TxISR = &SPI_TxISR;
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr   = pData;
+    hspi->TxXferSize   = Size;
+    hspi->TxXferCount  = Size;
+
+    /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->RxISR = 0;
+    hspi->RxXferSize   = 0;
+    hspi->RxXferCount  = 0;
+
+    /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+    {
+      SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+    {
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE));
+    }else
+    {
+      /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+    }
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->State        = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hspi->ErrorCode    = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->RxISR = &SPI_RxISR;
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr   = pData;
+    hspi->RxXferSize   = Size;
+    hspi->RxXferCount  = Size ;
+
+   /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->TxISR = 0;
+    hspi->TxXferSize   = 0;
+    hspi->TxXferCount  = 0;
+
+    /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+    {
+       SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+    }
+    else if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+    {
+       /* Process Unlocked */
+       __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+       /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+       return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+    }
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process
+              to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current
+              process unlock */
+
+        /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
+  * @param  pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer to be
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpstate = 0;
+
+ tmpstate = hspi->State;
+  if((tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
+     ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+    /* Process locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+    if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->ErrorCode    = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->TxISR = &SPI_TxISR;
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr   = pTxData;
+    hspi->TxXferSize   = Size;
+    hspi->TxXferCount  = Size;
+
+    hspi->RxISR = &SPI_2LinesRxISR;
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr   = pRxData;
+    hspi->RxXferSize   = Size;
+    hspi->RxXferCount  = Size;
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+    hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->TxISR = 0;
+    hspi->RxISR = 0;
+    hspi->RxXferSize   = 0;
+    hspi->RxXferCount  = 0;
+
+    /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+    {
+      SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */
+    hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+    hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
+  * @note  When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1.
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pData;
+    hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+    hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->RxISR = 0;
+    hspi->TxISR = 0;
+    hspi->TxXferSize   = 0;
+    hspi->TxXferCount  = 0;
+
+    /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+    {
+       SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+    }
+    else if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)&&(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+    {
+       /* Process Unlocked */
+       __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+       /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+       return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+    }
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+    hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
+  * @param  pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer
+  * @note  When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1
+  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpstate = 0;
+  tmpstate = hspi->State;
+  if((tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && \
+     (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmpstate == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+    /* Process locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+    if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure communication */
+    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t*)pTxData;
+    hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
+    hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t*)pRxData;
+    hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
+    hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+    hspi->RxISR = 0;
+    hspi->TxISR = 0;
+
+    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if we are in Rx only or in Rx/Tx Mode and configure the DMA transfer complete callback */
+    if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      /* Set the SPI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+      hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+
+      hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set the SPI Tx/Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+      hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt;
+
+      hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount);
+
+    /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+    hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+
+    /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing
+    is performed in DMA reception complete callback  */
+    hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+
+    if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+    {
+      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+    hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+  /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+     to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback():
+     when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+     and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback()
+     */
+
+  /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream */
+  if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream */
+  if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SPI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
+  tmp3 = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR);
+  /* SPI in mode Receiver and Overrun not occurred ---------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET) && (tmp3 == RESET))
+  {
+    hspi->RxISR(hspi);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+  /* SPI in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    hspi->TxISR(hspi);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if(__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* SPI CRC error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------------*/
+    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+    /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/
+    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF;
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/
+    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
+    {
+      if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR;
+        __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE;
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
+    if(hspi->ErrorCode!=HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callbacks
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief SPI error callbacks
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* NOTE : - This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() could be implemented in the user file.
+            - The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes
+            and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief   SPI control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI.
+     (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral
+     (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SPI state
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  return hspi->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the SPI error code
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval SPI Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  return hspi->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Handler to close Tx transfer
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval void
+  */
+static void SPI_TxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+  if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE ));
+
+  /* Disable ERR interrupt if Receive process is finished */
+  if(__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE) == RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+    /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+    }
+
+    /* Clear OVERRUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+    {
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hspi->ErrorCode ==  HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Check if we are in Tx or in Rx/Tx Mode */
+      if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+      {
+        /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+        HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+        HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Error call back in case of Error */
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Handler to transmit amount of data in no-blocking mode
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval void
+  */
+static void SPI_TxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+  if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
+  }
+  /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+  else
+  {
+    hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+    hspi->pTxBuffPtr+=2;
+  }
+  hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+  if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
+  {
+    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+    {
+      /* calculate and transfer CRC on Tx line */
+      hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+    }
+    SPI_TxCloseIRQHandler(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Handler to close Rx transfer
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval void
+  */
+static void SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
+
+  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+    }
+
+    /* Read CRC to reset RXNE flag */
+    tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    UNUSED(tmpreg);
+
+    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+    }
+
+    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+
+      /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE));
+
+  /* if Transmit process is finished */
+  if(__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+    if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+    {
+      /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+      __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hspi->ErrorCode ==  HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      /* Check if we are in Rx or in Rx/Tx Mode */
+      if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+      {
+        /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+        HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */
+        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+        HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Set state to READY before run the Callback Complete */
+      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+      /* Call Error call back in case of Error */
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Handler to receive amount of data in 2Lines mode
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval void
+  */
+static void SPI_2LinesRxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+  if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+  }
+  /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+  else
+  {
+    *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2;
+  }
+  hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+  if(hspi->RxXferCount==0)
+  {
+    SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Interrupt Handler to receive amount of data in no-blocking mode
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval void
+  */
+static void SPI_RxISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+  if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+  {
+    (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+  }
+  /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+  else
+  {
+    *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    hspi->pRxBuffPtr+=2;
+  }
+    hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+  if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+  {
+    /* Set CRC Next to calculate CRC on Rx side */
+    hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+  }
+
+  if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0)
+  {
+    SPI_RxCloseIRQHandler(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  /* DMA Normal Mode */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+    }
+    /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+    hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+    /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+    }
+
+    hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear OVERRUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+  if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+  {
+   __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+  }
+
+  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+  if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
+
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* DMA Normal mode */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)&&(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+    {
+       SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(hspi);
+    }
+    /* SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE or SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY */
+    else
+    {
+      if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+      {
+        /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+        __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+      }
+
+      /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+      hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+      hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+      /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+      if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+      {
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+        }
+
+        /* Read CRC */
+        tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+        UNUSED(tmpreg);
+
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+        if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+        }
+
+        /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+        if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+        {
+          hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+          __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief End DMA SPI transmit receive process
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
+
+  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Check if CRC is done on going (RXNE flag set) */
+    if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to send data */
+      if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+      {
+        hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Read CRC */
+    tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+    UNUSED(tmpreg);
+
+    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+    {
+      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
+      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+  if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, RESET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+  }
+  /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+  /* Wait until Busy flag is reset before disabling SPI */
+  if(SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, SET, SPI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+  hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  { /**/
+    SPI_DMAEndTransmitReceive(hspi);
+
+    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
+    if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+    {
+      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPI Half transmit receive process complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
+  hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
+  hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+  hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA;
+  HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles SPI Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SPI module.
+  * @param  Flag: SPI flag to check
+  * @param  Status: Flag status to check: RESET or set
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+             on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+             and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+          /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+          /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+          if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+          {
+            SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+          }
+
+          hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+             on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+             and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+          /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+          /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+          if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+          {
+            SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+          }
+
+          hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cb0a7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SRAM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories
+  *          mounted as external device.
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
+    control SRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
+    with SRAM devices.
+    The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC/FSMC to interface
+    with SRAM/PSRAM memories:
+
+   (#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+          SRAM_HandleTypeDef  hsram; and:
+
+       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
+            values of the structure member.
+
+       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
+            base register instance for NOR or SRAM device
+
+       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined
+            base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode
+
+   (#) Declare two FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended
+       mode timings; for example:
+          FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef  Timing and FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef  ExTiming;
+      and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
+
+   (#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function
+       performs the following sequence:
+
+       (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit()
+       (##) Control register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
+            FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
+       (##) Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
+            FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
+       (##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
+            FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
+       (##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE()
+
+   (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
+       to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
+       following APIs:
+       (++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
+       (++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
+
+   (#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
+       HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation
+
+   (#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function
+       HAL_SRAM_GetState()
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM
+  * @brief SRAM driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx) ||\
+    defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) ||\
+	defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+           ##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
+          the SRAM memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure
+  * @param  ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
+{
+  /* Check the SRAM handle parameter */
+  if(hsram == NULL)
+  {
+     return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+    HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize SRAM control Interface */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init));
+
+  /* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank,  hsram->Init.ExtendedMode);
+
+  /* Enable the NORSRAM device */
+  __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
+  HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram);
+
+  /* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank);
+
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SRAM MSP Init.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SRAM MSP DeInit.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA transfer complete error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
+  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### SRAM Input and Output functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint8_t * pSramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Read data from memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSramAddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    pSramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint8_t * pSramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
+
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint8_t *)pSramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    pSramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t * pSramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Read data from memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSramAddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    pSramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  __IO uint16_t * pSramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
+
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint16_t *)pSramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    pSramAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Read data from memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress;
+    pDstBuffer++;
+    pAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Write data to memory */
+  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
+  {
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
+    pSrcBuffer++;
+    pAddress++;
+  }
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
+  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
+  hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
+  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
+  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
+{
+  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
+  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
+  {
+    return  HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
+  hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
+  hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### SRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the SRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically SRAM write operation.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Enable write operation */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically SRAM write operation.
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable write operation */
+  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
+
+  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
+  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED;
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### SRAM State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the SRAM controller state
+  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
+{
+  return hsram->State;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx || STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1ade71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5335 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
+  *           + Time Base Initialization
+  *           + Time Base Start
+  *           + Time Base Start Interruption
+  *           + Time Base Start DMA
+  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization
+  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
+  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM  Start
+  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM  Start Interruption
+  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
+  *           + Time Input Capture Initialization
+  *           + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration
+  *           + Time Input Capture Start
+  *           + Time Input Capture Start Interruption
+  *           + Time Input Capture Start DMA
+  *           + Time One Pulse Initialization
+  *           + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration
+  *           + Time One Pulse Start
+  *           + Time Encoder Interface Initialization
+  *           + Time Encoder Interface Start
+  *           + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption
+  *           + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA
+  *           + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
+  *           + Time OCRef clear configuration
+  *           + Time External Clock configuration
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### TIMER Generic features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Timer features include:
+       (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
+       (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
+           counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
+       (#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
+           (++) Input Capture
+           (++) Output Compare
+           (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+           (++) One-pulse mode output
+
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+         depending from feature used :
+           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
+           (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
+           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
+           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
+           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
+           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
+
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+        (##) TIM pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+                 __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+         any start function.
+
+     (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+         initialization function of this driver:
+         (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
+         (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
+              Output Compare signal.
+         (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
+              PWM signal.
+         (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
+              external signal.
+         (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
+              in One Pulse Mode.
+         (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
+
+     (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
+           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
+           (++) Input Capture :  HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
+           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
+           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
+           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
+           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
+
+     (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
+         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
+         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM TIM
+  * @brief TIM HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+
+static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter);
+
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                     TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions
+ *  @brief    Time Base functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Time Base functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM base.
+    (+) Start the Time Base.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base.
+    (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if(htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+
+  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+    HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the Time Base configuration */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions
+ *  @brief    Time Output Compare functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### Time Output Compare functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
+    (+) Start the Time Output Compare.
+    (+) Stop the Time Output Compare.
+    (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if(htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+
+  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance,  &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+   htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions
+ *  @brief    Time PWM functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### Time PWM functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM OPWM.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
+    (+) Start the Time PWM.
+    (+) Stop the Time PWM.
+    (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if(htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+
+  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the PWM */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions
+ *  @brief    Time Input Capture functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Time Input Capture functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides functions allowing to:
+   (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
+   (+) Start the Time Input Capture.
+   (+) Stop the Time Input Capture.
+   (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt.
+   (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt.
+   (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
+   (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if(htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+
+  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the base time for the input capture */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM INput Capture MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData: The destination Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions
+ *  @brief    Time One Pulse functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### Time One Pulse functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the Time One Pulse.
+    (+) Stop the Time One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OnePulseMode: Select the One pulse mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
+  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
+{
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if(htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
+
+  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+  htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;
+
+  /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+  htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Enable the main output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+   __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions
+ *  @brief    Time Encoder functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                          ##### Time Encoder functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
+    (+) Start the Time Encoder.
+    (+) Stop the Time Encoder.
+    (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt.
+    (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt.
+    (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
+    (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sConfig: TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if(htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
+
+  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+    HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset the SMS bits */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+
+  /* Set the encoder Mode */
+  tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode;
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
+  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8));
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+  tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8);
+  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12);
+
+  /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+    default :
+    {
+     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+     break;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+   /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+      break;
+    }
+    default :
+    {
+     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+     break;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      break;
+    }
+    default :
+    {
+     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+     __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+     __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+     break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+  }
+  else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @param  pData1: The destination Buffer address for IC1.
+  * @param  pData2: The destination Buffer address for IC2.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if((((pData1 == 0) || (pData2 == 0) )) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+
+      /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length);
+
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length);
+
+     /* Enable the Peripheral */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+  if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+  }
+  else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
+ *  @brief    IRQ handler management
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### IRQ handler management #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Capture compare 1 event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET)
+    {
+      {
+        __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+
+        /* Input capture event */
+        if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00)
+        {
+          HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+        }
+        /* Output compare event */
+        else
+        {
+          HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+          HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+        }
+        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 2 event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00)
+      {
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 3 event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00)
+      {
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Capture compare 4 event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+      /* Input capture event */
+      if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00)
+      {
+        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+      }
+      /* Output compare event */
+      else
+      {
+        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+      }
+      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Update event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+      HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Break input event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+      HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM Trigger detection event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+      HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+    }
+  }
+  /* TIM commutation event */
+  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET)
+  {
+    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET)
+    {
+      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM);
+      HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim);
+    }
+  }
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides functions allowing to:
+   (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
+   (+) Configure External Clock source.
+   (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+   (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
+   (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState));
+
+  /* Check input state */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+       assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
+      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sConfig: TIM Input Capture configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+  {
+    /* TI1 Configuration */
+    TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+               sConfig->ICPolarity,
+               sConfig->ICSelection,
+               sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+  {
+    /* TI2 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                      sConfig->ICSelection,
+                      sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8);
+  }
+  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
+  {
+    /* TI3 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+               sConfig->ICPolarity,
+               sConfig->ICSelection,
+               sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* TI4 Configuration */
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+    TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+               sConfig->ICPolarity,
+               sConfig->ICSelection,
+               sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+    /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
+
+    /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8);
+  }
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM  channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
+
+      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8;
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
+
+     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
+      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
+
+     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
+      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8;
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sConfig: TIM One Pulse configuration structure
+  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @param  InputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel,  uint32_t InputChannel)
+{
+  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));
+
+  if(OutputChannel != InputChannel)
+  {
+    __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+    /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
+    temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
+    temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
+    temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
+    temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity;
+    temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState;
+    temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState;
+
+    switch (OutputChannel)
+    {
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+      }
+      break;
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+      }
+      break;
+      default:
+      break;
+    }
+    switch (InputChannel)
+    {
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                        sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+        /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+        /* Select the Trigger source */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;
+
+        /* Select the Slave Mode */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+      }
+      break;
+      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+      {
+        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+        TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+                 sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+        /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+        /* Select the Trigger source */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;
+
+        /* Select the Slave Mode */
+        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+      default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data write.
+  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources.
+  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc,
+                                              uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+   /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+   htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength;
+
+   /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+   __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+   htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+    }
+    break;
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data read.
+  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources.
+  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+  * @param  BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
+  * @param  BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+  *         between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc,
+                                             uint32_t  *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+       HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
+    }
+    break;
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+  htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength;
+
+  /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop the DMA burst reading
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
+  {
+    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_COM:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+    {
+      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+    }
+    break;
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate a software event
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  EventSource: specifies the event source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
+  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
+  * @note   TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event.
+  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Change the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the event sources */
+  htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;
+
+  /* Change the TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the OCRef clear feature
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sClearInputConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  Channel: specifies the TIM Channel.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource == TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR)
+  {
+    TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                      sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
+                      sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
+                      sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
+  }
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */
+        htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Configures the clock source to be used
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sClockSourceConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+  /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
+  {
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
+      htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+      /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */
+      tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
+      /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
+      tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
+      /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+      htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+      htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2);
+    }
+    break;
+    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
+  *         or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  TI1_Selection: Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
+  *         output of a XOR gate.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
+  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
+  *            pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* Reset the TI1 selection */
+  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+  /* Set the TI1 selection */
+  tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection;
+
+  /* Write to TIMxCR2 */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave
+  *         mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig);
+
+  /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
+  * @param  htim: TIM handle.
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave
+  *         mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                        TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig);
+
+  /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval Captured value
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 1 value */
+      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1;
+
+      break;
+    }
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 2 value */
+      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 3 value */
+      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+      /* Return the capture 4 value */
+      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4;
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
+ *  @brief    TIM Callbacks functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This section provides TIM callback functions:
+   (+) Timer Period elapsed callback
+   (+) Timer Output Compare callback
+   (+) Timer Input capture callback
+   (+) Timer Trigger callback
+   (+) Timer Error callback
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Output Compare callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Input Capture callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Timer error callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Base state
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM OC state
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM PWM state
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Input Capture state
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode state
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Base configuration
+  * @param  TIMx: TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Structure: pointer on TIM Time Base required parameters
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+  tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+  /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
+  if(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Select the Counter Mode */
+    tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
+    tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode;
+  }
+
+  if(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Set the clock division */
+    tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
+    tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
+  }
+
+  TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+  /* Set the Auto-reload value */
+  TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;
+
+  /* Set the Prescaler value */
+  TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler;
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+    TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
+     and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediately */
+  TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI1 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
+  *       (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Output Compare 2 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8);
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4);
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+  }
+  else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+  }
+  else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+  }
+  else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+  }
+
+  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA error callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+  }
+  else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+  }
+  else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+  }
+  else if(hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+  {
+    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+  }
+
+  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+
+  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+  *            @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
+  * @param  ChannelState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+
+  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel;
+
+  /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+  /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Output Compare 1 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity;
+
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity;
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState;
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState;
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Output Compare 3 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8);
+
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
+    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8);
+    /* Reset the Output N State */
+    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
+
+    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4);
+    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Output Compare 4 configuration
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
+  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+
+  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8);
+
+  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
+  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12);
+
+  /*if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))*/
+  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
+    /* Set the Output Idle state */
+    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6);
+  }
+  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+  TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Time Output Compare 4 configuration
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                              TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+  /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
+
+  /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+  /* Set the slave mode */
+  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
+  switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
+  {
+  case TIM_TS_ETRF:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+      /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
+      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+      tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+      htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+      tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+      /* Set the filter */
+      tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+      tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4);
+
+      /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+      htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+      htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
+      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameters */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+      /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
+      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+                                sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+                                sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case TIM_TS_ITR0:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameter */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case TIM_TS_ITR1:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameter */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case TIM_TS_ITR2:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameter */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case TIM_TS_ITR3:
+    {
+      /* Check the parameter */
+      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+    }
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+  tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity;
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI2 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
+  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4);
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI3 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
+  *       (on channel4 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
+  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TI4 as Input.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
+  *       (on channel3 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+  /* Select the Input */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+  tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+
+  /* Set the filter */
+  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
+  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);
+
+  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
+  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Selects the Input Trigger source
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ITRx: The Input Trigger source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+   /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+   tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+   /* Reset the TS Bits */
+   tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+   /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
+   tmpsmcr |= TIM_ITRx | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1;
+   /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+   TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+  * @param  ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+                       uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+  /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+
+  /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+  tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8)));
+
+  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8140283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1864 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Timer extension peripheral:
+  *           + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization
+  *           + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start
+  *           + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration
+  *           + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### TIMER Extended features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The Timer Extension features include:
+    (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for :
+        (++) Input Capture
+        (++) Output Compare
+        (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+        (++) One-pulse mode output
+    (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to
+        interconnect several timers together.
+    (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state.
+    (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for
+        positioning purposes
+
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+         depending from feature used :
+           (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
+           (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
+           (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
+           (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIM_HallSensor_MspInit()
+
+     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+        (##) TIM pins configuration
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+                 __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+         any start function.
+
+    (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+        initialization function of this driver:
+        (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the
+             Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding
+             Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface
+             with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use
+             the commutation event).
+
+    (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions:
+           (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OC_Start_IT()
+           (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT()
+           (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT()
+           (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT().
+
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx  TIMEx
+  * @brief TIM HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Timer Hall Sensor functions
+ *  @brief    Timer Hall Sensor functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor.
+    (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor.
+    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface.
+    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface.
+    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sConfig: TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig)
+{
+  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config;
+
+  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+  if(htim == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+
+  /* Set the TIM state */
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+  HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim);
+
+  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+  /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the  Hall sensor */
+  TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter);
+
+  /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+  htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+  /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+  htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler;
+
+  /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+  /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+  htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED;
+
+  /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+  htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET;
+
+  /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/
+  OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE;
+  OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET;
+  OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2;
+  OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET;
+  OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH;
+  OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH;
+  OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay;
+
+  TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config);
+
+  /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2
+    register to 101 */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF;
+
+  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+  HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim);
+
+  /* Change TIM state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  pData: The destination Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+   if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+  /* Enable the DMA Stream for Capture 1*/
+  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+  /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1
+    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+
+  /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+ *  @brief    Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+     /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+     TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+    /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+  if((READ_REG(htim->Instance->CCER) & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+{
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+  *         on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Timer Complementary PWM functions
+ *  @brief    Timer Complementary PWM functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                 ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Start the Complementary PWM.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM.
+    (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts.
+    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers.
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  /* Disable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the complementary PWM output  */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+  if((READ_REG(htim->Instance->CCER) & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the
+  *         complementary output
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
+  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
+  {
+     return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
+  {
+    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+
+      /* Set the DMA error callback */
+      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
+
+      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
+     TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary
+  *         output
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+  switch (Channel)
+  {
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+    {
+      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+    TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+ *  @brief    Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+  {
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+  *         output.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
+    TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary channel.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+  /* Enable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+  }
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+  *         complementary channel.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+  /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
+  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+  /* Disable the Main Output */
+  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+   __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
+    (+) Configure External Clock source.
+    (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+    (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
+    (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface.
+    (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence.
+  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+  * @param  CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger, uint32_t  CommutationSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+  {
+    /* Select the Input trigger */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+  /* Select the Commutation event source */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt.
+  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+  * @param  CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger, uint32_t  CommutationSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+  {
+    /* Select the Input trigger */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+  /* Select the Commutation event source */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+  /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA.
+  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+  * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+  * @param  CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger, uint32_t  CommutationSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+  {
+    /* Select the Input trigger */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+  }
+
+  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+  /* Select the Commutation event source */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+  /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+  /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+  /* Set the DMA error callback */
+  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+
+  /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in master mode.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sMasterConfig: pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave
+  *         mode.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode));
+
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+  /* Select the TRGO source */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger;
+
+  /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
+  /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */
+  htim->Instance->SMCR |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode;
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State
+  *         and the AOE(automatic output enable).
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  sBreakDeadTimeConfig: pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfig_TypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the BDTR Register configuration  information for the TIM peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                              TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef * sBreakDeadTimeConfig)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
+     the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+  htim->Instance->BDTR = (uint32_t)sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode  |
+                                   sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode |
+                                   sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel        |
+                                   sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime         |
+                                   sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState       |
+                                   sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity    |
+                                   sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput;
+
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities.
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @param  Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP:   TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trigger output.
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF.
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF.
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_GPIO:      TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_LSI:       TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock.
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_LSE:       TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock.
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_RTC:       TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event.
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_GPIO:     TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_HSE:      TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock
+  *                                     (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler)
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(Remap));
+
+  /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */
+  htim->Instance->OR = Remap;
+
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extension Callbacks functions
+ *  @brief   Extension Callbacks functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### Extension Callbacks functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides Extension TIM callback functions:
+    (+) Timer Commutation callback
+    (+) Timer Break callback
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extension Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief   Extension Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                ##### Extension Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state
+  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM DMA Commutation callback.
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
+  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+  * @param  Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+  *            @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+  *            @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+  * @param  ChannelNState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
+  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNELS(Channel));
+
+  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel;
+
+  /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+  /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
+  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fc90fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1932 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   UART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The UART HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API:
+        (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+        (##) UART pins configuration:
+            (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs.
+            (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+             and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs):
+            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+             and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
+            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required
+                  Tx/Rx parameters.
+            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
+                  interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+
+    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
+        flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the Init structure.
+
+    (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+        the HAL_UART_Init() API.
+
+    (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+        the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API.
+
+    (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API.
+
+    (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+        the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API.
+
+     [..]
+       (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+            RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+            __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
+            and receive process.
+
+     [..]
+       (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the
+            low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customized
+            HAL_UART_MspInit() API.
+
+     [..]
+        Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit()
+       (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive()
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+       (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback
+       (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+       (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback
+
+     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+     ==============================
+     [..]
+       (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+       (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback
+       (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback
+       (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
+       (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback
+       (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback
+       (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause()
+       (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume()
+       (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop()
+
+     *** UART HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not
+      (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified UART pending flag
+      (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt
+      (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt
+      (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART UART
+  * @brief HAL UART module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE  22000
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions   UART Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static void UART_SetConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+    in asynchronous mode.
+      (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
+        (++) Baud Rate
+        (++) Word Length
+        (++) Stop Bit
+        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+             Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits),
+             please refer to Reference manual for possible UART frame formats.
+        (++) Hardware flow control
+        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+        (++) Over Sampling Method
+    [..]
+    The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs
+    follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor
+    configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual (RM0329)).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the UART mode according to the specified parameters in
+  *         the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE)
+  {
+    /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 and USART6 */
+    assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+    assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  }
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling));
+
+  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+  }
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  UART_SetConfig(huart);
+
+  /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+     - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+     - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN  bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Initialize the UART state */
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling));
+
+  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+  }
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  UART_SetConfig(huart);
+
+  /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+     - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+     - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN);
+
+  /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+  huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL;
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Initialize the UART state*/
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  BreakDetectLength: Specifies the LIN break detection length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection
+  *            @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling));
+
+  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+  }
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  UART_SetConfig(huart);
+
+  /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+     - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+     - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN);
+
+  /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+  huart->Instance->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN;
+
+  /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */
+  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LBDL);
+  huart->Instance->CR2 |= BreakDetectLength;
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Initialize the UART state*/
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the Multi-Processor mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  Address: USART address
+  * @param  WakeUpMethod: specifies the USART wake-up method.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: Wake-up by an idle line detection
+  *            @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: Wake-up by an address mark
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESS(Address));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling));
+
+  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+  }
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+  UART_SetConfig(huart);
+
+  /* In Multi-Processor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+     - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+     - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN  bits in the USART_CR3 register */
+  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
+
+  /* Clear the USART address */
+  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_ADD);
+  /* Set the USART address node */
+  huart->Instance->CR2 |= Address;
+
+  /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */
+  huart->Instance->CR1 &= ~(USART_CR1_WAKE);
+  huart->Instance->CR1 |= WakeUpMethod;
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+  /* Initialize the UART state */
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the UART peripheral.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+  if(huart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart);
+
+  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Process Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART MSP Init.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART MSP DeInit.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief UART Transmit and Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous
+    and Half duplex data transfers.
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+       (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+            after finishing transfer.
+       (++) Non blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+            or DMA, these APIs return the HAL status.
+            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+            dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+            using DMA mode.
+            The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+            will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or receive process.
+            The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when
+            a communication error is detected.
+
+    (#) Blocking mode APIs are:
+        (++) HAL_UART_Transmit()
+        (++) HAL_UART_Receive()
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are:
+        (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+        (++) HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+        (++) HAL_UART_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are:
+        (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+        (++) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()
+
+    [..]
+      (@) In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit
+          and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX
+          can't be useful.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = huart->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+    while(huart->TxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      huart->TxXferCount--;
+      if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+      {
+        if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pData;
+        huart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+        if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          pData +=2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          pData +=1;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        huart->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = huart->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Check the remain data to be received */
+    while(huart->RxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      huart->RxXferCount--;
+      if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+      {
+        if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ;
+        if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+          pData +=2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+          pData +=1;
+        }
+
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+        }
+
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  tmp = huart->State;
+  if((tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  tmp = huart->State;
+  if((tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = huart->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+    huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+    huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the UART transmit DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+       in the UART CR3 register */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @note   When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = huart->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+  {
+    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+    huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+    huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+
+    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+    /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+    huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+    in the UART CR3 register */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
+  }
+  else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
+  }
+  else if (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
+    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+  }
+  else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart);
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+  }
+  else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart);
+    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx & Rx request */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+     to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback():
+     when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+     and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
+     */
+
+  /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT;
+  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+  /* Abort the UART DMA tx Stream */
+  if(huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the UART DMA rx Stream */
+  if(huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles UART interrupt request.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_PE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_PE);
+  /* UART parity error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_FE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+  /* UART frame error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_NE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+  /* UART noise error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_ORE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+  /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart);
+
+    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
+  /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    UART_Receive_IT(huart);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
+  /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    UART_Transmit_IT(huart);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TC);
+  /* UART in mode Transmitter end --------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart);
+  }
+
+  if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */
+    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+    HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UART error callbacks.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief   UART control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART:
+    (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API can be helpful to transmit the break character.
+    (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API can be helpful to enter the UART in mute mode.
+    (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode() API can be helpful to exit the UART mute mode by software.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Transmits break characters.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Send break characters */
+  huart->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_SBK;
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the UART in mute mode.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the USART mute mode  by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+  huart->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_RWU;
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Exits the UART mute mode: wake up software.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
+  huart->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_RWU);
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1;
+
+  /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_TE;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR1 */
+  huart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1;
+
+  /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_RE;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR1 */
+  huart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief   UART State and Errors functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+   This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of
+   UART communication process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication
+   process
+   (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral.
+   (+) HAL_UART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the UART state.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  return huart->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Return the UART error code
+* @param  huart : pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified UART.
+* @retval UART Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  return huart->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* DMA Normal mode*/
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    huart->TxXferCount = 0;
+
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+       in the UART CR3 register */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+    /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC);
+  }
+  /* DMA Circular mode */
+  else
+  {
+    HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* DMA Normal mode*/
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    huart->RxXferCount = 0;
+
+    /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+       in the UART CR3 register */
+    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+    /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
+    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+    }
+  }
+  HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA UART communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  huart->RxXferCount = 0;
+  huart->TxXferCount = 0;
+  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+  HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles UART Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @param  Flag: specifies the UART flag to check.
+  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+
+          huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
+          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+
+          huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = huart->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+  {
+    if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+    {
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr;
+      huart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+      if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        huart->pTxBuffPtr += 1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+    }
+
+    if(--huart->TxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
+
+      /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC);
+    }
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+  __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
+  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+
+    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+  }
+
+  HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = huart->State;
+  if((tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp1 == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+  {
+    if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+    {
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr;
+      if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+        huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+        huart->pRxBuffPtr += 1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
+
+      /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
+      if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+      {
+        huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+        __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
+
+        /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+        __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
+
+        huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+      }
+      HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the UART peripheral.
+  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP);
+
+  /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to huart->Init.StopBits value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->Init.StopBits;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR2 */
+  huart->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1;
+
+  /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \
+                                   USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8));
+
+  /* Configure the UART Word Length, Parity and mode:
+     Set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value
+     Set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value
+     Set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value
+     Set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR1 */
+  huart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR3;
+
+  /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE));
+
+  /* Configure the UART HFC: Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value */
+  tmpreg |= huart->Init.HwFlowCtl;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR3 */
+  huart->Instance->CR3 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /* Check the Over Sampling */
+  if(huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+  {
+    /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/
+    if((huart->Instance == USART1) || (huart->Instance == USART6))
+    {
+      huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/
+    if((huart->Instance == USART1) || (huart->Instance == USART6))
+    {
+      huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbf2323
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1857 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   USART HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The USART HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+    (#) Declare a USART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+    (#) Initialize the USART low level resources by implementing the HAL_USART_MspInit () API:
+        (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+        (##) USART pins configuration:
+             (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs.
+             (+++) Configure these USART pins as alternate function pull-up.
+        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(),
+             HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs):
+             (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+             (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()
+             HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs):
+             (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
+             (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+             (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+             (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+             (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the USART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+             (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
+
+    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
+        flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the husart Init structure.
+
+    (#) Initialize the USART registers by calling the HAL_USART_Init() API:
+        (++) These APIs configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+             by calling the customized HAL_USART_MspInit(&husart) API.
+
+        -@@- The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+             RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+             __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+
+    (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit()
+       (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive()
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()
+       (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
+       (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive_IT()
+       (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
+
+     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+     ==============================
+     [..]
+       (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()
+       (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback
+       (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
+       (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Receive_DMA()
+       (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback
+       (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback
+       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
+       (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAPause()
+       (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAResume()
+       (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAStop()
+
+     *** USART HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver.
+
+       (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE: Enable the USART peripheral
+       (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE: Disable the USART peripheral
+       (+) __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified USART flag is set or not
+       (+) __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified USART pending flag
+       (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified USART interrupt
+       (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified USART interrupt
+
+     [..]
+       (@) You can refer to the USART HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART USART
+  * @brief HAL USART Synchronous module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DUMMY_DATA           0xFFFF
+#define USART_TIMEOUT_VALUE  22000
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_SetConfig (USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions USART Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group1 USART Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART
+  in asynchronous and in synchronous modes.
+  (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
+      (++) Baud Rate
+      (++) Word Length
+      (++) Stop Bit
+      (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+           in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+           Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits),
+           please refer to Reference manual for possible USART frame formats.
+      (++) USART polarity
+      (++) USART phase
+      (++) USART LastBit
+      (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+
+  [..]
+    The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART  synchronous configuration
+    procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0329)).
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the USART mode according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the USART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* Check the USART handle allocation */
+  if(husart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    husart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_USART_MspInit(husart);
+  }
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set the USART Communication parameters */
+  USART_SetConfig(husart);
+
+  /* In USART mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+     - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register
+     - HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */
+  husart->Instance->CR2 &= ~USART_CR2_LINEN;
+  husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+
+  /* Enable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart);
+
+  /* Initialize the USART state */
+  husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+  husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the USART peripheral.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+   /* Check the USART handle allocation */
+  if(husart == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Disable the Peripheral */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_USART_MspDeInit(husart);
+
+  husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USART MSP Init.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_USART_MspInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USART MSP DeInit.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_USART_MspDeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief   USART Transmit and Receive functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                         ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous
+    data transfers.
+
+  [..]
+    The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input
+    clock (SCLK is always an output).
+
+    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+        (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+             The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+             after finishing transfer.
+        (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+             or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
+             The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+             dedicated USART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+             using DMA mode.
+             The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback()
+              user callbacks
+             will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+             The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication
+             error is detected
+
+    (#) Blocking mode APIs are :
+        (++) HAL_USART_Transmit() in simplex mode
+        (++) HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only
+        (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :
+        (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()in simplex mode
+        (++) HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only
+        (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() in full duplex mode
+        (++) HAL_USART_IRQHandler()
+
+    (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+        (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()in simplex mode
+        (++) HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only
+        (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceie_DMA() in full duplex mode
+        (++) HAL_USART_DMAPause()
+        (++) HAL_USART_DMAResume()
+        (++) HAL_USART_DMAStop()
+
+    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+        (++) HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback()
+        (++) HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()
+        (++) HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Simplex Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pTxData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+    while(husart->TxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      husart->TxXferCount--;
+      if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+      {
+        /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData;
+        husart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+        if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          pTxData += 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          pTxData += 1;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        husart->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Full-Duplex Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pRxData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+    /* Check the remain data to be received */
+    while(husart->RxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      husart->RxXferCount--;
+      if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+      {
+        /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        /* Send dummy byte in order to generate clock */
+        husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+
+        /* Wait for RXNE Flag */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ;
+        if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+          pRxData +=2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+          pRxData +=1;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+
+        /* Send Dummy Byte in order to generate clock */
+        husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+
+        /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to receive the byte */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          /* Receive data */
+          *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Receive data */
+          *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+        }
+
+      }
+    }
+
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (blocking mode).
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer
+  * @param  pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+   * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return  HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    /* Check the remain data to be received */
+    while(husart->TxXferCount > 0)
+    {
+      husart->TxXferCount--;
+      husart->RxXferCount--;
+      if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+      {
+        /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData;
+        husart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+        if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          pTxData += 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          pTxData += 1;
+        }
+
+        /* Wait for RXNE Flag */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ;
+        if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+          pRxData += 2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+          pRxData += 1;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        husart->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+
+        /* Wait for RXNE Flag */
+        if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+        if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+        {
+          /* Receive data */
+          *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* Receive data */
+          *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pTxData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* The USART Error Interrupts: (Frame error, Noise error, Overrun error)
+       are not managed by the USART transmit process to avoid the overrun interrupt
+       when the USART mode is configured for transmit and receive "USART_MODE_TX_RX"
+       to benefit for the frame error and noise interrupts the USART mode should be
+       configured only for transmit "USART_MODE_TX"
+       The __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR) can be used to enable the Frame error,
+       Noise error interrupt */
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Simplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pRxData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */
+    husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking).
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer
+  * @param  pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,  uint16_t Size)
+{
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pTxData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the DMA error callback */
+    husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the USART transmit DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+       in the USART CR3 register */
+    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Full-Duplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pRxData: Pointer to data buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   The USART DMA transmit stream must be configured in order to generate the clock for the slave.
+  * @note   When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */
+    husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the USART receive DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
+
+    /* Enable the USART transmit DMA Stream: the transmit stream is used in order
+       to generate in the non-blocking mode the clock to the slave device,
+       this mode isn't a simplex receive mode but a full-duplex receive one */
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag just before enabling the DMA Rx request: mandatory for the second transfer
+       when using the USART in circular mode */
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+       in the USART CR3 register */
+    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+       in the USART CR3 register */
+    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer
+  * @param  pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer
+  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
+  * @note   When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  uint32_t *tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+  {
+    if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Process Locked */
+    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+
+    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+    husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer error callback */
+    husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */
+    husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+    /* Enable the USART receive DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
+
+    /* Enable the USART transmit DMA Stream */
+    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData;
+    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size);
+
+    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC);
+
+    /* Clear the Overrun flag: mandatory for the second transfer in circular mode */
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart);
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+       in the USART CR3 register */
+    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+       in the USART CR3 register */
+    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */
+  husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+  /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */
+  husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+     to call the HAL USART API under callbacks HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback():
+     when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+     and the correspond call back is executed HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback()
+     */
+
+  /* Abort the USART DMA Tx Stream */
+  if(husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx);
+  }
+  /* Abort the USART DMA Rx Stream */
+  if(husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+  {
+    HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx);
+  }
+
+  /* Disable the USART Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+  husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT;
+  husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR;
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles USART interrupt request.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_USART_IRQHandler(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_PE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_PE);
+  /* USART parity error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(husart);
+    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_PE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_FE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+  /* USART frame error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(husart);
+    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_FE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_NE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+  /* USART noise error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(husart);
+    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_NE;
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_ORE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+  /* USART Over-Run interrupt occurred ---------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart);
+    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE;
+  }
+
+  if(husart->ErrorCode != HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process */
+    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+    HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+  /* USART in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      USART_Receive_IT(husart);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart);
+    }
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+  /* USART in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      USART_Transmit_IT(husart);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart);
+    }
+  }
+
+  tmp1 = __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC);
+  tmp2 = __HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+  /* USART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ----------------------------*/
+  if((tmp1 != RESET) && (tmp2 != RESET))
+  {
+    USART_EndTransmit_IT(husart);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USART error callbacks.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+ __weak void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_USART_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+  *  @brief   USART State and Errors functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                  ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of
+    USART communication
+    process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process
+     (+) HAL_USART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state
+         of the USART peripheral.
+     (+) HAL_USART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during
+         communication.
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the USART state.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  return husart->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the USART error code
+  * @param  husart : pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified USART.
+  * @retval USART Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  return husart->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA USART transmit process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* DMA Normal mode */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    husart->TxXferCount = 0;
+    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
+         in the USART CR3 register */
+      CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+      /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+    }
+  }
+  /* DMA Circular mode */
+  else
+  {
+    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+    {
+      HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA USART transmit process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA USART receive process complete callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+  /* DMA Normal mode */
+  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
+  {
+    husart->RxXferCount = 0;
+    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      /* Disable the DMA transfer for the Transmit/receiver requests by setting the DMAT/DMAR bit
+         in the USART CR3 register */
+      husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+      husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
+    }
+    /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */
+    else
+    {
+      /* Disable the DMA transfer for the Transmit/receiver requests by setting the DMAT/DMAR bit
+         in the USART CR3 register */
+      husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_DMAR);
+      husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+      husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+    }
+  }
+  /* DMA circular mode */
+  else
+  {
+    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+    {
+      HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
+    }
+    /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */
+    else
+    {
+      HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief DMA USART receive process half complete callback
+  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
+
+  HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA USART communication error callback.
+  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+  husart->RxXferCount = 0;
+  husart->TxXferCount = 0;
+  husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+  husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles USART Communication Timeout.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @param  Flag: specifies the USART flag to check.
+  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until flag is set */
+  if(Status == RESET)
+  {
+    while(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) == RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+          husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    while(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Check for the Timeout */
+      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+      {
+        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+        {
+          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
+          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+          husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+          /* Process Unlocked */
+          __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error.
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+  {
+    if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+    {
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr;
+      husart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+      if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        husart->pTxBuffPtr += 1;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      husart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+    }
+
+    if(--husart->TxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable the USART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */
+      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+
+      /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+      __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+    }
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  /* Disable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+
+  /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+  __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+  HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Simplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+  {
+    if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+    {
+      tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr;
+      if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+        husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+        husart->pRxBuffPtr += 1;
+      }
+      if(--husart->RxXferCount != 0x00)
+      {
+        /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send the next data */
+        husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+      {
+        *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+      }
+
+      if(--husart->RxXferCount != 0x00)
+      {
+        /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send the next data */
+        husart->Instance->DR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(husart->RxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      /* Disable the USART RXNE Interrupt */
+      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+
+      /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
+      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
+
+      /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+      husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+      HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking).
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint16_t* tmp;
+
+  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
+  {
+    if(husart->TxXferCount != 0x00)
+    {
+      if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE) != RESET)
+      {
+        if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+        {
+          tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr;
+          husart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+          if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+          {
+            husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            husart->pTxBuffPtr += 1;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          husart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+        }
+        husart->TxXferCount--;
+
+        /* Check the latest data transmitted */
+        if(husart->TxXferCount == 0)
+        {
+           __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(husart->RxXferCount != 0x00)
+    {
+      if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+      {
+        if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
+        {
+          tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr;
+          if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+          {
+            *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+            husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+            husart->pRxBuffPtr += 1;
+          }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)
+          {
+            *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F);
+          }
+        }
+        husart->RxXferCount--;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check the latest data received */
+    if(husart->RxXferCount == 0)
+    {
+      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
+
+      /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
+      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
+
+      /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+      husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+      HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the USART peripheral.
+  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_POLARITY(husart->Init.CLKPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_PHASE(husart->Init.CLKPhase));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(husart->Init.CLKLastBit));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(husart->Init.BaudRate));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(husart->Init.WordLength));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(husart->Init.StopBits));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(husart->Init.Parity));
+  assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(husart->Init.Mode));
+
+  /* The LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits have to be selected when both the transmitter and the
+     receiver are disabled (TE=RE=0) to ensure that the clock pulses function correctly. */
+  husart->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+  /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+  tmpreg = husart->Instance->CR2;
+  /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL | USART_CR2_STOP));
+  /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit -----------------------*/
+  /* Set CPOL bit according to husart->Init.CLKPolarity value */
+  /* Set CPHA bit according to husart->Init.CLKPhase value */
+  /* Set LBCL bit according to husart->Init.CLKLastBit value */
+  /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to husart->Init.StopBits value */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_CLOCK_ENABLE| husart->Init.CLKPolarity |
+                      husart->Init.CLKPhase| husart->Init.CLKLastBit | husart->Init.StopBits);
+  /* Write to USART CR2 */
+  husart->Instance->CR2 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  tmpreg = husart->Instance->CR1;
+
+  /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits */
+  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \
+                                   USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8));
+
+  /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode:
+     Set the M bits according to husart->Init.WordLength value
+     Set PCE and PS bits according to husart->Init.Parity value
+     Set TE and RE bits according to husart->Init.Mode value
+     Force OVER8 bit to 1 in order to reach the max USART frequencies */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)husart->Init.WordLength | husart->Init.Parity | husart->Init.Mode | USART_CR1_OVER8;
+
+  /* Write to USART CR1 */
+  husart->Instance->CR1 = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+  /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+  husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE));
+
+  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+  if((husart->Instance == USART1) || (husart->Instance == USART6))
+  {
+    husart->Instance->BRR = USART_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), husart->Init.BaudRate);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    husart->Instance->BRR = USART_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), husart->Init.BaudRate);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18b8d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   WWDG HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### WWDG specific features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+    time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter)
+    before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+    value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
+
+    (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+        before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
+        implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+    (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+    (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
+        reset occurs.
+    (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
+        by a programmable prescaler.
+    (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
+    (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * Counter / WWDG clock
+    (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
+        (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter – Window) / WWDG clock
+        (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter – 0x40) / WWDG clock
+
+    (+) Min-max timeout value at 50 MHz(PCLK1): 81.9 us / 41.9 ms
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
+    (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window and counter value
+        using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
+    (+) Start the WWDG using HAL_WWDG_Start() function.
+        When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to
+        a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset.
+    (+) Optionally you can enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) which is
+        generated when the counter reaches 0x40, and then start the WWDG using
+        HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(). At EWI HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback is executed and user can
+        add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback
+        Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+    (+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+        HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
+        the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
+
+     *** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+     ==================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
+
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
+      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT:  Enables the WWDG early wake-up interrupt
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
+  * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize the WWDG according to the specified parameters
+        in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+    (+) DeInitialize the WWDG peripheral
+    (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP
+    (+) DeInitialize the WWDG MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the WWDG according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
+  if(hwwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+  if(hwwdg->State == HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET)
+  {
+    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+    hwwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
+  }
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
+  MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (WWDG_CFR_WDGTB | WWDG_CFR_W), (hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
+  /* Set WWDG Counter */
+  MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, WWDG_CR_T, hwwdg->Init.Counter);
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the WWDG peripheral.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_DeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
+  if(hwwdg == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+  HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Reset WWDG Control register */
+  hwwdg->Instance->CR  = (uint32_t)0x0000007F;
+
+  /* Reset WWDG Configuration register */
+  hwwdg->Instance->CFR = (uint32_t)0x0000007F;
+
+  /* Reset WWDG Status register */
+  hwwdg->Instance->SR  = 0;
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the WWDG MSP.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the WWDG MSP.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ *  @brief    IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Start the WWDG.
+    (+) Refresh the WWDG.
+    (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the WWDG.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Starts the WWDG with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt */
+  __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI);
+
+  /* Enable the peripheral */
+  __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Refreshes the WWDG.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @param  Counter: value of counter to put in WWDG counter
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, uint32_t Counter)
+{
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
+
+  /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
+  MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (uint32_t)WWDG_CR_T, Counter);
+
+  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handles WWDG interrupt request.
+  * @note   The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
+  *         or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
+  *         The EWI interrupt is enabled using __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT() macro.
+  *         When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
+  *         generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
+  *         be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
+  *         logging), before resetting the device.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
+  if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
+    if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
+    {
+      /* Early Wakeup callback */
+      HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(hwwdg);
+
+      /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
+      hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
+      __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Early Wakeup WWDG callback.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg)
+{
+  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+           the HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+    and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the WWDG state.
+  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_WWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_WWDG_GetState(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+  return hwwdg->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf0ce2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1733 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   FMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Flexible Memory Controller (FMC) peripheral memories:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FMC peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Flexible memory controller (FMC) includes three memory controllers:
+       (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
+       (+) The NAND/PC Card memory controller
+       (+) The Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) controller
+
+  [..] The FMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
+       memories, SDRAM memories, and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are:
+       (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol
+       (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices
+
+  [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
+       Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FMC performs
+       only one access at a time to an external device.
+       The main features of the FMC controller are the following:
+        (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
+           (++) Static random access memory (SRAM)
+           (++) Read-only memory (ROM)
+           (++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory
+           (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks)
+           (++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices
+           (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
+                data
+        (+) Interface with synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) memories
+        (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank
+        (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FMC_LL  FMC Low Layer
+  * @brief FMC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED)
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) || defined(STM32F446xx)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM
+  * @brief  NORSRAM Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NORSRAM banks in order
+    to run the NORSRAM external devices.
+
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
+        FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group1
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FMC_NORSRAM_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef* Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
+#if !defined (STM32F446xx)
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode));
+#endif /* !defined (STM32F446xx) */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(Init->ContinuousClock));
+#if defined (STM32F446xx)
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_FIFO(Init->WriteFifo));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_PAGESIZE(Init->PageSize));
+#endif /* defined (STM32F446xx) */
+
+  /* Get the BTCR register value */
+  tmpr = Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank];
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+  /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN,
+           WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BCR1_MBKEN     | FMC_BCR1_MUXEN    | FMC_BCR1_MTYP     | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_MWID      | FMC_BCR1_FACCEN   | FMC_BCR1_BURSTEN  | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_WAITPOL   | FMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD  | FMC_BCR1_WAITCFG  | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_WREN      | FMC_BCR1_WAITEN   | FMC_BCR1_EXTMOD   | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW | FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN));
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux       |\
+                    Init->MemoryType           |\
+                    Init->MemoryDataWidth      |\
+                    Init->BurstAccessMode      |\
+                    Init->WaitSignalPolarity   |\
+                    Init->WrapMode             |\
+                    Init->WaitSignalActive     |\
+                    Init->WriteOperation       |\
+                    Init->WaitSignal           |\
+                    Init->ExtendedMode         |\
+                    Init->AsynchronousWait     |\
+                    Init->WriteBurst           |\
+                    Init->ContinuousClock);
+#else /* defined(STM32F446xx) */
+  /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, CPSIZE, WAITCFG, WREN,
+           WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW, CCLKEN and WFDIS bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BCR1_MBKEN     | FMC_BCR1_MUXEN    | FMC_BCR1_MTYP     | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_MWID      | FMC_BCR1_FACCEN   | FMC_BCR1_BURSTEN  | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_WAITPOL   | FMC_BCR1_WAITCFG  | FMC_BCR1_CPSIZE   | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_WREN      | FMC_BCR1_WAITEN   | FMC_BCR1_EXTMOD   | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW | FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN   | \
+                       FMC_BCR1_WFDIS));
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux       |\
+                    Init->MemoryType           |\
+                    Init->MemoryDataWidth      |\
+                    Init->BurstAccessMode      |\
+                    Init->WaitSignalPolarity   |\
+                    Init->WaitSignalActive     |\
+                    Init->WriteOperation       |\
+                    Init->WaitSignal           |\
+                    Init->ExtendedMode         |\
+                    Init->AsynchronousWait     |\
+                    Init->WriteBurst           |\
+                    Init->ContinuousClock      |\
+                    Init->PageSize             |\
+                    Init->WriteFifo);
+#endif /*  defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) */
+
+  if(Init->MemoryType == FMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
+  {
+    tmpr |= (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE;
+  }
+
+  Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank] = tmpr;
+
+  /* Configure synchronous mode when Continuous clock is enabled for bank2..4 */
+  if((Init->ContinuousClock == FMC_CONTINUOUS_CLOCK_SYNC_ASYNC) && (Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1))
+  {
+    Init->BurstAccessMode = FMC_BURST_ACCESS_MODE_ENABLE;
+    Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1] |= (uint32_t)(Init->BurstAccessMode  |\
+                                                  Init->ContinuousClock);
+  }
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+  if(Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1] |= (uint32_t)(Init->WriteFifo);
+  }
+#endif /* defined(STM32F446xx) */
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the FMC_NORSRAM peripheral
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable the FMC_NORSRAM device */
+  __FMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device */
+  /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
+  if(Bank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DB;
+  }
+  /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  else
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2;
+  }
+
+  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+  ExDevice->BWTR[Bank]   = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get the BTCR register value */
+  tmpr = Device->BTCR[Bank + 1];
+
+  /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BTR1_ADDSET  | FMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BTR1_DATAST | \
+                       FMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \
+                       FMC_BTR1_ACCMOD));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                 |\
+                    ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4)          |\
+                    ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8)            |\
+                    ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16)   |\
+                    (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20)         |\
+                    (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24)         |\
+                    (Timing->AccessMode));
+
+  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = tmpr;
+
+  /* Configure Clock division value (in NORSRAM bank 1) when continuous clock is enabled */
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN))
+  {
+    tmpr = (uint32_t)(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1] & ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << 20));
+    tmpr |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20);
+    Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1] = tmpr;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode));
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+  if(ExtendedMode == FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+#if !defined(STM32F446xx)
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F446xx) */
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+    assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+    /* Get the BWTR register value */
+    tmpr = Device->BWTR[Bank];
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+    /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */
+    tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BWTR1_ADDSET  | FMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \
+                         FMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BWTR1_CLKDIV | FMC_BWTR1_DATLAT | \
+                         FMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD));
+
+    tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                 |\
+                      ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4)          |\
+                      ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8)            |\
+                      ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16)   |\
+                      (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20)         |\
+                      (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24)         |\
+                      (Timing->AccessMode));
+#else /* defined(STM32F446xx) */
+    /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN and ACCMOD bits */
+    tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BWTR1_ADDSET  | FMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \
+                         FMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD));
+
+    tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                 |\
+                      ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4)          |\
+                      ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8)            |\
+                      ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16)   |\
+                      (Timing->AccessMode));
+#endif /* defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) */
+
+    Device->BWTR[Bank] = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### FMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FMC NORSRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable write operation */
+  Device->BTCR[Bank] |= FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable write operation */
+  Device->BTCR[Bank] &= ~FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NAND
+  * @brief    NAND Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use NAND device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NAND banks in order
+    to run the NAND external devices.
+
+    (+) FMC NAND bank reset using the function FMC_NAND_DeInit()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FMC_NAND_Init()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
+        FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
+    (+) FMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FMC_NAND_GetECC()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NAND interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FMC NAND interface
+    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr  = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get the NAND bank register value */
+  tmpr = Device->PCR;
+
+  /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR_PWAITEN  | FMC_PCR_PBKEN | FMC_PCR_PTYP | \
+                       FMC_PCR_PWID | FMC_PCR_ECCEN | FMC_PCR_TCLR | \
+                       FMC_PCR_TAR | FMC_PCR_ECCPS));
+
+  /* Set NAND device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature                |\
+                     FMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND         |\
+                     Init->MemoryDataWidth            |\
+                     Init->EccComputation             |\
+                     Init->ECCPageSize                |\
+                     ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9)     |\
+                     ((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13));
+
+  /* NAND bank registers configuration */
+  Device->PCR  = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
+  tmpr = Device->PMEM;
+
+
+  /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM_MEMSET2  | FMC_PMEM_MEMWAIT2 | FMC_PMEM_MEMHOLD2 | \
+                       FMC_PMEM_MEMHIZ2));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                       ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                       ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                       ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)
+                       );
+
+  /* NAND bank  registers configuration */
+  Device->PMEM = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get the NAND bank  register value */
+  tmpr = Device->PATT;
+
+  /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT_ATTSET2  | FMC_PATT_ATTWAIT2 | FMC_PATT_ATTHOLD2 | \
+                       FMC_PATT_ATTHIZ2));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                   ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                   ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                   ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+
+  /* NAND bank registers configuration */
+  Device->PATT = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMC_NAND device
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_DeInit(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable the NAND Bank */
+  __FMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
+  /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK registers to their reset values */
+  Device->PCR  = 0x00000018;
+  Device->SR   = 0x00000040;
+  Device->PMEM = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  Device->PATT = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group2 Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### FMC_NAND Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FMC NAND interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable ECC feature */
+  Device->PCR |= FMC_PCR_ECCEN;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable ECC feature */
+  Device->PCR &= ~FMC_PCR_ECCEN;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  ECCval: Pointer to ECC value
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout wait value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_GetECC(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
+  while(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the ECCR register value */
+  *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#else /* defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx) */
+/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NAND interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FMC NAND interface
+    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr  = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+  if(Init->NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PCR2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PCR3;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR2_PWAITEN  | FMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FMC_PCR2_PTYP | \
+                       FMC_PCR2_PWID | FMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FMC_PCR2_TCLR | \
+                       FMC_PCR2_TAR | FMC_PCR2_ECCPS));
+
+  /* Set NAND device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature                |\
+                     FMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND         |\
+                     Init->MemoryDataWidth            |\
+                     Init->EccComputation             |\
+                     Init->ECCPageSize                |\
+                     ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9)     |\
+                     ((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13));
+
+  if(Init->NandBank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    Device->PCR2  = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    Device->PCR3  = tmpr;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PMEM2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PMEM3;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2  | FMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \
+                       FMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                       ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                       ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                       ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)
+                       );
+
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    Device->PMEM2 = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    Device->PMEM3 = tmpr;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PATT2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PATT3;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT2_ATTSET2  | FMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \
+                       FMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2));
+
+  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                   ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                   ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                   ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    Device->PATT2 = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    Device->PATT3 = tmpr;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMC_NAND device
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_DeInit(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable the NAND Bank */
+  __FMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */
+    Device->PCR2  = 0x00000018;
+    Device->SR2   = 0x00000040;
+    Device->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+    Device->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  }
+  /* FMC_Bank3_NAND */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
+    Device->PCR3  = 0x00000018;
+    Device->SR3   = 0x00000040;
+    Device->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+    Device->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### FMC_NAND Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FMC NAND interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable ECC feature */
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    Device->PCR2 |= FMC_PCR2_ECCEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->PCR3 |= FMC_PCR3_ECCEN;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable ECC feature */
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    Device->PCR2 &= ~FMC_PCR2_ECCEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->PCR3 &= ~FMC_PCR3_ECCEN;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  ECCval: Pointer to ECC value
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout wait value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_GetECC(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
+  while(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(Bank == FMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR2 register value */
+    *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR3 register value */
+    *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined(STM32F446xx) */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(STM32F427xx) || defined(STM32F437xx) || defined(STM32F429xx) || defined(STM32F439xx)
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_PCCARD
+  * @brief    PCCARD Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use PCCARD device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC PCCARD bank in order
+    to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices.
+
+    (+) FMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FMC_PCCARD_DeInit()
+    (+) FMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FMC_PCCARD_Init()
+    (+) FMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function
+        FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init()
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_PCCARD_Private_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC PCCARD interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FMC PCCARD interface
+    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_PCCARD device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get PCCARD control register value */
+  tmpr = Device->PCR4;
+
+  /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR4_TAR  | FMC_PCR4_TCLR | FMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \
+                       FMC_PCR4_PWID));
+
+  /* Set FMC_PCCARD device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature              |\
+                     FMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16  |\
+                    (Init->TCLRSetupTime << 9)      |\
+                    (Init->TARSetupTime << 13));
+
+  Device->PCR4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */
+  tmpr = Device->PMEM4;
+
+  /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4  | FMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \
+                       FMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4));
+  /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                 |\
+                    ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                    ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                    ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+
+  Device->PMEM4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */
+  tmpr = Device->PATT4;
+
+  /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT4_ATTSET4  | FMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \
+                       FMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4));
+
+  /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                |\
+                   ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                   ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                   ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+  Device->PATT4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get FMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
+  tmpr = Device->PIO4;
+
+  /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PIO4_IOSET4  | FMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \
+                       FMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4));
+
+  /* Set FMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                     ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                     ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                     ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+
+  Device->PIO4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMC_PCCARD device
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device));
+
+  /* Disable the FMC_PCCARD device */
+  __FMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device);
+
+  /* De-initialize the FMC_PCCARD device */
+  Device->PCR4    = 0x00000018;
+  Device->SR4     = 0x00000000;
+  Device->PMEM4   = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  Device->PATT4   = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  Device->PIO4    = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAM
+  * @brief    SDRAM Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use SDRAM device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC SDRAM banks in order
+    to run the SDRAM external devices.
+
+    (+) FMC SDRAM bank reset using the function FMC_SDRAM_DeInit()
+    (+) FMC SDRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_SDRAM_Init()
+    (+) FMC SDRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FMC SDRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
+        FMC_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
+    (+) FMC SDRAM bank send command using the function FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAM_Private_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC SDRAM interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FMC SDRAM interface
+    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_SDRAM device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to SDRAM Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_Init(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpr2 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Init->SDBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_COLUMNBITS_NUMBER(Init->ColumnBitsNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWBITS_NUMBER(Init->RowBitsNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDMEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_INTERNALBANK_NUMBER(Init->InternalBankNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_CAS_LATENCY(Init->CASLatency));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_PROTECTION(Init->WriteProtection));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDCLOCK_PERIOD(Init->SDClockPeriod));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_READ_BURST(Init->ReadBurst));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_READPIPE_DELAY(Init->ReadPipeDelay));
+
+  /* Set SDRAM bank configuration parameters */
+  if (Init->SDBank != FMC_SDRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    tmpr1 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
+
+    /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */
+    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC  | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \
+                         FMC_SDCR1_NB  | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \
+                         FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE));
+
+
+    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(Init->ColumnBitsNumber   |\
+                                               Init->RowBitsNumber      |\
+                                               Init->MemoryDataWidth    |\
+                                               Init->InternalBankNumber |\
+                                               Init->CASLatency         |\
+                                               Init->WriteProtection    |\
+                                               Init->SDClockPeriod      |\
+                                               Init->ReadBurst          |\
+                                               Init->ReadPipeDelay
+                                               );
+    Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_Bank2_SDRAM */
+  {
+    tmpr1 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
+
+    /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */
+    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC  | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \
+                          FMC_SDCR1_NB  | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \
+                          FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE));
+
+    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(Init->SDClockPeriod      |\
+                        Init->ReadBurst          |\
+                        Init->ReadPipeDelay);
+
+    tmpr2 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2];
+
+    /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */
+    tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC  | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \
+                          FMC_SDCR1_NB  | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \
+                          FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE));
+
+    tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)(Init->ColumnBitsNumber   |\
+                       Init->RowBitsNumber      |\
+                       Init->MemoryDataWidth    |\
+                       Init->InternalBankNumber |\
+                       Init->CASLatency         |\
+                       Init->WriteProtection);
+
+    Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1;
+    Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2] = tmpr2;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_SDRAM device timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SDRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: SDRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr1 = 0;
+  uint32_t tmpr2 = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_LOADTOACTIVE_DELAY(Timing->LoadToActiveDelay));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXITSELFREFRESH_DELAY(Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SELFREFRESH_TIME(Timing->SelfRefreshTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWCYCLE_DELAY(Timing->RowCycleDelay));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME(Timing->WriteRecoveryTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_RP_DELAY(Timing->RPDelay));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_RCD_DELAY(Timing->RCDDelay));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Set SDRAM device timing parameters */
+  if (Bank != FMC_SDRAM_BANK2)
+  {
+    tmpr1 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
+
+    /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */
+    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD  | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \
+                          FMC_SDTR1_TRC  | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \
+                          FMC_SDTR1_TRCD));
+
+    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->LoadToActiveDelay)-1)           |\
+                       (((Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) |\
+                       (((Timing->SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8)      |\
+                       (((Timing->RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12)       |\
+                       (((Timing->WriteRecoveryTime)-1) <<16)    |\
+                       (((Timing->RPDelay)-1) << 20)             |\
+                       (((Timing->RCDDelay)-1) << 24));
+    Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1;
+  }
+  else /* FMC_Bank2_SDRAM */
+  {
+    tmpr1 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2];
+
+    /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */
+    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD  | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \
+                          FMC_SDTR1_TRC  | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \
+                          FMC_SDTR1_TRCD));
+
+    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->LoadToActiveDelay)-1)           |\
+                       (((Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) |\
+                       (((Timing->SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8)      |\
+                       (((Timing->WriteRecoveryTime)-1) <<16)    |\
+                       (((Timing->RCDDelay)-1) << 24));
+
+    tmpr2 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
+
+    /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */
+    tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD  | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \
+                          FMC_SDTR1_TRC  | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \
+                          FMC_SDTR1_TRCD));
+    tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)((((Timing->RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12)       |\
+                        (((Timing->RPDelay)-1) << 20));
+
+    Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2] = tmpr1;
+    Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr2;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMC_SDRAM peripheral
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* De-initialize the SDRAM device */
+  Device->SDCR[Bank] = 0x000002D0;
+  Device->SDTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+  Device->SDCMR      = 0x00000000;
+  Device->SDRTR      = 0x00000000;
+  Device->SDSR       = 0x00000000;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAMPrivate_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### FMC_SDRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FMC SDRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_SDRAM write protection.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: SDRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Enable write protection */
+  Device->SDCR[Bank] |= FMC_SDRAM_WRITE_PROTECTION_ENABLE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_SDRAM write protection.
+  * @param  hsdram: FMC_SDRAM handle
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Disable write protection */
+  Device->SDCR[Bank] &= ~FMC_SDRAM_WRITE_PROTECTION_ENABLE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send Command to the FMC SDRAM bank
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @param  Command: Pointer to SDRAM command structure
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SDRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout wait value
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_MODE(Command->CommandMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_TARGET(Command->CommandTarget));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(Command->AutoRefreshNumber));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_MODE_REGISTER(Command->ModeRegisterDefinition));
+
+  /* Set command register */
+  tmpr = (uint32_t)((Command->CommandMode)                  |\
+                    (Command->CommandTarget)                |\
+                    (((Command->AutoRefreshNumber)-1) << 5) |\
+                    ((Command->ModeRegisterDefinition) << 9)
+                    );
+
+  Device->SDCMR = tmpr;
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until command is send */
+  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->SDSR, FMC_SDSR_BUSY))
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @param  RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t RefreshRate)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_REFRESH_RATE(RefreshRate));
+
+  /* Set the refresh rate in command register */
+  Device->SDRTR |= (RefreshRate<<1);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @param  AutoRefreshNumber: Specifies the auto Refresh number.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(AutoRefreshNumber));
+
+  /* Set the Auto-refresh number in command register */
+  Device->SDCMR |= (AutoRefreshNumber << 5);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the indicated FMC SDRAM bank mode status.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: Defines the FMC SDRAM bank. This parameter can be
+  *                     FMC_Bank1_SDRAM or FMC_Bank2_SDRAM.
+  * @retval The FMC SDRAM bank mode status, could be on of the following values:
+  *         FMC_SDRAM_NORMAL_MODE, FMC_SDRAM_SELF_REFRESH_MODE or
+  *         FMC_SDRAM_POWER_DOWN_MODE.
+  */
+uint32_t FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get the corresponding bank mode */
+  if(Bank == FMC_SDRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(Device->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES1);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    tmpreg = ((uint32_t)(Device->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES2) >> 2);
+  }
+
+  /* Return the mode status */
+  return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F427xx || STM32F437xx || STM32F429xx || STM32F439xx || STM32F446xx */
+#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9121e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,955 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   FSMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Flexible Static Memory Controller (FSMC) peripheral memories:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FSMC peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..] The Flexible static memory controller (FSMC) includes two memory controllers:
+         (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
+         (+) The NAND/PC Card memory controller
+
+    [..] The FSMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
+         memories, SDRAM memories, and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are:
+         (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol.
+         (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices.
+
+    [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
+         Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FSMC performs
+         only one access at a time to an external device.
+         The main features of the FSMC controller are the following:
+          (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
+             (++) Static random access memory (SRAM).
+             (++) Read-only memory (ROM).
+             (++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory.
+             (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks).
+             (++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices.
+             (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
+                  data.
+          (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank.
+          (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FSMC_LL  FSMC Low Layer
+  * @brief FSMC driver modules
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED)
+#if defined(STM32F405xx) || defined(STM32F415xx) || defined(STM32F407xx) || defined(STM32F417xx)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM
+  * @brief    NORSRAM Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                   ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NORSRAM banks in order
+    to run the NORSRAM external devices.
+
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
+        FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group1
+  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FSMC NORSRAM interface
+    (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef* Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
+
+  /* Get the BTCR register value */
+  tmpr = Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank];
+
+  /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WRAPMOD, WAITCFG, WREN,
+           WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BCR1_MBKEN     | FSMC_BCR1_MUXEN    | FSMC_BCR1_MTYP     | \
+                       FSMC_BCR1_MWID      | FSMC_BCR1_FACCEN   | FSMC_BCR1_BURSTEN  | \
+                       FSMC_BCR1_WAITPOL   | FSMC_BCR1_WRAPMOD  | FSMC_BCR1_WAITCFG  | \
+                       FSMC_BCR1_WREN      | FSMC_BCR1_WAITEN   | FSMC_BCR1_EXTMOD   | \
+                       FSMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FSMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW));
+  /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux       |\
+                     Init->MemoryType           |\
+                     Init->MemoryDataWidth      |\
+                     Init->BurstAccessMode      |\
+                     Init->WaitSignalPolarity   |\
+                     Init->WrapMode             |\
+                     Init->WaitSignalActive     |\
+                     Init->WriteOperation       |\
+                     Init->WaitSignal           |\
+                     Init->ExtendedMode         |\
+                     Init->AsynchronousWait     |\
+                     Init->WriteBurst
+                     );
+
+  if(Init->MemoryType == FSMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
+  {
+    tmpr |= (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE;
+  }
+
+  Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank] = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the FSMC_NORSRAM peripheral
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
+
+  /* Disable the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
+  __FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device */
+  /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DB;
+  }
+  /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
+  else
+  {
+    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2;
+  }
+
+  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+  ExDevice->BWTR[Bank]   = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+
+  /* Get the BTCR register value */
+  tmpr = Device->BTCR[Bank + 1];
+
+  /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BTR1_ADDSET  | FSMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BTR1_DATAST | \
+                       FSMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \
+                       FSMC_BTR1_ACCMOD));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                 |\
+                    ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4)          |\
+                    ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8)            |\
+                    ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16)   |\
+                    (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20)         |\
+                    (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24)         |\
+                    (Timing->AccessMode));
+
+  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
+  if(ExtendedMode == FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
+    assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
+
+    /* Get the BWTR register value */
+    tmpr = Device->BWTR[Bank];
+
+    /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */
+    tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_BWTR1_ADDSET  | FSMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FSMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \
+                         FSMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FSMC_BWTR1_CLKDIV | FSMC_BWTR1_DATLAT | \
+                         FSMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD));
+
+    tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                 |\
+                     ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4)          |\
+                     ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8)            |\
+                     ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16)   |\
+                     (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20)         |\
+                     (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24)         |\
+                     (Timing->AccessMode));
+
+    Device->BWTR[Bank] = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### FSMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FSMC NORSRAM interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Enable write operation */
+  Device->BTCR[Bank] |= FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Disable write operation */
+  Device->BTCR[Bank] &= ~FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND
+  * @brief    NAND Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use NAND device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NAND banks in order
+    to run the NAND external devices.
+
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank reset using the function FSMC_NAND_DeInit()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NAND_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
+        FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
+    (+) FSMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FSMC_NAND_GetECC()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NAND interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FSMC NAND interface
+    (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_NAND device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FSMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr  = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+    if(Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PCR2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PCR3;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR2_PWAITEN  | FSMC_PCR2_PBKEN | FSMC_PCR2_PTYP | \
+                       FSMC_PCR2_PWID | FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN | FSMC_PCR2_TCLR | \
+                       FSMC_PCR2_TAR | FSMC_PCR2_ECCPS));
+
+  /* Set NAND device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature                |\
+                     FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND         |\
+                     Init->MemoryDataWidth            |\
+                     Init->EccComputation             |\
+                     Init->ECCPageSize                |\
+                     ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9)     |\
+                     ((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13));
+
+  if(Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    Device->PCR2  = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    Device->PCR3  = tmpr;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PMEM2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PMEM3;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM2_MEMSET2  | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMWAIT2 | FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHOLD2 | \
+                       FSMC_PMEM2_MEMHIZ2));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                       ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                       ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                       ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)
+                       );
+
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    Device->PMEM2 = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    Device->PMEM3 = tmpr;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 2 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PATT2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
+    tmpr = Device->PATT3;
+  }
+
+  /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT2_ATTSET2  | FSMC_PATT2_ATTWAIT2 | FSMC_PATT2_ATTHOLD2 | \
+                       FSMC_PATT2_ATTHIZ2));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_NAND device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                       ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                       ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                       ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)
+                       );
+
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */
+    Device->PATT2 = tmpr;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
+    Device->PATT3 = tmpr;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FSMC_NAND device
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_DeInit(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Disable the NAND Bank */
+  __FSMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
+
+  /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */
+    Device->PCR2  = 0x00000018;
+    Device->SR2   = 0x00000040;
+    Device->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+    Device->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  }
+  /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
+    Device->PCR3  = 0x00000018;
+    Device->SR3   = 0x00000040;
+    Device->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+    Device->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NAND_Private_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief   management functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### FSMC_NAND Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
+    the FSMC NAND interface.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Enable ECC feature */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    Device->PCR2 |= FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->PCR3 |= FSMC_PCR3_ECCEN;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
+{
+  /* Disable ECC feature */
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    Device->PCR2 &= ~FSMC_PCR2_ECCEN;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    Device->PCR3 &= ~FSMC_PCR3_ECCEN;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature.
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
+  * @param  ECCval: Pointer to ECC value
+  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
+  * @param  Timeout: Timeout wait value
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_GetECC(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
+  while(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2)
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR2 register value */
+    *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Get the ECCR3 register value */
+    *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD
+  * @brief    PCCARD Controller functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use PCCARD device driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC PCCARD bank in order
+    to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices.
+
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FSMC_PCCARD_Init()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
+    (+) FSMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function
+        FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init()
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_PCCARD_Private_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+    (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC PCCARD interface
+    (+) De-initialize the FSMC PCCARD interface
+    (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD device according to the specified
+  *         control parameters in the FSMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Init: Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get PCCARD control register value */
+  tmpr = Device->PCR4;
+
+  /* Clear TAR, TCLR, PWAITEN and PWID bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PCR4_TAR  | FSMC_PCR4_TCLR | FSMC_PCR4_PWAITEN | \
+                       FSMC_PCR4_PWID));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device control parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature               |\
+                     FSMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16  |\
+                     (Init->TCLRSetupTime << 9)      |\
+                     (Init->TARSetupTime << 13));
+
+  Device->PCR4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get PCCARD common space timing register value */
+  tmpr = Device->PMEM4;
+
+  /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PMEM4_MEMSET4  | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMWAIT4 | FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHOLD4 | \
+                       FSMC_PMEM4_MEMHIZ4));
+  /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)((Timing->SetupTime                 |\
+                    ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                    (Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                    ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+
+  Device->PMEM4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get PCCARD timing parameters */
+  tmpr = Device->PATT4;
+
+  /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PATT4_ATTSET4  | FSMC_PATT4_ATTWAIT4 | FSMC_PATT4_ATTHOLD4 | \
+                       FSMC_PATT4_ATTHIZ4));
+
+  /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                |\
+                   ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                   ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                   ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+  Device->PATT4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @param  Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
+  assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
+
+  /* Get FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
+  tmpr = Device->PIO4;
+
+  /* Clear IOSET4, IOWAIT4, IOHOLD4 and IOHIZ4 bits */
+  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FSMC_PIO4_IOSET4  | FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4 | FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4 | \
+                       FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4));
+
+  /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */
+  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
+                     ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
+                     ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
+                     ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
+
+  Device->PIO4 = tmpr;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitializes the FSMC_PCCARD device
+  * @param  Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device)
+{
+  /* Disable the FSMC_PCCARD device */
+  __FSMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device);
+
+  /* De-initialize the FSMC_PCCARD device */
+  Device->PCR4    = 0x00000018;
+  Device->SR4     = 0x00000000;
+  Device->PMEM4   = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  Device->PATT4   = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+  Device->PIO4    = 0xFCFCFCFC;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* STM32F405xx || STM32F415xx || STM32F407xx || STM32F417xx */
+#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc33c7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   SDMMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the SDMMC peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + I/O operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                       ##### SDMMC peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..] The SD/SDIO MMC card host interface (SDIO) provides an interface between the APB2
+         peripheral bus and MultiMedia cards (MMCs), SD memory cards, SDIO cards and CE-ATA
+         devices.
+
+    [..] The SDIO features include the following:
+         (+) Full compliance with MultiMedia Card System Specification Version 4.2. Card support
+             for three different databus modes: 1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit
+         (+) Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMedia Cards (forward compatibility)
+         (+) Full compliance with SD Memory Card Specifications Version 2.0
+         (+) Full compliance with SD I/O Card Specification Version 2.0: card support for two
+             different data bus modes: 1-bit (default) and 4-bit
+         (+) Full support of the CE-ATA features (full compliance with CE-ATA digital protocol
+             Rev1.1)
+         (+) Data transfer up to 48 MHz for the 8 bit mode
+         (+) Data and command output enable signals to control external bidirectional drivers.
+
+
+                           ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This driver is a considered as a driver of service for external devices drivers
+      that interfaces with the SDIO peripheral.
+      According to the device used (SD card/ MMC card / SDIO card ...), a set of APIs
+      is used in the device's driver to perform SDIO operations and functionalities.
+
+      This driver is almost transparent for the final user, it is only used to implement other
+      functionalities of the external device.
+
+    [..]
+      (+) The SDIO clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL
+          (PLL48CLK). Before start working with SDIO peripheral make sure that the
+          PLL is well configured.
+          The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals:
+          (++) SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz)
+          (++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2)
+
+          -@@- PCLK2 and SDIO_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition:
+               Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDIO_CK))
+
+      (+) Enable/Disable peripheral clock using RCC peripheral macros related to SDIO
+          peripheral.
+
+      (+) Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIOx)
+          function and disable it using the function SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIOx).
+
+      (+) Enable/Disable the clock using the __SDIO_ENABLE()/__SDIO_DISABLE() macros.
+
+      (+) Enable/Disable the peripheral interrupts using the macros __SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsdio, IT)
+          and __SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsdio, IT) if you need to use interrupt mode.
+
+      (+) When using the DMA mode
+          (++) Configure the DMA in the MSP layer of the external device
+          (++) Active the needed channel Request
+          (++) Enable the DMA using __SDIO_DMA_ENABLE() macro or Disable it using the macro
+               __SDIO_DMA_DISABLE().
+
+      (+) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send
+          commands to the card use the SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx),
+          SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and SDIO_GetResponse() functions. First, user has
+          to fill the command structure (pointer to SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according
+          to the selected command to be sent.
+          The parameters that should be filled are:
+           (++) Command Argument
+           (++) Command Index
+           (++) Command Response type
+           (++) Command Wait
+           (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable).
+
+          -@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP
+              register using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse().
+              The SDIO responses registers (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the
+              SDIO_GetResponse() function.
+
+      (+) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive
+           data to/from the card use the SDIO_DataConfig(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(),
+          SDIO_ReadFIFO(), DIO_WriteFIFO() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions.
+
+    *** Read Operations ***
+    =======================
+    [..]
+      (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
+          SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
+          The parameters that should be filled are:
+           (++) Data Timeout
+           (++) Data Length
+           (++) Data Block size
+           (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDIO)
+           (++) Data Transfer mode
+           (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable)
+
+      (#) Configure the SDIO resources to receive the data from the card
+          according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10).
+
+      (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11).
+
+      (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
+
+    *** Write Operations ***
+    ========================
+    [..]
+     (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
+         SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
+         The parameters that should be filled are:
+          (++) Data Timeout
+          (++) Data Length
+          (++) Data Block size
+          (++) Data Transfer direction:  should be to card (To CARD)
+          (++) Data Transfer mode
+          (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable)
+
+     (#) Configure the SDIO resources to send the data to the card according to
+         selected transfer mode.
+
+     (#) Send the selected Write command.
+
+     (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL SDMMC Low Layer
+  * @brief Low layer module for SD and MMC driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL_Exported_Functions SDMMC_LL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the SDIO according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the SDIO_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @param  Init: SDIO initialization structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_Init(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_InitTypeDef Init)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(SDIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(Init.ClockEdge));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(Init.ClockBypass));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(Init.ClockPowerSave));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(Init.BusWide));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(Init.HardwareFlowControl));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLKDIV(Init.ClockDiv));
+
+  /* Set SDIO configuration parameters */
+  tmpreg |= (Init.ClockEdge           |\
+             Init.ClockBypass         |\
+             Init.ClockPowerSave      |\
+             Init.BusWide             |\
+             Init.HardwareFlowControl |\
+             Init.ClockDiv
+             );
+
+  /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */
+  MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CLKCR, CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group2 I/O operation functions
+ *  @brief   Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### I/O operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SDIO data
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Read data (word) from Rx FIFO in blocking mode (polling)
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_ReadFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
+{
+  /* Read data from Rx FIFO */
+  return (SDIOx->FIFO);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write data (word) to Tx FIFO in blocking mode (polling)
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @param  pWriteData: pointer to data to write
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_WriteFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t *pWriteData)
+{
+  /* Write data to FIFO */
+  SDIOx->FIFO = *pWriteData;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief   management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SDIO data
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set SDIO Power state to ON.
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
+{
+  /* Set power state to ON */
+  SDIOx->POWER = SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set SDIO Power state to OFF.
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
+{
+  /* Set power state to OFF */
+  SDIOx->POWER = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get SDIO Power state.
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the
+  *         following values:
+  *            - 0x00: Power OFF
+  *            - 0x02: Power UP
+  *            - 0x03: Power ON
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
+{
+  return (SDIOx->POWER & SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the SDIO command path according to the specified parameters in
+  *         SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure and send the command
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @param  SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the SDIO command
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CmdIndex));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Response));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->WaitForInterrupt));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CPSM));
+
+  /* Set the SDIO Argument value */
+  SDIOx->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Argument;
+
+  /* Set SDIO command parameters */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CmdIndex         |\
+                       SDIO_CmdInitStruct->Response         |\
+                       SDIO_CmdInitStruct->WaitForInterrupt |\
+                       SDIO_CmdInitStruct->CPSM);
+
+  /* Write to SDIO CMD register */
+  MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CMD, CMD_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the command index of last command for which response received
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @retval Command index of the last command response received
+  */
+uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
+{
+  return (uint8_t)(SDIOx->RESPCMD);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the response received from the card for the last command
+  * @param  SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1
+  *            @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2
+  *            @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3
+  *            @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4
+  * @retval The Corresponding response register value
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP));
+
+  /* Get the response */
+  tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP;
+
+  return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configure the SDIO data path according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the SDIO_DataInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @param  SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure
+  *         that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataLength));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataBlockSize));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferDir));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferMode));
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DPSM));
+
+  /* Set the SDIO Data Timeout value */
+  SDIOx->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataTimeOut;
+
+  /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */
+  SDIOx->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataLength;
+
+  /* Set the SDIO data configuration parameters */
+  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SDIO_DataInitStruct->DataBlockSize |\
+                       SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferDir   |\
+                       SDIO_DataInitStruct->TransferMode  |\
+                       SDIO_DataInitStruct->DPSM);
+
+  /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */
+  MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->DCTRL, DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred.
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
+{
+  return (SDIOx->DCOUNT);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the FIFO data
+  * @param  SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base
+  * @retval Data received
+  */
+uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx)
+{
+  return (SDIOx->FIFO);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval.
+  * @param  SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode.
+  *          This parameter can be:
+  *            @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK
+  *            @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode));
+
+  *(__IO uint32_t *)DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || (HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f45004c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Drivers/STM32F4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1705 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @version V1.3.2
+  * @date    26-June-2015
+  * @brief   USB Low Layer HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + I/O operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure.
+
+      (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral.
+
+      (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f4xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_LL_USB_DRIVER
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup LL_USB_Exported_Functions USB Low Layer Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup LL_USB_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the USB Core
+  * @param  USBx: USB Instance
+  * @param  cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  if (cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY)
+  {
+
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
+
+    /* Init The ULPI Interface */
+    USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TSDPS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIFSLS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL);
+
+    /* Select vbus source */
+    USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSI);
+    if(cfg.use_external_vbus == 1)
+    {
+      USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD;
+    }
+    /* Reset after a PHY select  */
+    USB_CoreReset(USBx);
+  }
+  else /* FS interface (embedded Phy) */
+  {
+    /* Select FS Embedded PHY */
+    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL;
+
+    /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */
+    USB_CoreReset(USBx);
+
+    /* Deactivate the power down*/
+    USBx->GCCFG = USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
+  }
+
+  if(cfg.dma_enable == ENABLE)
+  {
+    USBx->GAHBCFG |= (USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_1 | USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_2);
+    USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_DMAEN;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EnableGlobalInt
+  *         Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DisableGlobalInt
+  *         Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  mode :  current core mode
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_HOST_MODE: Host mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_ModeTypeDef mode)
+{
+  USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD);
+
+  if ( mode == USB_OTG_HOST_MODE)
+  {
+    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD;
+  }
+  else if ( mode == USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE)
+  {
+    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD;
+  }
+  HAL_Delay(50);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers
+  *         for device mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  cfg  : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  uint32_t i = 0;
+
+  /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
+
+  if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0)
+  {
+    /* Deactivate VBUS Sensing B */
+    USBx->GCCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
+
+    /* B-peripheral session valid override enable*/
+    USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOEN;
+    USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOVAL;
+  }
+#else
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN;
+
+  if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0)
+  {
+    USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_NOVBUSSENS;
+  }
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+  /* Restart the Phy Clock */
+  USBx_PCGCCTL = 0;
+
+  /* Device mode configuration */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80;
+
+  if(cfg.phy_itface  == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY)
+  {
+    if(cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH)
+    {
+      /* Set High speed phy */
+      USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* set High speed phy in Full speed mode */
+      USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Set Full speed phy */
+    USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL);
+  }
+
+  /* Flush the FIFOs */
+  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10); /* all Tx FIFOs */
+  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+
+  /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
+  {
+    if ((USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = 0;
+    }
+
+    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPTSIZ = 0;
+    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT  = 0xFF;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
+  {
+    if ((USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = 0;
+    }
+
+    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPTSIZ = 0;
+    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT  = 0xFF;
+  }
+
+  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM);
+
+  if (cfg.dma_enable == 1)
+  {
+    /*Set threshold parameters */
+    USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL = (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_TXTHRLEN_6 | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHRLEN_6);
+    USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL |= (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_ISOTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_NONISOTHREN);
+
+    i= USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL;
+  }
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts. */
+  USBx->GINTMSK = 0;
+
+  /* Clear any pending interrupts */
+  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFF;
+
+  /* Enable the common interrupts */
+  if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE)
+  {
+    USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |\
+                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |\
+                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT   | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM|\
+                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM);
+
+  if(cfg.Sof_enable)
+  {
+    USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM;
+  }
+
+  if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == ENABLE)
+  {
+    USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  num : FIFO number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+            15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num )
+{
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+
+  USBx->GRSTCTL = ( USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH |(uint32_t)( num << 6));
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+
+  USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH;
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register
+  *         depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device.
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  speed : device speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL: High speed core in Full Speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+  * @retval  Hal status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t speed)
+{
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_GetDevSpeed :Return the  Dev Speed
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval speed : device speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+  */
+uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint8_t speed = 0;
+
+  if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_HS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)
+  {
+    speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH;
+  }
+  else if (((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)||
+           ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ))
+  {
+    speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL;
+  }
+  else if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ)
+  {
+    speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW;
+  }
+
+  return speed;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate and configure an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+   USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)));
+
+    if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
+        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP));
+    }
+
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16);
+
+    if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
+       (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM)| (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP));
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate and configure a dedicated endpoint
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  static __IO uint32_t debug = 0;
+
+  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+    if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
+        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP));
+    }
+
+
+    debug  |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
+        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP));
+
+   USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
+        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP));
+
+      debug = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t )USBx) + USB_OTG_OUT_ENDPOINT_BASE + (0)*USB_OTG_EP_REG_SIZE);
+      debug = (uint32_t )&USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL;
+      debug |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
+        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP));
+    }
+
+     USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16);
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+   USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))));
+   USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))));
+   USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16));
+     USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16));
+     USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize a dedicated endpoint
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+   USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
+   USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+     USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
+     USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16));
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : DMA feature not used
+  *           1 : DMA feature used
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma)
+{
+  uint16_t pktcnt = 0;
+
+  /* IN endpoint */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+    /* Zero Length Packet? */
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Program the transfer size and packet count
+      * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
+      * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
+      * exist ? 1 : 0)
+      */
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket) << 19)) ;
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
+
+      if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT);
+        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1 << 29));
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (dma == 1)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+      {
+        /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
+        if (ep->xfer_len > 0)
+        {
+          USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << ep->num;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+    {
+      if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0)
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
+    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
+
+    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+    {
+      USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, ep->xfer_len, dma);
+    }
+  }
+  else /* OUT endpoint */
+  {
+    /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
+    * pktcnt = N
+    * xfersize = N * maxpacket
+    */
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket);
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pktcnt = (ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket;
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19)); ;
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt));
+    }
+
+    if (dma == 1)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)ep->xfer_buff;
+    }
+
+    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+    {
+      if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0)
+      {
+        USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
+      }
+    }
+    /* EP enable */
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP  0
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : DMA feature not used
+  *           1 : DMA feature used
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma)
+{
+  /* IN endpoint */
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+    /* Zero Length Packet? */
+    if (ep->xfer_len == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Program the transfer size and packet count
+      * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
+      * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
+      * exist ? 1 : 0)
+      */
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+      if(ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+      {
+        ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
+      }
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
+
+    }
+
+    if (dma == 1)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
+      if (ep->xfer_len > 0)
+      {
+        USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << (ep->num);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
+    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
+  }
+  else /* OUT endpoint */
+  {
+    /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
+    * pktcnt = N
+    * xfersize = N * maxpacket
+    */
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
+
+    if (ep->xfer_len > 0)
+    {
+      ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
+    }
+
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19));
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket));
+
+
+    if (dma == 1)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->xfer_buff);
+    }
+
+    /* EP enable */
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated
+  *         with the EP/channel
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  src :  pointer to source buffer
+  * @param  ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number
+  * @param  len : Number of bytes to write
+  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : DMA feature not used
+  *           1 : DMA feature used
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len, uint8_t dma)
+{
+  uint32_t count32b= 0 , i= 0;
+
+  if (dma == 0)
+  {
+    count32b =  (len + 3) / 4;
+    for (i = 0; i < count32b; i++, src += 4)
+    {
+      USBx_DFIFO(ch_ep_num) = *((__packed uint32_t *)src);
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated
+  *         with the EP/channel
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  src : source pointer
+  * @param  ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number
+  * @param  len : Number of bytes to read
+  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : DMA feature not used
+  *           1 : DMA feature used
+  * @retval pointer to destination buffer
+  */
+void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len)
+{
+  uint32_t i=0;
+  uint32_t count32b = (len + 3) / 4;
+
+  for ( i = 0; i < count32b; i++, dest += 4 )
+  {
+    *(__packed uint32_t *)dest = USBx_DFIFO(0);
+
+  }
+  return ((void *)dest);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+    if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS);
+    }
+    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS);
+    }
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+  if (ep->is_in == 1)
+  {
+    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
+    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+    {
+       USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
+    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+    {
+      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
+    }
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  /* Clear Pending interrupt */
+  for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++)
+  {
+    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT  = 0xFF;
+    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT  = 0xFF;
+  }
+  USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+  /* Clear interrupt masks */
+  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK  = 0;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK  = 0;
+  USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0;
+
+  /* Flush the FIFO */
+  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx ,  0x10 );
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  address : new device address to be assigned
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_SetDevAddress (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
+{
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~ (USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD);
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= (address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD ;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevConnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ;
+  HAL_Delay(3);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevDisconnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ;
+  HAL_Delay(3);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t  USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t v = 0;
+
+  v = USBx->GINTSTS;
+  v &= USBx->GINTMSK;
+  return v;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t v;
+  v  = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
+  v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
+  return ((v & 0xffff0000) >> 16);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t v;
+  v  = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
+  v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
+  return ((v & 0xFFFF));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+  * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  uint32_t v;
+  v  = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT;
+  v &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK;
+  return v;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+  * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register
+  */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum)
+{
+  uint32_t v, msk, emp;
+
+  msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK;
+  emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK;
+  msk |= ((emp >> epnum) & 0x1) << 7;
+  v = USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPINT & msk;
+  return v;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  interrupt : interrupt flag
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void  USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt)
+{
+  USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns USB core mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval return core mode : Host or Device
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : Host
+  *           1 : Device
+  */
+uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  return ((USBx->GINTSTS ) & 0x1);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Activate EP0 for Setup transactions
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_ActivateSetup (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */
+  USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ;
+
+  if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ)
+  {
+    USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL |= 3;
+  }
+  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : DMA feature not used
+  *           1 : DMA feature used
+  * @param  psetup : pointer to setup packet
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t dma, uint8_t *psetup)
+{
+  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ = 0;
+  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
+  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3 * 8);
+  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |=  USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT;
+
+  if (dma == 1)
+  {
+    USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)psetup;
+    /* EP enable */
+    USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPCTL = 0x80008000;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change)
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+
+  /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0);
+
+  /* Core Soft Reset */
+  count = 0;
+  USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST;
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (++count > 200000)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers
+  *         for Host mode
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  cfg  : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  /* Restart the Phy Clock */
+  USBx_PCGCCTL = 0;
+
+  /* Activate VBUS Sensing B */
+#if defined(STM32F446xx)
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
+#else
+  USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSASEN);
+  USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN);
+  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_NOVBUSSENS;
+#endif /* STM32F446xx */
+
+  /* Disable the FS/LS support mode only */
+  if((cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL)&&
+     (USBx != USB_OTG_FS))
+  {
+    USBx_HOST->HCFG |= USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */
+  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10 ); /* all Tx FIFOs */
+  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+
+  /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */
+  for (i = 0; i < cfg.Host_channels; i++)
+  {
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCINTMSK = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable VBUS driving */
+  USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1);
+
+  HAL_Delay(200);
+
+  /* Disable all interrupts. */
+  USBx->GINTMSK = 0;
+
+  /* Clear any pending interrupts */
+  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+  if(USBx == USB_OTG_FS)
+  {
+    /* set Rx FIFO size */
+    USBx->GRXFSIZ  = (uint32_t )0x80;
+    USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x60 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80);
+    USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x40 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* set Rx FIFO size */
+    USBx->GRXFSIZ  = (uint32_t )0x200;
+    USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x100 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x200);
+    USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0xE0 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0x300);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the common interrupts */
+  if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE)
+  {
+    USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM            | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM |\
+                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM             |USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT|\
+                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM  | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the
+  *         HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  freq : clock frequency
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock
+  *           HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t freq)
+{
+  USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS);
+  USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS);
+
+  if (freq ==  HCFG_48_MHZ)
+  {
+    USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)48000;
+  }
+  else if (freq ==  HCFG_6_MHZ)
+  {
+    USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)6000;
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms
+  *   before clearing the reset bit.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t hprt0;
+
+  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+
+  hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA    | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
+    USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
+
+  USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0);
+  HAL_Delay (10);                                /* See Note #1 */
+  USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus
+  * @param  state : VBUS state
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : VBUS Active
+  *           1 : VBUS Inactive
+  * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t hprt0;
+
+  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+  hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA    | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
+                         USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
+
+  if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0 ) && (state == 1 ))
+  {
+    USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0);
+  }
+  if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0 ))
+  {
+    USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0);
+  }
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return Host Core speed
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval speed : Host speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+  */
+uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t hprt0;
+
+  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
+  return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return Host Current Frame number
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval current frame number
+*/
+uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize a host channel
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  ch_num : Channel number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  epnum : Endpoint number
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @param  dev_address : Current device address
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+  * @param  speed : Current device speed
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
+  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
+  * @param  ep_type : Endpoint Type
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type
+  *            @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
+  * @param  mps : Max Packet Size
+  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx,
+                              uint8_t ch_num,
+                              uint8_t epnum,
+                              uint8_t dev_address,
+                              uint8_t speed,
+                              uint8_t ep_type,
+                              uint16_t mps)
+{
+
+  /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+  /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */
+  switch (ep_type)
+  {
+  case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+  case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+
+    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM ;
+
+    if (epnum & 0x80)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(USBx != USB_OTG_FS)
+      {
+        USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+
+    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM   |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ;
+
+    if (epnum & 0x80)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
+    }
+
+    break;
+  case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+
+    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM   |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ;
+
+    if (epnum & 0x80)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */
+  USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= (1 << ch_num);
+
+  /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */
+  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM;
+
+  /* Program the HCCHAR register */
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD)  |\
+                             (((epnum & 0x7F)<< 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM)|\
+                             ((((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80)<< 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)|\
+                             (((speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)<< 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV)|\
+                             ((ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP)|\
+                             (mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ));
+
+  if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
+  {
+    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start a transfer over a host channel
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  hc : pointer to host channel structure
+  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
+  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
+  *           0 : DMA feature not used
+  *           1 : DMA feature used
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+#if defined   (__CC_ARM) /*!< ARM Compiler */
+#pragma O0
+#elif defined (__GNUC__) /*!< GNU Compiler */
+#pragma GCC optimize ("O0")
+#endif /* __CC_ARM */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc, uint8_t dma)
+{
+  uint8_t  is_oddframe = 0;
+  uint16_t len_words = 0;
+  uint16_t num_packets = 0;
+  uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  if((USBx != USB_OTG_FS) && (hc->speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH))
+  {
+    if((dma == 0) && (hc->do_ping == 1))
+    {
+      USB_DoPing(USBx, hc->ch_num);
+      return HAL_OK;
+    }
+    else if(dma == 1)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM);
+      hc->do_ping = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */
+  if (hc->xfer_len > 0)
+  {
+    num_packets = (hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1) / hc->max_packet;
+
+    if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count)
+    {
+      num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count;
+      hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    num_packets = 1;
+  }
+  if (hc->ep_is_in)
+  {
+    hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */
+  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (((hc->xfer_len) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ)) |\
+    ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\
+      (((hc->data_pid) << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID);
+
+  if (dma)
+  {
+    /* xfer_buff MUST be 32-bits aligned */
+    USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCDMA = (uint32_t)hc->xfer_buff;
+  }
+
+  is_oddframe = (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01) ? 0 : 1;
+  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM;
+  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (is_oddframe << 29);
+
+  /* Set host channel enable */
+  tmpreg = USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR;
+  tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+  tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+
+  if (dma == 0) /* Slave mode */
+  {
+    if((hc->ep_is_in == 0) && (hc->xfer_len > 0))
+    {
+      switch(hc->ep_type)
+      {
+        /* Non periodic transfer */
+      case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+      case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+
+        len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4;
+
+        /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
+        if(len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF))
+        {
+          /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */
+          USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM;
+        }
+        break;
+        /* Periodic transfer */
+      case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+      case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+        len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4;
+        /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
+        if(len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) /* split the transfer */
+        {
+          /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */
+          USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM;
+        }
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+
+      /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */
+      USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, hc->xfer_len, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFF);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Halt a host channel
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  hc_num : Host Channel number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t hc_num)
+{
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+
+  /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */
+  if (((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_CTRL << 18)) || ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_BULK << 18)))
+  {
+    USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+    if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+      do
+      {
+        if (++count > 1000)
+        {
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+
+    if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0)
+    {
+      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+      do
+      {
+        if (++count > 1000)
+        {
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiate Do Ping protocol
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @param  hc_num : Host Channel number
+  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t ch_num)
+{
+  uint8_t  num_packets = 1;
+  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\
+                                USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING;
+
+  /* Set host channel enable */
+  tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR;
+  tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+  tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Stop Host Core
+  * @param  USBx : Selected device
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
+{
+  uint8_t i;
+  uint32_t count = 0;
+  uint32_t value;
+
+  USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx);
+
+    /* Flush FIFO */
+  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10);
+  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
+
+  /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */
+  for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++)
+  {
+
+    value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ;
+    value |=  USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
+  }
+
+  /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */
+  for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++)
+  {
+    value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ;
+
+    value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
+    value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
+    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
+
+    USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
+    do
+    {
+      if (++count > 1000)
+      {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    while ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
+  }
+
+  /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */
+  USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx);
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/